Professional Documents
Culture Documents
""III
Hill
illl> I[
nil
""(iiilllllll
(|MiiiiiJ|||||||||
""
tliii
'
iiiii>ll|i;*:in:|::::ii
IIIIIIIIIIKIIIIIIIIlHi
DIEGO
jtreda S. Harold
JHlanover,
N, H,
,tfU>
2007
witii
IVIicrosoft
funding from
Corporation
littp://www.arcliive.org/details/beginnersbookinnOOIiolviala
BEGINNERS' BOOK
IN NORSE
BY
J.
A.
HOLVIK,
A.
M.
Moorhead, Minnesota
Copyrigrht, 1910.
by
PREFACE
book aims to give the English-speaking student a
THIS
reading knowledge and to some extent a speaking
knowledge of present-day Norse. It lays no claim to
being a complete treatise on Norse grammar. Only such
principles and details of grammar are presented as were
thought necessary to make plain the differences between
Norse and English. The book is chiefly intended for the
classroom, and much is left to the instructor, especially drill
Howand review work, pronunciation, and conversation.
ever, it is hoped that anyone wishing to acquire a knowledge
of elementary Norse, who has no access to a classroom
course, will derive some benefit from the book in private
study.
The exact intonation, however, can only be gotten
from the spoken word.
As to the plan of the book, but little need be said. The
vocabulary of each lesson aims to give a group of words
which are associated with one another in common use.
These words are then used in the reading exercise, in somewhat connected discourse. The composition exercises are
made up chiefly of detached sentences, applying as much as
possible the principles presented in the respective lessons.
It was planned to take up literature as early as possible, to
furnish the desired element of interest.
Beginning with
Lesson XXXVI, the reading exercises consist of Bj^rnson's
little classic, "En glad gut."
The vocabularies and the composition and conversation exercises are based on the text.
As a beginners' book in Norse for English-speaking students is to some extent a new venture, the author keenly
realizes the possibility of many points of deficiency. In view
of this, he sincerely requests criticism and suggestions for
improvement. Arrangements are made for any such revision
as may prove necessary.
"Norse" has been used throughout in place of the cumber-
may
used.
discussion on the respective merits and correctness
of these terms would lead too far.
Suffice it to say that
present usa^e among writers and authorities shows that
Norse is rapidly supplantinjr Norwegian; and rightly so.
A.
HOLVIK.
TEACHERS
GISLE BOTHNE,
President of the Association.
Minneapolis, Minn., August, 1910.
REVISED EDITION
THE
XXXV
CONTENTS
Page
Lesson
I.
II.
Pronunciation:
Alphabet, i.
Vowels, 3. Diphthongs,
2.
Musical accent, 6
7,
Stress,
4.
Gender,
i.
Article: Indefinite, 8,
7, 3.
8,
III.
Number,
Noun:
Consonants,
i.
5.
il
Case,
7, 2,
Postpositive,
16
Word
order, 10
21
11.
pronouns, 12.
Use of sin,
followed by possessive, 12, 2
sessive
Noun
V. Demonstrative
13,
I.
Den,
pronouns,
13, 2.
of adjectives, 14.
15.
Denne,
Use
13.
13, 3.
Use
Pos12,
23
of hin,
Declension
of strong declension,
17.
i.
16.
2y
18.
Use of weak form of adjecAdjectives used as
summary, 19.
positive,
tives,
nouns,
20
VII. Conjugation,
Word
31
21.
order, 23.
and adjectives, 24
VIII. Verbal stem, 25. Strong conjugation,
Weak
conjugation, 26,
2.
35
26,
i.
40
44
48
Lesson
Page
XL
Relative pronouns, 34
XII. Pronouns of address, 35
XIII. Passive voice, 36
XIV. Comparison
of
50
53
55
adjectives,
Declension
38.
XV. Adverbs,
XVI. Present
Comparison, 42
participle, 43.
Use, 44.
English
forms in ing compared with related forms
in Norse, 45
XVII. Complete conjugation, 46.
Subjunctive
mode, 47. Imperative mode, 48. Perfect
41.
participle,
XVIII.
XIX.
49
Nei, 51. Av, 52. Om, 53. Ved,
Med, 55. For, 56. Paa, 57. Til, 58.
54Over, 59. Distinction in use of adverbs,6o.
Indefinite pronouns, 61. Det, 62. Man, 63.
En, 64. Nogen, 65. Ingen, 66. Somme, 67.
60
64
68
73
Mange,
68.
som
Anden,
heist,
72.
Al, 70.
69.
Use
Hver,
of gang, 73.
71.
Re-
ciprocal pronouns, 74
XX. Modal
auxiliaries, 75.
78
83
SkuUe and
ville,
76.
Kunne,
verbs,
sig,
84.
Reflexive
verbs,
Use
Rem
of
88
XXX.
85.
85
dal
exercises
93
poesi?
no
var ikke saa farlig.. 112
116
119
121
124
130
135
143
148
154
Page
Appendix
274
Norse-English Vocabulary
English-Norse Vocabulary
291
337
ILLUSTRATIONS
125
126
3.
Norges kyst
Torungerne fyr ved Arendal
Nordkap, midnatssol
4.
Balstad, Lofoten
128
5.
Svolvaer, Lofoten
129
129
1.
2.
7.
8.
Lserdalsj^ren
9.
Krigsskib
6.
127
131
Sogn
132
Sognefjorden
132
10.
Smaajenter
11.
14.
Balholm i Sogn
Nedre Vasenden
S^ndfjord
Troldvandet i Nordland
Paa vei til Folgefonnen
15.
Valders,
16.
Naerj^dalen
I39
17.
Fra Folgefonnen
Snetunnel ved Haukelid
Hardangerj^klen
140
141
24.
25.
Domkirken
26.
Sankthanshaugens restaurant
147
27.
Frognersaeterens restaurant
Karl Johans gate, Kristiania
147
Kristiania
149
150
12.
13.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23-
28.
nationaldragt
134
136
137
30. Kristiania,
138
140
141
142
142
144
145
Trondhjem
146
149
mot
fjorden
151
Sankthanshaugen
152
Skien
152
Bergensbanen
Bergensbanen ved Gravhalsen
34. Finse,
35.
134
29. Slottet
33.
133
langs
153
153
I.
PRONUNCIATION.
The Norse
letters
ce, 0.
alents,
The following
d, f, h, k,
2.
3.
x,
Consonants.
2.
1.
IJ>,
in foreign
m,
n, p,
j has the
b,
t.
sound of y
in yes.
in
and
y,
it
;'.
5.
The pronunciation
country, from the
uvular r to
the
trilled
r.
It
is
influ-
12
enced by other consonants, but it is always distinct and is
never given the modulated quality of the English middle and
final r.
sound of j in sister.
V has the sound of v in very, but pronounced
J has the
7.
8.
9.
q,
in foreign
1.
of
8,
sound of k.
2. q is equivalent to
3.
5.
words and
....;..
names.
i,
y, ae,
(a,
aa,
jz()
o,
k.
equivalent to Norse v.
*
4. X is equivalent to s in beginning a word, and to ks
medially and at the end of a word.
3.
is
is
equivalent to
Vowels.
s.
These are
a, aa, e,
1.
i,
o, u, ^,
a,
0.
short.
equivalents.
Rule:
3.
vowel
an accented
in
syllable is usually
ets.
quantity,
a has the
sound of a
in father: ha,
had.
5.
gone.
all
gaa, go
gaat [gaatt],
;;
13
is
6.
in
open
book i
this
in
bok, book
sort, black.
of
men [men],
is
written
ce
(3, 11).
somewhat both
in quantity
er, is
mm,
skrive, write
you (thou)
dugg,
my.
9.
do:
dtt,
dew.
10.
3;
to French u and to
trude the
lips
German
and draw
ii.
It
corresponds
(Pronounce
pro-
ee,
mouth
for-
(u
The most common sound of ae is the open (which becomes broad before r). The closed long sound is very common in eastern Norway, especially in Christiania. In many
cases both the open and the closed are permissible.
Ex.:
(joy)
is
12.
French
eu.
It is
e in
laese or lese;
glaede
equivalent to
German
tffr
o and
14
mouth
are
slightly
lips
These are
Diphthongs.
4.
ai,
ei,
0u au^
oi.
1.
ai consists
2.
syllable: mai,
May.
01 consists of the
3.
4.
of
ce:
august', August.
oi begins
5.
words
oi
with open
toilet [toalef],
toilet.
STRESS.
In native words the
5.
first
on the
syllable.
Words with
1.
the prefixes he
ge
and
syllable following
er
bestiV-
2.
stress
gestikulation'
3.
on the
sjon].
Verbs ending
stude're,
to study;
in
stude'rer
[presang'],
stress as follows
(pres. tense);
studer'te
-15
(past
(perf.
tense); studert'
amples
similarly inflected
Other ex-
participle).
and stressed
kultivere, eksami-
MUSICAL ACCENT.
In addition to stress there is musical accent.
Simple musical
is simple and composite.
6.
This accent
on
and a
rising inflection
on the
rest
of the word.
1,
Words
Words
lang, long.
There are exceptions to these preliminary statements regarding stress and musical accent. Further statements will
be made from time to time and a somewhat detailed discussion given in the Appendix.
Musical accent is in reality the melody that characterizes
the language. Its mastery is difficult, depending as it does
upon a good ear and ability to imitate. Both instructors and
students should give this subject the most serious attention.
Remember: Acute accent (') indicates simple musical
accent, and the grave accent C) indicates composite musical
accent.
CONVERSATION.
1.
2.
J a, jeg
i.
Do you go
2.
Yes,
3.
What do you do
4.
go
to school?
to school.
skole.
3.
Hvad
4.
du paa skolen?
Jeg IcBrer ndrsk.
Lcerer du at [aa]
5.
norskf
tale
5.
Norse?
at
16
6.
6.
No, not
7.
Hvad
7.
What do you
8.
then ?
I learn to read Norse.
Is
it
easy to learn
8.
Jeg
9.
Er
du da?
Icerer
det [dae]
let at Icere
9.
learn,
Norse ?
norsk?
nok'saa
Observe:
yet.
i.
musical accent
let,
Yes,
10.
it
is
quite easy.
(6, 2)
is
LESSON
II.
NOUN.
7.
I.
and
singular
plural.
a.
Some nouns
Some nouns
in
[or], v^ord
17
'Some
1.
In the vocabularies
Class a, by a dash
Class b, by a dash
Class
c,
Class
d,
word
In
brev,
ending
by a dash with two marks
by a dash with two marks
many
doubled when
2.
dag,
mand,
e.
^.
is
added.
In such cases
the added consonant will be given with the ending.
that o changes to
(bok b0ker), that a
3. Notice
changes to ae (mand maend), and that aa changes to ae
(haand haender)
Gender.
2.
is
neuter
and
nominative
and
common.
There are two cases:
Case.
3.
possessive.
a.
The
possessive
is
formed by adding
the
-s
to
is
added:
in -s,
-s
We
than in English.
English expresses possession with the
preposition "of" in many cases where N, rse requires the
possessive case: Ukens dage, the days of the week.
i8
ARTICLE.
There
8.
are
two
articles
The
1.
corresponding to
indefinite
article
is
the.
used in
singular
the
only,
Common
Neuter gender.
gender.
et barn, a child.
et brev, a letter.
et aar, a year.
Note. The article is not used with nouns denoting a person's profession or occupation when such nouns are unmodified and follow the copula:
Han er laerer (He is a teacher;.
The
2.
17)
gender.
DEFINITE ARTICLE.
singular
c.
g.:
singular n. g.:
en.
et
plural:
ene ne).
(
[e].
Singular.
Common
Neuter gender.
gender.
Plural
maendene, the men.
dagene, the days.
Note.
The
Bear
in
mind
diffi-
that
19
this article
for
comes
agreement
Nouns
3.
in the
(-j)
noun as
a suffix
and
is
inflected
possessive
case
used
with
the
definite article
ive
after the
in
mandens; dagens;
brevets,
etc.
The
4.
is
except be-
silent
5.
is
not affected
[brev'e]
aar, aaret
[aar'e].
The
plural,
musical
brev^ene, aar'^ene.
DECLENSION.
Singular.
Plural.
Indefinite.
msnd
[maenn]
msends [maenns]
Definite.
msendene [msen^'nene]
maendenes [maen^nenes]
Indefinite,
kvinder
kvinders
Definite.
nom.: kvinden
poss.: kvindens
kvinderne
kvindernes
Indefinite.
nom.:
et aar
poss.: et aars
aar
aars
Definite.
aarene [aa^rene]
aarenes [aa^'renes]
with
accent;
20
is
in
I.
e,
2.
3.
4.
is
the nominative),
it
will
Drill.
Decline the common gender nouns dag, uke,
I.
maaned, giving the English equivalent with each form.
2. Decline the neuter brev, giving pronunciation and English
CONVERSATION.
1.
2.
Hvad
Vi
Er
og [6]
5.
6.
7.
ord
Leksen
har idag er
vi
vanskelig.
Var leksen vi hadde
igaar, vanskeligere end
denne leksef
Nei, jeg tror leksen vi
hadde igaar, var lettere
end [en] denne.
Hvad er det som er
vanskelig
1.
2.
What
did
terday
We
we
learnt
learn yes-
many words
and sentences.
S(Ttninger.
eller
4.
igaar'f
mange
Icurte
[or]
3.
IcBTte vi
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
denne lek-
The
lesson
day
is
we have
to-
difficult.
Was
What
is
it
that is diflesson ?
ficult in this
sen?
8.
Det er den
best em' te
8.
artik'el.
9.
Hvor'for
It
is
the
definite
ar-
ticle.
er
den
be-
9.
Why
ticle
skelig f
10.
10.
21
.Drill.
Memorize
(These
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
terne.
6.
in
(Notice
LESSON
common
is
in
words of
III.
PERSONAL PRONOUNSVERB.
at [aa]
jeg
har, I have.
9.
Singular.
[jei]
jeg er
[asr], I
du
you
ban
hun
den
det
it
has.
er,
er,
he
er,
she
er,
it
er, it
am.
are.
is.
is.
is.
is.
Plural.
vi har,
de
de
we
vi er,
have.
[di] har,
you have.
[di] bar,
they have.
de
de
we
are.
er,
you
er,
they are.
are.
1.
The verb is not inflected for person and number,
one form being used throughout the tense.
The simple
ple,
tense
progressive,
the
22
The
latter is falling
is
common
in liter-
ature.
).
WORD
ORDER.
As
in English, questions
Is
Nil
Paa bordethan.
en bok.
der
Da han aapnet boken,
han
fandt
Lcereren var det som
IcBser
[bo're] laa
h.
c.
et
bo-
ken.
Brevet
i
/.
On
he is reading.
the table lay a book.
When
brev.
d.
e.
Now
The
teacher
was who
it
had placed
the
book.
The letter he had placed in
the book.
To me he gave a card.
(laid)
letter in the
boken.
et
kort.
CONVERSATION.
1.
Nu
har vi en ny
Er den
2.
lekse.
i.
vanskelig?
Now we
lesson.
let.
2.
No,
it
have a new
Is
is
it
difficult?
very easy.
aj
3.
3.
Was
the
lesson
was
quite short.
too
long?
4.
5.
Do you
6.
sons?
Yes, we like short lessons better than long
7.
What
Net,
No,
it
kort.
korte lekser
bedre end lange.
Hvad handler leksen
6. Ja, vi liker
7.
ant idagf
8.
9.
10.
ones.
Den
treat of
8.
9.
10.
It
We
have
pronouns
learnt
the
(etc.)
(etc.).
11.
12.
Hvad
er et pronomen?
Et pronomen er et ord
brukt
isteden
for
11.
What
12.
et
a pronoun?
is a word
used instead of a noun.
is
pronoun
substantiv'.
LESSON
IV.
1 .
Nominative
Possessive
Objective
Vist person:
s
pi.
jeg,
vi,
I.
mig, me.
we
OS,
us.
2nd
nd person:
person
s
pi.
de, you.
{accusative).
your (thy),
yours (thine).
you
din,
dig,
dere, you.
nonur
24
3rd person:
han, he.
s.
" hun, she.
hans, his.
ham, him.
hende, her.
"
den,
hendes, hers.
dens, its.
"
det,
pi.
it.
"
de,
"
dets,
it.
det,
"
dem, them.
deres, their.
they.
den,
[jei],
I. Observe carefully the pronunciation: jeg
han [han], hun [hunn], den [den], det [dae], min
[mln], vor [vaar], din [din], mig [mei], os [6s], dig [dei],
dcre [de'^re], ham [ham], hende [henne], dem [dem].
Note.
de
[di],
det
3.
pronounced
is
dae,
(see 7, 3)
t.
POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS.
The
12.
These are
vor.
agreement
inflected for
in
din,
sin,
number and
gender.
it
Plural.
Singular.
n.
g.
min bok.
nut brev.
din bok.
dit brev.
sin bok.
sit
vor bok.
vort brev.
I.
Sin
is
brev.
a reflexive.
when
3d pers. poss.
either gender.
g.
It
is
used in place
the possessor
is
of
the
nearest subject.
1.
Han
Iceste
sin bok
{sit
brev).
2.
Han
He
let-
ter),
IcEste
{sine brev).
sine
bpker
He
ters).
let-
25
3-
Hun
Iccste sin
bok
(sit
Hun
b0ker
Iceste sine
{sine brev).
(sit
5. be Idste sin bok
brev).
bpker
IcBSte
sine
6. De
(sine brev).
4.
let-
ter).
brev).
They read
their
book
(their
letter).
They
read their
(their letters).
books
a.
Notice that this possessive pronoun is not inflected
according to the number and gender of the subject, but
according to the number and gender of the word modified.
When the possessor (3rd person) is not the same as
b.
the subject, the possessive case form of the personal pronoun
is
used.
1.
2.
3.
Hun
Han
Han
bans brev.
hendes brev.
tok bans bok.
laeste (read)
laeste
When
Han
2.
after
Han
Drill.
I. Change each of the sentences in sections i and
b to this word order (word denoting possession after the
noun).
2. Use each of the pronouns of the ist and 2nd persons
in each of sentences i and 2 in section i, being careful to use
the right words to denote possession.
26
VOCABULARY.
For
system
Note.
Gender
en
used
laerer,
teacher;
e,
in-
blackboard.
en saetning,
plural,
see
87.
i).
hadde, had.
g.,
ut'talte,
pronounces,
pronounced,
gav, gave.
tok, took.
sentence.
who, which,
pro.),
(rel.
that.
paper.
paa, on.
learned
ut'taler,
som
er,
laerte,
indicating
skrev, wrote.
structor.
papir', n.
in
is
saa,
men,
(past tense).
then.
but.
was or were.
var,
Note.
The
READING.
Jeg
laeser
min bok, og du
Han
vore
bj2$ker.
Hun
skrev ikke
laeser
sin bok,
Vi
din.
laeser
laeste ikke,
sin.
og paa
ordene
det^ skrev
i
linjer,
Han gav
eleverne papir,
uttalte.
De
Jeg
Iserer
laeste
skrev
dem.
(two pages
De
men
Iserer sin.
bj^kerne'
27
COMPOSITION.
4.
wrote him a letter. 2. He wrote me a letam reading his letter and he is reading mine.
are reading our letters. 5. He took his (own)
I.
ter.
3.
We
book.
He
6.
took his
(another's)
book.
He
8.
Our
7.
pronounces
the
LESSON
V.
DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS.
#
The
demonstrative
noun
in gender.
Singular.
1.
c.
g.,
denne, this
n. g., dette,
2.
3.
c.
g..
Plural.
den
^.^^^^ ^j^^^^
this
that
^e
n. g.,
c.
hin,
g..
that
(remote)
(remote)
^^^^
in
[di],
those
^j^^^^
(remote)
(hint, hine)
elevated
style.
is
It
not comrefers
to
28
is remote in time and space; it also refers
something previously mentioned. Denne og hin are
sometimes used in the sense: the latter, the former.
that which
to
in
gender (9, 4). When this demonstrative is used substantively, it can be distinguished from the personal
pronoun by means of its stronger emphasis: DEN zar
god, That was a good one; Den var god, It was good
When the demonstrative is used ad(a good one).
jectively, there is
When
3.
the
the
plural
may
be used
lange lekser.
The neuter
is
used most.
the
lekse, laerer,
elev.
2. Use each of the demonstrative pronouns with the following neuter gender nouns giving (i) singular, (2) plural:
brev, aar, barn (pi. barn or b0rn).
14.
and
the rvea^.
1.
adjective
agrees
noun
in gender.
a.
is
b.
c.
2.
t:
e:
^
bers have the
lange; sing.
n. g.,
lange;
pi.,
plural form)
sing.
c. g.,
lange.
the
STRONG DECLENSION.
Singular.
I.
c.
g.,
n. g.,
2.
c.
g.,
Plural.
en lang lekse
et langt brev
lange lekser
lange brev
en stor bok
hus (house)
store hus
store bjzfker
n. g., et stort
3.
c.
g.,
en varm dag
varmt
(room)
n. g., et
varme dage
varme vaerelser
vaerelse
I. Give the strong declension of the following ad(Model: lang ^langt lange): ny, new; sterk, strong;
svak, weak; kold [kolU], cold; het, hot; hel, whole; rund
[runn], round; ung, young; bred^ [bre], broad; smal, narrow.
Drill
jectives.
Note
d
is
is
d
d
I.
is
2.
is
Similarly
1 to
form 11.
form nn (exceptions).
but may be pronounced when plural
assimilated with
assimilated with
Note
silent,
to
added.
The
adjective
1.
is
Dagen er lang.
Det er en lang dag.
Brevet
Det er er langt brev.
Huset er
Det er
hus.
a.
b.
2. a.
langt.
et
b.
3.
a.
stort.
b.
et stort
Drill.
I
and
2.
a.
I.
Use
the adjective
Dagene
er lange.
skriver lange
leg
b.
brev.
a.
Husene er
Vi har store
b.
varm (warm,
store,
hus.
hot) in examples
3.
Use the
5.
30
Form
3.
The
16.
(14).
neuter
used as adverbs.
Adverb.
Adjective.
n.
g.
c.
lang
h0i (high)
god [go], (good)
g.
langt
langt, far
h0it
godt [got]
godt, well
VOCABULARY.
et blad
en
[bla],
side,
meget,
leaf.
page.
r,
et ord [or],
word.
er,
(of
letter
the alphabet).
en
linje,
et
sprog
en klasse,
n.
stance).
et papir',
lan-
g.,
(weak form),
first.
class.
paper
each.
each.
f0rste
r,
g.,
quite.
g.,
laenger, longer.
[sprag],
guage.
papir',
hvert, n.
line.
r,
much.
ganske (adv.),
hver [vser], c.
en bokstav',
n. g.,
(sub-
saa, so.
paa, on.
som
(rel.
pronoun),
which, that.
for, because.
klar, clear.
mange, many.
who,
READING.
En bok
og hver
side bar
Det er
let
at laese
Denne
et
nyt sprog.
Der
er
mange
lekser
idag.
Han kom
Dette er bans
elever
klassen.
let
er laenger
end
at laere lange
En ung
gut
sent, for
fjzJrste
Den
Det er ikke
kom
at gaa.
51
LESSON
VI.
DEFINITE ARTICLES.
1
7.
definite articles
the preposi-
noun
in gender.
Singular.
Plural.
Prepositive Article.
c.
g.,
de
den, the
n. g.,
c.
en, the
[di],
the
Postpositive Article.
g.,
n. g.,
et
Note.
[e],
ene ne],
[
the
the
Both
definite
strative pronouns.
The
articles
derived
are
prepositive article
den
is
demonstrative pronoun
takes
(det,
18.
weak
takes the
article
the
adjective
or definite form.
Singular.
1.
2.
5.
6.
3.
4.
Plural.
de
de
de
de
de
de
lange lekser
lange brev
nye bpker
nye hus
unge mcend
hvite papirer
33
adjectives.
In
3.
colloquial
language,
and
great
to
extent
in
Summary.
19.
used (I
) in direct address,
of the adjective
(2)
(3) after a demonstrative pronoun, (4) after
a possessive pronoun, (5) after a personal pronoun in
the possessive case, and (6) after a noun in the
is
article,
possessive case.
1.
2.
new
3.
new
this
book.
Possessive
4.
new
book.
pronoun
(12)
my
book.
Pronoun
5.
in possessive case
new book.
Noun in possessive
bokj the boy's new book.
(11)
his
6.
Note.
In
case
3)
(7,
guttens nye
plural
jectives.
3.
in
examples
and
6.
33
20.
may
adjectives
be used as nouns.
Some
1.
adjectives have
(adj.
These forms
all
take
the possessive.
Most
2.
postpositive article
(blind person), de
blinde
blindes.
VOCABULARY.
Explanation.
An
it
is
en skole,
r, school.
en hat,
te(r), hat.
en hanske,
^r,
glove.
et hjem,
home.
hjemme, at home.
paa skolen, at school.
ny,
kridt, n.
at
[aa]
g.,
(at
gaa
gaar,
tar,
attend
pres.
pres.
tense of at gaa.
ta,
take,
gik,
t,
e,
,
indefinite
black.
blue.
pronoun: one,
meget, much.
der (adv. of place and expletive), there,
uten, without.
).
tense of at
they.
chalk.
gaa, to go.
blaa,
man,
white.
r,
sort,
new.
r,
hvit,
to
til,
om
to.
ing.
at skrive, to write.
34
READING.
Jeg har en ny hat og nye hansker. Jeg tar min
nye hat og mine nye hansker og gaar paa skolen. Der
laerer vi (io, 2, a) at laese og skrive norsk.
Vi laerer
lekserne hjemnie. .Paa skolen laeser vi (10, 2, b), og
skriver paa vseglavlen eller paa papir.
Der er mange
nye ord at laere. Vi skriver de lange ord men de korte
laerer vi uten at skrive (without writing) dem.
;
Paa skolen
tavlerne
Paa
vaegtavlen
sorte
vaigtavle
Han
skrev
sisting of)
mange
Han
om
skrev
Det var
et langt brev.
om
Det var
sider.
om
de lange lekser,
sin
et
Vseg-
man med
skriver
kridt.
men
er sorte,
Blaekket
eller blaat.
nye
Iserer,
og de
COMPOSITION.
I,
He
has
my new
new
hat.
gloves.
He
2.
3.
4.
letter
to
5.
8.
We
7.
On
blackboards
The chalk
we
write
There we read
them at home. 10.
Are you (s.) reading? Do you (pi.) read? I was
reading.
I read.
11.
The glove, the new glove, my
new gloves. 12. A word, a new word; the word, the
blackboard.
(10,
2,
9.
go
to
new word.
school.
we
learn
35
LESSON
VII.
infinitive,
and
Other examples
ha
Infinitive:
at
at vaere
at skrive
Present tense:
Past tense:
Perfect participle:
har
er
skriver
hadde
var
hat
vasret
skrev
skrevet
SIX
TENSES INDICATIVE.
(Other principal parts,
see 21.)
present:
Jeg
laeser
past:
"
laeste
future:
"
skal laese
" read
" shall
::
36
pres. perf
past perf.:
fut. perf.
"
"
Infinitive
(Other
at skrive, to write.
present:
Jeg skriver
write
past:
"
skrev
"
wrote
future:
"
skal skrive
" shall
pres. perf.:
"
har skrevet
hadde skrevet
skal ha skrevet
"
past perf.:
"
fut. perf.
"
Infinitive
at vcore, to be.
"
"
am
past:
"
var
"
was
future:
"
skal vaere
" shall
pres. perf.:
"
"
present:
Jeg er
past perf.:
"
hadde vaeret
"
fut. perf.
"
skal ha vaeret
"
Infinitive
at ha, to have.
"
future
"
pres. perf.:
"
past perf.:
fut. perf.:
(Other
Jeg har
present:
past:
write
have written
had written
shall have written
hadde
skal ha
har hat
" hadde hat
" skal ha hat
"
be
have been
had been
shall have been
prin. parts, 21.)
have
had
have
have had
had had
shall have had
" shall
"
"
"
22.
Future perfect?
Anal\)sis of the six temest indicative mode.
1.
The present tense consists oi an inflected form
of the verb, usually the infinitive +'*: Iceser, skrker.
Exception, er.
The past tense consists of an inflected form of
2.
37
the verb, either a tense ending {las-\-te) or a change
The
3.
The present
4.
auxiliary: har
The
5.
har
Icest,
auxiliary: hadde
The
Icest,
at
ha as
ha as
6.
at
skrez'et.
and
s1?al
ha as auxiliaries
skal ha
skal ha skrevet.
Drill.
I. Review paragraph 11.
Conjugate the verbs given
above with each of the personal pronouns as subject.
2. Make complete sentences of the given verbs, selecting
suitable subjects, objects, predicate adjectives, and other
modifiers.
Employ each tense in succession with the rest
of the sentence unchanged except where changes are neces-
sary to
in
make sense
As in English
I.
.
is
2.
do,
changed to
Word
23.
auxiliary
comes
Note.
order.
In
See
10.
careful attention.
inverted
and
the
order
the
main verb
after s^al or
culty to beginners,
the
subject,
vi7.
As word order
38
Nu har han en ny
hok.
boken har han
meget
Naar
du kommer hjem,
Now
Icest
a.
b.
He
Iccrt
When
ex
vceret
thing new.
has been warm
It
You
ha
He
en ny
git
plural
onkel
2.
twelve
before
me
has g^ven
book.
new
Rules.
24.
the
day.
o'clock.
bok.
1.
all
shall
money
shall
nyt.
d.
new
nyt.
c.
he has read
book.
-\-
er
ending
-e
and
in -el,
and
drop e before
-er,
spster
-er:
-\-
spstre;
onkler.
Adjectives ending in
= egne.
-el,
simpel
-\-
drop e before
egen -\- e
-en, -er,
= simple;
gammel
= vakre.
-\-
= gamle; vakker
-f-
VOCABULARY,
en
familie
[fami'lie],
r,
family.
en
far
(or fader,
pi.
faedre,
ancestors), father.
en bedstefar
[bestefar],
grandfather.
(b0rn), child.
s0skende
(pi.),
collective for
(either
sex).
en faet'ter,
en kus^ne,
an).
e,
cousin (man).
r,
cousin
(wom-
39
en on'kel,
en tante,
onk'^ler, uncle.
r,
at tale (taler
at
talte
talt), to
morsom,
gav
(tar tok
elsket
sket), to love.
at bo (borbodde bodd), to
(elsker
at elske
sang
me,
t,
amusing,
(used in
matic expressions),
git), to give.
tat), to take.
at ta
interesting
speak, to talk.
at gi (gir
synge (synger
sunget), to sing.
aunt.
el-
idio-
her, here.
ingen
no;
ingen),
none.
READING.
Her bor jeg (io, 2, a) og vor
min far, min mor og mine sjz(skende. Vi har
Der Iseser vi og synger og har det
det godt hjemme.
morsomt (i. e., have a good time). Vore bedsteforaeldre
bor hos OS. Det er morsomt at tale med dem.
Min onkel er fars bror. Mors bror er ogsaa vor onDeres bj^irn
kel, og mors og fars Sjz^stre er vore tanter.
er vore s^skendeb^rn.
Vi har mange s^skendeb^rn,
baade faettere og kusiner.
Et barn elsker sit hjem, sine s^skende og sine forEn sjzJn eller en
aeldre, og forseldrene elsker sine b^rn.
ingen sdn, er
elsker
sine
foraeldre,
er
datter som ikke
sine sinner
elsker
forseldre
som
ikke
ingen datter. Og
foraeldre.
er
ingen
og d^tre,
Her
er mit hjem.
familie:
COMPOSITION.
you sang, he has sung, they have sung.
He had not spoken with
them. 3. She lives with us. She is our cousin. 4. Did
you read his letter? No. Have you read it? 5. I
gave him a book, but he has not read it. 6. He gave
the book to his cousin (masc). 7. He gave it to his
She was writing a letter about her
cousin (fem.). 8.
school, her teacher, and her books.
9. My aunt is my
I.
2.
sing,
40
mother's
Our
sister,
your father's
is
sister.
LESSON
is
is
lo.
our
VIII.
There
Conjugations.
26.
and the
the strong
two conjugations,
are
rveak.
sang.
its
imperfect tense
this
as follows:
participle: at
Class III adds dde for imp. tense, and dd for
participle: at bo bodde bodd.
Class
adds
perf.
participle: at elske
II
laeste
laese
In vocabularies,
weak verbs
perf.
laest.
will
perf.
be designated by these
will have imp.
27.
the infinitive
bor.
at elske
is
formed by adding
elsker; at l<sse
lesser; at
-r to
bo
41
At
vite (to
know),
pres.
gj0r; at hcere has both the regular bcsrer and the irreg-
The
ular bar.
present tenses,
auxiliaries
skal
(Other modal
and
vil
are irregular
auxiliaries, 75).
INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS.
Interrogative pronouns are
28.
ken.
DECLENSION.
Singular.
Plural.
obj.:
hvem, who
hvis, whose
hvem, whom
hvem, who
hvis, whose
hvem, whom
nom
hvad, what
hvad, what
poss
hvis,
obj.:
whose
hvad, what
nom.:
c.
nom
poss
hvis,
g.,
hvilken, which
n. g., hvilket,
hvis,
poss.:
obj.:
c.
g.,
n. g., hvilket,
I.
Ex.:
hvilke,
which
whose
hvilken,
whose
hvad, what
hvis,
which
which
which
whose
hvilke,
which
I.
er mig.
Hvem
talte
du medf
Med
l(Ereren.
2.
Ex.
the teacher.
It is
a book.
er en bok.
3.
Icestf
is
used adjectively.
Which
42
Which
Which
Hvem,
4.
Hvis
hvis (whose).
all
yours?
yeurs?
letter is
letters are
is
not in-
is
flected: hvis hok, hvis brev; hvis bpker, hvis brev (pi.)-
Hvad
5.
for en
also
is
The neuter
pronoun.
used as an interrogative
hvad for
is
ett,
Hvad
for en bok er
What book
is this ?
dettef
Hvad
Hvad
What letter
What books
is
this?
are these?
er dette?
is
in
in
is
fine
(ett)
3.
in
is
29.
is
also
usually
be used
in the nominative.
Er
det dig?
Det
er
ham
(or han).
Ham
VOCABULARY.
en handling [nn],
action.
er,
act;
et
ver'bum,
ver^ber;
ver'bet, verb.
def.,
43
tid,
tense [d
often silent].
is
prae'sens
or
nu'tid
(nu,
(for,
[kalle],
II,
to call;
name.
handle
to act.
I,
cm,
or at
handle, to treat of.
svak,
idag',
r,
faat [faatt],
[imi^ren],
to-mor-
row.
imorges [ima'Tes],
this
morn-
at kalde
r,
ing.
tense,
sterk,
fik
igaar', yesterday.
imorgen
at
to get.
to
at faa
om-
anden
[an], other;
en
an-
other.
strong.
weak.
av,
of.
to-day.
Verbs
last
trykte, uttrykt.
READING.
Idag har vi (io, 2, b) en ny lekse. Den er meget
men imorgen faar vi en kort en (ind. pro.). Vi
I^ksen handler om
liker korte lekser, men ikke lange.
Det uttrykverbet. Et verbum er et ord i en saetning.
En av verker liandling.
Verbet har mange tider.
bets tider kalder vi praesens eller nutid, en anden kalder vi imperfektum eller fortid.
lang,
Hvem
har ikke
verberne.
laert
laeste
Hvilke verber?
Det er verbet
at
handle
44
og verbet
COMPOSITION.
I.
Whose
today
(sing.)
son to today)
? _ 4.
Which have
-te
in today's lesson
(lit.,
the les-
past tense?
Yesterday we
5.
many new words; which were they
(it) ?
Who is it? It is I (me) it is we (us). Is
6.
Is it you (pi., dere) ? Which book
it you (s., dig) ?
was it you were reading yesterday? 8. Now we have
studied many long lessons and learned many new words
learned (10,
2,
in
b)
and sentences.
LESSON
IX.
NUMERALS.
Numerals are cardinal and
30.
Cardinal
1.
numbers
ordinal.
how many:
tell
fern,
five;
syv, seven.
2.
femte,
fifth
syvende, seventh.
Ordinal.
Cardinal.
1.
en
(n.
g.,
ett;
def.
den^ f^rste,
iste.
ene).
"
2.
to.
3. tre.
"
"
4.
fire.
5.
fem [fem].
"
3dje.
fjerde
[fjaere], 4de.
femte,
5te.
45
den
6.
seks
7.
syv.
"
syvende, 7de.
8.
otte.
"
ottende, 8de.
9.
ni.
"
niende, Qde.
ti.
"
tiende,
"
"
ellevte
10.
[seks].
II. elleve.
sjette, 6te.
lode.
[ellefte],
12.
tolv
13-
tretten.
"
14.
fjorten.
"
15-
femten.
seksten [seisten].
sytten [sj^tten].
"
femtende, isde.
"
Itoll].
tolvte
[tollte],
iite.
I2te.
trettende, lade.
fjortende, i4de.
"
sekstende, i6de.
syttende, i7de.
i8. atten.
"
attende, i8de.
19. nitten.
"
nittende, igde.
20. ty've.
"
tyvende, 20de.
"
enogtyvende, 2ide.
"
toogtyvende, 22de.
30. tredive
"
tredivte
31.
"
[tred'defte].
enogtredivte, 3ite.
i6.
17-
og tyve
21.
en
22.
(i.
e.,
twenty).
[tred'deve].
en og tredive.
"
fir
50. fem'ti.
"
fern 'tiende,
6o. seks'ti.
"
70. syt'ti
40. firti
[i0rti].
'tiende, 4ode.
sode.
sekstiende, 6ode.
"
80. ot'ti.
"
ot' tiende,
90. nit'ti.
"
[s0tti].
100.
hundrede.
lOI.
hundrede og
8ode.
en.
"
hundrede
og
f^rste,
og
anden.
loiste.
102.
hundrede og
to.
"
hundrede
I02den.
200. to
hundrede.
1000. (ett)
tu'sen,
eller
tus'ind(e).
loooooo. (en)
million'
(pi.
-er).
2.
3.
Notes.
may
In rare caseg
46
hundrede
is
if
possible.
4.
a.
c.
second place,
etc.
5.
en fjerdedel,
tredjedel,
etc.
VOCABULARY.
year.
month.
uke,
week.
dag, ^-e, day.
time,
hour.
(en) minut',
min-
ct aar,
et
maaned,
en
en
en
en
alt'saa,
er,
r,
r,
ter,
meget), much.
be able.
Kan is
followed by infinitive withIn the inverted
out at.
kan,
ute.
[noen],
ind.
some.
pro.,
(n. g.,
can;
from.
fra,
conjunction),
megen
etsekund' [nn],
er, second.
hver,
t, every (each of two
or more).
nogen
consequently
then,
(a
infinitive.
at ta
tat, to take.
when.
Naar....
.then.
READING.
Der
timer, minutter
aaret.
I et
den.
saa 12
uker
og sekunder.
en maaned er der 4 uker. I ett aar er der alt[gange] 4 uker, eller 48 uker. Men der er 52
et aar; altsaa er der nogen dage over 4 uker i
Nogen maaneder
I en uke er der 7 dage.
I den ene maaned,
har 30 dage, andre har 31 dage.
februar, er der 28 dage; men hvert fjerde aar har den 29.
hver maaned.
De maaneder som
den 3
47
den 8
den 10
den 5 , den 7
og den 12
Hvilke maaneder er det som har bare 30? (Designate
by ordinals). Hvilken maaned har bare 28?
I en dag er der 24 timer, i en time er der 60 minutDer er altsaa
ter, og i et minut er der 60 sekunder.
60X60 sekunder i en time, eller 3,600 sekunder. I en
dag er der altsaa 24 timer, eller 1,440 minutter, eller
Nu er der 4 maaneder paa 30 dage
86,400 sekunder.
hver, 7 maaneder paa 31 hver, og en maaned paa 28
dage. I ett aar er der altsaa 12 maaneder, 52 uker, 365
dage,
525,600 minutter,
8,760 timer,
eller
31,536,000
sekunder.
COMPOSITION.
This (n. g.) is a long lesson and there is much in
new. 2. But when we have learned this (n, g.)
I.
it
that
is
we can
lesson.
5.
When we
(10, 2, c) use
them
learn the
words well
in sentences.
7.
6.
Now we
Some
day?
12.
11.
How many
in
we
each
can
are writ-
8.
We
There
of the sentences
We
3.
4.
10.
How many
in
a year?
48
LESSON
X.
COMPOSITE WORDS.
Words
31.
noun prefixed
are
compounded very
freely.
to another
sessive ending;
1.
Noun
2.
Adjective
aarstid, season.
+ noun
+ verb:
3.
Preposition
4.
Preposition
5.
-{-dag
til
veir
=
=
=
idag, to-day.
tale
address.
tiltale,
sovevcerelse
veer else
-\-
styggeveir,
bedroom.
(n. g.)
+ skin
(n. g.)
= solskin
Pronunciation:
33.
ing on
have g
"ig
last deter-
(n. g.)
silent: deilig>
deili.
VOCABULARY.
en aars'tid,
er,
season of
the year.
en
en
en
en
en
en
en
en
en
en
h0st,
sol,
e,
sun.
r,
r,
e,
g.,
light.
wind.
weather,
e,
rain.
moon.
stjerne,
day.
dag,
nat, naet'ter, night.
storm, e(r), storm.
et lys,
fall.
vaar, spring.
maane,
en vind [nn],
veir [vaer], n.
star.
varme, c.
at skinne
[sjinne,
g.,
heat,
skinte
etc.],
to
skint
shine,
e,
delightful.
varm,
r,
warm.
fine, beautiful,
49
k61d
cold.
r,
[11],
whole.
saa'dan,
ne, such.
t,
ge, bad; opposite
styg,
t,
hel,
quite, entire(-ly).
r,
igjen', again.
laenge, adv., long.
saa'ledes,
of pretty.
som,
(rel.
that;
pro.),
(conj.)
who, which,
thus.
that.
as.
Names
definite article.
Observe
READING.
Disse kalder vi sommer, vinVaaren er den f^rste aarstid saa
kommer den varme sommer, saa hjzisten og den lange,
ter,
hf^st
og
vaar.
kolde vinter.
Sommeren
er
deilig,
so
maanen og
stjernerne.
Vi
sier
at
maanen
solen,
stjernerne skinner.
om
og
solskin,
maaneskin og stjcrneskin.
bror har skrevet mig et langt brev.
Han sier
hvor ban bor, bar de vinter. Det har snedd i lang
Det snedde den
tid, saa (so tbat) nu er der mcgen sne.
"Men igaar", skrev ban,
dagen ban skrev ogsaa.
"badde vi deilig veir; solen skinte bele dagen."
Min
at der
COMPOSITION.
Where
Note.
translation
I.
will
Spring
(def.
first
art.)
tbe
is
season],
first
summer
is
season
of
the second,
tbe
fall
2.
In spring and sumhave rain. 3. Yesterday my sister
wrote a letter to our parents. 4. She wrote about the
snowstorm we had. 5. She says that it has snowed
every day this week, and that there has been no [has
not been] sunshine for a long time (paa Isenge). 6. Today we have sunshine again. It is the first time (gang)
tbe sun has been shining [has shone] for a long time.
Bvt today it shines beautifully on the new snow.
7.
mer we
often
LESSON XL
RELATIVE PRONOUN.
The
relative
omitted.
The
corresponding possessive
is
hvis.
SI
.
Ex,
2.
or,
3.
I.
Her cr gutten som (who) skrev brevet.
Her er brevet som (which) han skrev.
Her er brevet han skrev.
Her er pennen og blcekket som (that) han skrev
:
med.
or,
4.
As
som
is
VOCABULARY.
Note.
et
navn,
Names of
(or
the
name.
e),
halv
capitalized.
[11], half,
j^nuar', January.
6'ver, past,
februar', February.
mars, March.
aprir, April.
mai, May.
ternoon).
e'gen,
ju'ni, June.
ju'li,
eg^ne,
e'g^et,
own
(one's own).
July.
August.
septem'ber, September.
Skto'ber, October.
fra,
novem'ber, November.
decem'ber, December.
en klokke,
^r, clock.
augfust',
et
kvarter',
er,
at mangle,
(of an hour).
et tal,
hett, to
het(te)
be called, have the
quarter
or ifra', from.
at hete,
short
I,
name
of.
to lack; to be
of.
o. s. v., etc.
(from og saa
vi-
number.
READING.
Vi har
fjzJr
at
laert
der er 12 maaneder
Den
fjzfrste
maaned
maaned har
sit
et aar.
eget navn.
52
februar, den tredje mars, den fjerde
order and
De
name
og den
i0rste
to
o.
v.
s.
(Give
of each.)
er
sidste
vintermaanederne.
hvilke
(the
vi
month of
har
vi ofte
sne og regn;
april og-
saa.
solskinsmaaned.
klokken er halv
vi
et
to, o. s. v.
eller
over
tolv.
Naar
ett
vi
si
at
den er
ett
kvart over
kan
vi
enten
gi
over halv
Saaledes kan
II, eller
som
enten
si
at
mangier
ett
COMPOSITION.
(Write Complete Answers.)
2.
of
53
5- Which month erf the year do we have now? 6. How
many days are there in this month? 7. What is the
next (naeste) month called? 8.
How many days has
it?
How many days are there in it? 10. How
9.
many days are there in that? 11. Which months of the
year have 31 days? Which have only 30?
12.
What
month has only 28? 13. Give the various ways in
which each may be read: 11 130, 2:30, 8:15, 10:45.
LESSON
XII.
PRONOUNS OF ADDRESS.
the polite.
Polite:
b.
polite
form
dig; de
din
Familiar:
a.
The
du
De Deres
is
the
same
deres
Z)e/n (sing,
dere.
and plural).
VOCABULARY.
s0n'dag, Sunday.
r,
tirs'dag, Tuesday.
ons'dag, Wednesday.
tors 'dag, Thursday.
(woman).
et
prone 'men,
fre'dag, Friday.
en hustru,
l0r'dag, Saturday.
ental
(en
er, god.
en gud,
r, goddess.
en gudin^de,
er,
pro-
noun.
er, wife.
tal).
singular
number.
flertal
(flere,
several;
more
54
than
one,
plural
tal),
-|-
number.
forfaedre
liten,
(^r
-|-
faedre,
ancestors),
thers,
pi.
is;
viz.
smaa,
fa-
forefa-
litet
kommer
READING.
leksen vi hadde igaar,
derne
dage
aaret.
denne lekse
laerte vi
laerer vi
heter.
Hver dag
Vi har nu
har
om
nomen og pronomenet;
pronomenerne.
Naar
din, de,
ner,
sier vi du,
dem og
faettere,
andre,
som
om pronomener. Idag
pronomen. Vi sier at proflertal heter det pronomener og
ogsaa noget
vi
et
i
og naar
deres
til
sier vi
bjz(rn,
til
venner og veninder.
vi sier
De
til.
De? Vi
Men
Vi skriver De,
der er
Dem
mange
og Deres
55
med
med
stor
vi
liten d.
COMPOSITION.
I.
This
(handler
3.
is
om)
the
2.
It
deals
[in]
with
the week.
om)
a pro-
4.
LESSON
XIII.
PASSIVE VOICE.
36. Passive voice is formed by the use of at hli (to
become). The present infinitive and the present, past,
and future tenses are also formed by adding es or s to
the tense stem.
at hli
pres.:
to
blir
past:
blev
future
skal bli
become
becomes
became
shall become
56
has
past perf.:
er blit
var blit
fut. perf.:
pres. perf.:
become
(is)
II.
to be praised
pres. inf.:
at bli rost
pres. tense:
blir rost
is
past tense:
was praised
future:
blev rost
skal bli rost
pres. perf.:
er blit rost
past perf.:
var
fut. perf.:
blit rost
shall be praised
has been praised
had been praised
shall have been praised
Passive of at rose.
2.
a.
praised
With auxiliary.
b.
With
at bli rost
at roses
pres. tense:
blir rost
roses
past tense:
blev rost
skal bli rost
rostes
pres. inf.:
future
I.
The
passive in -es
is
endings.
skal roses
Han
He was
praised
by
his
praised
teacher today.
by
his
teacher.
2.
Han
blev
rost
sin
at'
He was
Icerer idag.
At
2.
kaldt,
var
hadde
blit,
3.
bli
blit kaldt,
skal vcerc
Comparison of
ot vcure,
and
to be
exist:
to
tcenker,
jeg,
b.
c.
blit
blit,
etc.).
a.
is
blit
think,
to
Jeg
am.
er ny.
The book
at bit, or the
57
ending -es)
Han
He was
blir rost.
He
rost.
is
Han
praising,
He
Han
praised,
is
Han
praised,
To be
d.
rostes,
Han roses,
Han blev
er blit rost.
He
He was
roser.
Han
writing,
is
skrev.
Note. Passive forms with the endings are very commonly used with the expletive der as subject: Der spises trc
(people) eat three times a day.
ganger cm dagen.
We
VOCABULARY.
en taller 'ken,
en kniv, ^-e(r),
er, platter.
frugt,
knife.
suppe,
c.
fruit.
g.,
c.
soup.
g.,
et glas,
suk'ker,
pote'ter (en
potatoes.
pepper,
table.
salt,
er,
mid'dag, c.
en af ten,
noon; dinner.
g.,
er,
evening; af-
fro'kost,
c.
g.,
breakfast.
c.
c.
sugar.
mustard,
g.,
g.,
pepper,
n. g., salt.
(pi.),
c.
g.,
fl0te, c. g.,
kaf fe,
c.
milk.
cream,
g.,
coffee,
vand [nn],
n. g.,
at daekke,
I,
daekke
f0de,
en
c.
ret,
food.
g.,
g.,
is,
ice
at spise, II, to
ter, dish.
(ices).
cover,
bordet,
to
set
(at
the
table.)
sandwich.
est, c. g., cheese
water,
to
food.
vegetables.
mat,
cake,
g.,
n. g.,
gr0nsaker
melk,
tensmat, supper.
c.
r,
sen'nep,
e,
kake,
er),
potet',
at drikke
eat; to dine.
drak dnikket,
to drink,
n.
sent, late,
to
at
forsy'ne,
II,
to
supply;
to help.
,, ,
. .
58
almin'delig,
usual;
e,
-ly.
forskjel'lig,
som
[ti'li],
mere,
things
differ-
e,
ent.
tidlig
5ftest, usually.
saa'dant
like
the
like;
that;
such
things.
early.
e,
efter, after.
ved
kl.
7 tiden, at 7
(o'clock),
[klokken], 3 o'clock.
omtrent', about.
Idiomatic expressions.
37.
at
gaa
to
tilbords.
down
sit
to dinner (sup-
per,
etc.).
to sit
down
to dinner; to
to the table.
at table (at dinner,
up
sit
at sitte tilbords.
to
ved middagen.
ved middagsbordet.
supper, etc.).
at dinner.
at the dinner table.
(lit, be so good;
sit
when anything
is
used
offered
maa jeg
be
....
om
will
may
..
ask for
et
glas
tak
[tak],
pass
middags.
Jeg har spist middag.
leg har varet i middag hos
en ven av familien.
mange
may
..
have
Could I have a glass of
water
(thank
you) ?
Please may I
have a
glass of water?
(would
you)
please
.
Om
59
you"
is
full
J eg
sentences:
takker
Dent.
READING.
Der
om
dagen (a day,
Det f^rste
Da
med
flj^te
og sukker,
oftest tidlig
s.
v.
og
syltetj^i.
Efter
'
I.
2.
We
Twelve
COMPOSITION.
is
It
is
our
first
meal.
6o
we have dinner
at one.
supper at
4.
six.
Some have
3.
also served.
is
For
5.
and milk
tea
is
served.
6.
mer
home
ikke)
for
7.
dinner today;
(til)
am
no
fork.
Do you
9.
some
like
Bring
cup or saucer.
plate,
fruit?
Do
When
13.
have
10.
Would you
to (skal)
8.
11.
ner?
me
not be (kom-
I shall
this
14.
morning [today]
to din-
What
did
LESSON XIV.
COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES.
Adjectives are compared by adding to the
38.
positive -ere to
to
Comparative
fsitive
kort
flink
1.
(diligent)
Superlative
kortere
kortest
flinkere
flinkest
Adjectives ending in
-el^,
-est
-en, -er,
drop the
e be-
simpel (simple)
galen (crazy)
vakker^
2.
simplere
simplest
galnere
vakrere
galnest
vakrest
ringere
ringest
-st.
6i
Adjectives ending in
3.
in the superlative.
maegtig (mighty)
masgtigere
venligere
venlig
maegtigst^
venligst
morsomst
4.
of comparison
may
be compared by use of
mere storslagen
the
forms
superlative.
mest storslagen
5.
mindst [minnst,
least]
mindre klar
klar (clear)
The following
6.
yngre
yngst
tyngst
lang
laengere
laengst
stor (large)
st0rre
st0rst
faa (few)
faerre
faerrest
The following
7.
and another
positive
lative
mindst klar
the
comparative and
super-
meget
mere
mest
mange
flere
flest
liten
mindre
mindst
vasrre
vaerst
gammel
asldre
nser (near)
naermere
xldst [aellst]
naermest
Notes.
I.
Adjectives ending in
comparison
el.
en,
er drop the
and before the endings of
est.
ere and
double consonant precedes one of these endings,
both the e and a consonant is dropped.
3. The g is silent except in the superlative, where it has
the sound of k because of the combination with s.
2.
If a
62
Adjectives in the comparative degree have
39.
weak
only a
declension,
e.,
i.
40.
The
1.
not inflected
is
it
Gutten er
Gutterne er
stprst.
Mine
The
2.
stprst.
scetninger er Icengst.
definitely (19).
Den
Hans
st0rste gut.
Den
Bedste ven!
Vor yngste
nyeste bok.
hror.
Icengste lekse.
VOCABULARY.
house; residence.
room.
e(r), room;
salon
[salong'J,
ct hus,
ct vaerelse,
en
en
sal,
hall.
er,
P^^^^-
vertin^de,
en
J.
gjest,
r,
hostess.
^^r, guest
selskap,
et
party.
r,
en
tale,
en
taler,
company;
er,
speech.
r,
speaker.
e,
en skaaltale,
r, toast.
g bordtale, -r, after-dinner
speech.
ct sprog,
.,
at tirlage,
.
language,
(or at
lacre til),
uij,
v
-< ^^bc
to prepare, to cook,
I,
.
^*
P^f
*<='
^'
^^'^
(on
table).
skaale,
or
II,
(or
at
63
at bestaa'
av,
consist of
to
der'som,
if.
(or in).
an'set,
e, esteemed.
enhver', ethvert. every.
,
kun, only.
READING.
I
mange hjem
Nogen
spisevaerelse.
det
spisesal,
En
vandkarafler
og saadant mere.
med
glas.
Og
hvit serviet.
Maten
Den som
tillages
lager
til
et
holdes
en for kvinden
(i. e.,
Der kan
Der
er
mange
slags
og
vert-
anden av gjesterne,
64
COMPOSITION.
This lesson
I.
is
2.
summer
The longest day of the year is the
22nd of June. 6. The days are short in (om) the fall,
but in winter they are shorter. 7. The 22nd of Dec. is
ful.
4.
5.
Nothing
8.
is
so good that
be worse.
moon
who
for those
are old to
til),
gent.
12.
much, there
10.
which
Even though
is much more
cannot
all.
to learn that
it
is
nearest of them
is
young
the
The sun
9.
that
It is
is
old
we have
not learned.
LESSON XV.
COMPARISON OF ADVERBS.
Most adverbs
41.
Ex.
2.
^i.
h0it, highly,
In
Note.
form
jective in its
deili^ (adv.).
65
Comparison of adverbs
42.
I.
Adverbs formed from the neuter of adjectives
and a few primitive adverbs are compared as the ad-
Comparative.
Positive.
Superlative.
godt
bedre
bedst
h0it
h0iere
hj^iest
vanskelig (difficult)
vanskeligere
vanskeligst
ofte
oftere
oftest
2.
stem
in the positive:
ilde
vel
(badly)
[ille],
(well)
litet,
(little)
litt
For
(often)
vserre
vaerst
bedre
bedst
mindre
mindst
hellere
heist
tiere
tiest
paragraph 6o.
VOCABULARY.
et uttryk,
expression.
en fe'rie,
r, vacation.
er, examinaen eksa'men,
tion.
en termin',
matematik',
[Art'sium],
required for
examination
the degree of Bachelor of
Arts.
term.
er,
ken),
ken), physics.
vi'denskap,
science.
videnska'belig,
(
klas'sisk,
real',
e,
e,
classical.
scientific.
er,
e,
en
student',
^-er,
post-
of
er,
studies,
medicine,
such
course
as
law,
etc.
a subject or
branch of study.
et kur'sus,
course.
semester [semes'ter],
semester.
et
fag,
er,
et
re,
sci-
entific.
graduate; student.
et stu'dium,
math-
ematics.
fysik',
Examen Artium
kemi [kjemi'],
c.
g.,
chem-
istry.
at op'holde
[11]
sig, to stay.
(med)
til,
II, to
be-
long.
at ind'dele, II, to classify or
divide.
66
begynde
at
[bejyri'ne],
latin', Latin.
II,
graesk, Greek.
to begin.
at bety', III, to
h0i,
mean.
fransk, French.
high.
r,
tysk,
secondly;
der'naest,
the
in
second place.
under [nn], under.
jul,
c.
ferie,
1.
parison) than.
Christmas; jxUeg.,
Christmas vacation.
paaske,
c.
German,
engelsk, English.
enten.
.eller,
in
^um and
^us,
2.
either... or.
Easter.
g.,
'
The names
'
er:
As
end on
sk;
sk
ad-
jectives they
as final
READING.
Den
skoleaar.
et skoleaar er
paa
tre
De som
og
Ved
maaneder.
men
juletider
og
paasken
og de som studerer
s.
v,
De
fj2(rste
er
realfag,
de
sidste h^rer
at
med
til
de klassiske fag.
en studerer et fag,
man
eller at
Man
kan enten
laser et fag.
kurser.
Av
si
Disse
disse er der to
COMPOSITION.
The school-year is often divided into three terms.
The first term is the Fall term and begins about (omThe sectrent) the second Tuesday in September.
3.
I.
2.
ond term
than the
is
first
term.
4.
The
last
better to take
few subjects
The
well.
ficult
14.
at a time
them
lesson for
68
LESSON XVI.
PRESENT PARTICIPLE.
43.
TTie present participle is formed by adding
elsl^ende; at
'Cnde to the verbal stem: at elske
s^inne
sl^innende; at flyte
fl})tende; at
gaa
gaaende.
The
44.
present participle
is
used
1.
2.
as adverb
Han
He spoke fluently
Han kom gaaende. He
taltc flytende,
as adverbial apposition:
3.
came walking.
The
45.
and of
The
I.
is
used:
a.
kom
sol;
b.
Han
gaaende.
2. The
Norse participle used as an adverbial modifier
often equivalent to an adverb in English: Han talte flytende, He spoke fluently.
is
2.
tenses; in
Norse
it
is
not:
He
is
is
writing,
used to form
Han
skriver
(not er skrivende)
When
progressive tense
(med)
He was
came.
to keep
writing
is
is
strong,
this
on (with)
when
Han
at
69
The
3-
participle
Having read
tore
it
the letter he
a.
to pieces.
h.
Da
IcEst
brevet, rev
istykker.
The
4.
ment
is
a.
b.
to
c.
sick
equivalent to a clause:
The gerund
Da han
ikke
komme.
Da han
is
equivalent
to the infinitive
is
the gerund
act expressed),
ject
skelig kunst.
art.
When
noun
Skrivebok.
Han begyndte at skrive.
At skrive brev er en van-
it is
equivalent to a
introduced by det.
(i)
a surprise.
Their having
(2)
home was
6.
The
come
a surprise.
by adding
to
the
to the verb
TO
stem -(n)ing or -en:
at skrive
Paa skolen
skrivning.
nene
Man
av
a.
b0r-
Icerer
al den-
blir trcet
b.
ne skriven.
c.
(skriv)
^skrivning, also
strceben (striving)
At school
VOCABULARY.
en bygning,
er, building.
e(r),
en gaard [gaar],
ni0blement'
large building.
en leiegaard,
ively.
c(r),
flat
(at
leie, to rent).
et hus,
en
house.
dwelling;
er,
res-
idence.
en indgang [nn],
e(r), en-
trance.
entre
[angtre'],
entrance; entry.
[eta'sje],
r,
story
(of a building).
et 16ft,
stairs.
en kjelder [11],
e,
basement.
en trap,
per, stairs.
cellar;
vindu,
window.
en gardin', ^-er, curtain.
teppe,
carpet; spread
et trin,
step.
^ler,
et g^ulv,
et
floor.
er,
et
(bedspread).
(pi.),
garded as pieces.
re-
room;
[sive ],
sleeping room, bedroom.
r,
en seng,
e(r), bed.
en dyne,
r, a coverlet corresponding to a quilt.
en pute,
r,
pillow,
(also
hodepute; hode, head).
en so 'fa,
er, sofa; couch.
toiletsaker
[toalet'
],
toi-
let articles.
et foredrag,
lecture.
en klokke,
r, bell.
en forelaesning,
er, lecture
(in
course
of
instruc-
tion).
et
furniture
room.
et sovevaerelse
r,
ni0bler
r,
rum [romm],
space.
et
er,
et vaerelse,
et
en
en etage
bolig,
[mjzfblemang'],
kate'ter,
desk.
katetre,
chair;
71
at
bygde bygget,
bygge
without
to conduct
II,
eksamine
'
quiz;
to
II,
re,
to examine.
and
skal
75
bred [bre],
place
75
broad.
76),
[noen],
anyone.
modal aux.
to
is
of.
op, up.
nogen
ought; should.
(tense and
and
at),
istc'denfor, or istedetfor, in
(modal auxiliary,
79),
infinitive
must,
burde,
by
maa (modal
at
said to
is
(followed
at o'verh0re,
going to
some
one;
'
is
READING.
Der
men de
er
mange
mere
En
og smaa
bygning
kan ha flere (several) etager, loft og kjelder; i en saaEn bred
dan bygning kaldes kjelderen kjelderetage.
trappe fjzirer op til indgangen denne bestaar som oftest
av to d^rtr. I kontorbygninger er der lange ganger eller
korridorer. Era disse er der andre djz^rer som f^rer ind i
kontorerne. Trapper f^rer fra den ene etage til den aner alle
eller
mindre
like.
stor
den.
Og
heiser.
byer.
Altsaa sier
man
business block.
En bygning som
brukes
til
at
bo
i,
en bolig altsaa,
vaerelser,
sovevaerelse
og
entre.
72
vaerelse
Til et
sovevaerelse
tepper, dyner
med mere.
speil, toiletsaker
som
uttryk
er
at
at gj^re et
sengekam-
at ringe
paa
"Det ringte!" "Ringte nogen?"
almindelige
ringe.
til
til
eller
ringe
elder
De
med.
ogsaa
at
ringte (paa)."
En skolebygning
Den
ning.
som
er
er inddelt
oftest en
meget
stor byg-
kontorer, klassevserelser
og
ratorier.
laboisaer
COMPOSITION.
My
I.
is
father
The entrance
2.
is
to the
Which
is
or writing?
been using
10.
9.
it
This
After learning
He
II.
mine.
He was
12.
I
7.
8.
greatest], reading
have
II o'clock.
ently.
is
is
5.
my
till
flu-
7Z
LESSON
XVII.
CONJUGATION.
46.
verbs,
Auxiliaries
first.
PRINCIPAL PARTS.
Imperfect
Infinitive.
I.
at elske
Perf. participle.
elsket
II. at Isese
III. at tro
St. V. at skrive
elsket
l<este
laest
trodde
skrev
trodd
skrevet
ACTIVE VOICE.
Indicative
Mode.
II.
I.
IIL
St. V.
pres.
elsker
laeser
tror
skriver
past:
elsket
laeste
trodde
skrev
fut.:
skal elske
laese
tro
skrive
pres. p.:
har elsket
Isest
past
hadde elsket
laest
trodd
trodd
trodd
laest
skulde^ elske
laese
tro
2nd cond.:
laest
trodd
skrevet
skrevet
skrevet
skrive
skrevet
pres.:
elske
tro
skrive
pres.:
elsk
tro
skriv
p.:
fut. p.:
I
St cond.:
Subjunctive Mode.
laese
Imperative Mode.
Ises
Infinitive
pres.:
at elske
perf.:
at
fut.:
at skulle
ha elsket
elske
Mode.
laese
tro
skrive
laest
trodd
laese
tro
skrevet
skrive
Present Participle.
elskende
laesende
troende skrivende
::
74
PASSIVE VOICE.
Mode.
Indicative
elskes
pres.:
elsket
Iseses
troes
skrives
laest
skrevet
skreves
skrevet
elskedes
laestes
laest
blev elsket
skal elskes
trodd
troddes
trodd
heses
troes
skrives
laest
pres. p.:
er blit elsket
laest
skrevet
skrevet
past
var
trodd
trodd
trodd
trodd
skrevet
skrevet
troes
skrives
trodd
skrevet
trodd
trodd
skrevet
trodd
trodd
skrevet
blir
past:
fut.:
p.:
laest
laest
skulde elskes
laeses
skulde vaere blit elsket laest
cond.,:
1st
blit elsket
fut. p.:
2nd cond .:
Subjunctive Mode.
'
f bli
pres.
I
elsket
lasst
vaere elsket
laest
skrevet
Imperative Mode.
I
pres.
bli
elsket
laest
vaer elsket
Infinitive
laest
skrevet
Mode.
at elskes
laeses
troes
skrives
at bli elsket
laest
laest
trodd
trodd
skrevet
pres.
pres. p.:
skrevet
at skulle elskes
laeses
troes
skrives
laest
trodd
skrevet
trodd
trodd
trodde
skreven
fut.:
Present Participle.
sing.
c. g.
sing. n. g.
plural:
Notes.
elsket
laest
elsket
laest
elskede
laeste
I.
may
skrevet
skrevne
be used instead of
Jeg kommer
Skulde
2. Skulde as an auxiliary is equivalent to should.
and vilde are the past tenses of the verbs whose present
tenses are skal and vil (see 78). The present tenses, as we
have seen, are used to form the future tenses (from the point
75
of view of the present) the past tenses are used to form the
conditional tenses (future from the point of view of the
;
See 79.
Imperfect tense of at faa may be used instead of skulde
(or vilde) ha to form the second conditional:
Han sa han
skulde kcmme naar han fik Isst brevet (=skulde ha Ixst).
past).
3.
The
47.
subjunctive
infinitive.
It is
b.
Komme
dit rike.
Enhver
c.
handle
efter
eget skj0n.
The
48.
imperative
-/e,
mode
the -e
is
his
act
own
and
to
A verb in
this
expresses command'.
Read louder!
Honor the aged.
h0iere!
a.
'L<2s
b.
Hcedre de gamle!
INFLECTION OF PARTICIPLE.
Perfect participles of transitive verbs are used
and are inflected for agreement.
49.
as adjectives
1.
Strong declension.
en elsket s0n,
Class
I.
Class
II.
Class III.
en
Icsst
et elsket
bok, et
Icest
en sydd bokstav,
et
staver.
St. v.
2.
plural form.
has
the
76
VOCABULARY.
novel.
en roman',
novel.
novel.
en novel'le,
poem.
et
et bibliotek',
library.
er,
bokskap,
book-case.
r, shelf.
en hylde [11],
en reol',
er, shelf of books.
er, colleotion.
en samling,
ler, example.
et eksem'pel,
story;
en fortael'ling,
er,
et
indhSId [nn
art, ^-er, c.
at samle,
at
-er,
verk,
most often of
work).
et bind [nn],
et dra'ma,
scientific
c.
which
poetical,
c.
g.,
dannelse,
c.
litteratur',
c.
histo'rie,
c.
natur',
g.,
c.
g.,
g.,
compose; write
fiction.
name; men-
r,
that
similar.
like;
en
klasse,
at
finde
whether
e,
poor; bad.
class.
^r,
[nn],
fandt
fundet, to find.
at paa'staa, to claim; to say.
ppose.
g.,
to
ede, (part, of
privat', ^-e, private.
ne, beautiful.
skj0n,
dannet,
lik,
pro'sa,
I,
daarlig,
poetry;
g.,
is
(as
skj0n'litteratur, fiction.
poesi',
place
t,
er,
[tein],
con-
tion.
volume.
drama.
skuespil, play.
et tegn
sign.
et
to
at naevne, II, to
production
book, but
any
of
kind.
I,
poetry or
(used
g.,
g.,
shelf or in line).
at digte,
er,
et
11], n,
to collect.
I,
opstille,
on a
er,
digt,
tents.
make
culture.
literature.
at
(a
komme
good) appearance.
an paa, depend on.
sam'men, together.
history.
nature.
st0rrelse,
r,
c.
g.,
size.
READING.
Man
I ethvert hjem burde der vsere et bibliotek.
kan gjerne paastaa at et bibliotek er tegn paa en dannet
IVIen meget kommer an paa
familie, et dannet hjem.
hvad slags hfSker der findes i biblioteket. Der er ogsaa
daarlige bjzfker, og at saadanne blir laest, er alt andet end
tegn paa dannelse.
Bjzikerae opstilles
store skap
med
hylder
i.
Disse
77
kaldes bokskap
Som
bjzflcer
kan
oftest opstilles
Man
inddeler
bjz(ker
Der
og
skjjzJnlitteratur.
Videnskabelige
skjellige klasser.
verker
mange
for-
handler
om
o. s. v.
poesi
og
prosa.
burde
alle bli
Aasmund
kjendt
med den
norske
Vi
litteratur.
COMPOSITION.
I.
books.
small collection
is
a sign of culture.
3.
Much
depends
obtained through
classes
(faaes ved)
of literature.
the most]
7.
6.
The
best culture
poem may
in
is
all
[for
also be
Ibsen's
8.
year; he wrote
it
in [on] three
months.
10.
Peer Gynt,
78
was written
dramas,
much
the greatest of
is]
year
one
all
his
School
ii.
later,
LESSON
XVIII.
50.
a.
In
question
Kommer han
snartf
2.
Kommer han
ikke snartf
b.
1.
2.
is
zvell,
why,
etc.
4.
5.
used
when
the
nu kommer han.
Jo,
nu kommer han.
disconnected
way
like the
chiefly emphatic.
J a, hvad sier du
til
det?
gaar vi da.
Du er jo ganimel
Jo, det var gutten
Well,
Ja, saa
alt.
sin,
same
thing.
we
you
det!
6.
Ja,
in a
sagt.
3.
is
put negatively.
1.
English
jo
is
answering questions, jo
7.
Ja
8.
Ak
9.
Jo da.
vel.
ja!
He
couldn't
course.
Very
help
it,
well.
Alas!
Why
of
79
5
Nei
1 .
is
It
saa vakkert!
2.
se der!
How beautiful!
Just look!
What?
You don't
aldeles ikke!
By no
Nei,
Nei,
Nei,
3.
Nei,
4.
detf
Nei,
5.
Nei
6.
No
da.
52.
Av
is
translated
by
say
means.
not at
all.
from,
in,
b}).
for,
How
kind
come.
it
is
of his
of you to
He was
old in years.
oar.
7.
Han kommer
en
8.
eller
Boken
ikke,
av
anden grund.
er
skrevet
av
He
Bj0rnson.
53.
Om
during, per,
1.
2.
is
translated
by
if,
in,
a.
om en time.
Han skrev ikke noget
om hvordan han har det.
her
3.
Bjjz(rnson.
along.
8o
4.
5.
6.
7.
De
De
om
gik side
Du
side.
om
penge.
har ingen ide om
spilte
om
beautiful it was.
eat three times a day.
We
dagen.
Ved
54.
Han
is
translated
by
He
ved uni-
er Icerer
at,
is
fc\j,
versity.
versitetet.
He
is sitting at the
table
writing.
The table stands by the
window.
duet.
The
aaret 1000.
har.
Med
55.
is
translated
by mth,
in,
b^, on,
among,
along.
1.
2.
det
de fprste
He was among
gaa med?
3.
at multiplicere
4.
Han
gjorde
med ..
med
forscet.
5.
Han
som
6.
var
med
For
Skriv
Vil
et
De
is
translated
at Icese
mig.
the
first
to
leave;
et eneste spring.
56.
3.
med
gik.
at
by
a single
leap).
bound
(or
Write a
letter for
me.
read a
the
same
to me.
8i
4.
Det
laa
for hans
like
It lav
fptter.
5.
am
den
for
hunden.
6.
Jeg er
min
7.
3.
about
my
Paa
translated
is
by
bor-
The book
det.
2.
worried
feel
brother.
57.
I.
cengstelig
bror.
lying on the
is
table.
We
te-
Do you go
to the theater?
ater?
4.
paa
teatret.
5.
have heard
it
at the the-
ater.
He
is
man
of 25 (years).
(aar).
Til
58.
1.
Han
2.
Har du
translated
is
by
'
talte
He
os.
til
leksen
Icert
til
imorgenf
3.
Han
4.
Du
5.
Odin
6.
til
7.
av og
to, for,
spoke to
Have you
for
tok veien
faar vente
til
til
by en.
siden.
towards,
until, of.
us.
tomorrow?
He
er far
til
Odin
Tor.
alle sider.
59.
now and
til.
Over
is
translated
by
then.
over,
across,
above,
beyond.
1.
Hun
il-
She put
it
over the
fire.
den.
2.
Han
3.
ene.
4.
Det
velse.
er over al beskri-
He went
beyond
all
description.
82
Distinction in use of adverbs.
60.
1.
(poorly)
Daarlig
retained.
are
often
ilde,
is
compared
also
regularly.
men
Ojte and
2.
phatic and
may
Det hccnder
before,
common
tit
og
is
usage.
more emSometimes
ofte.
a.
3.
tit
preferred in
is
It
It
may
it
do that
pleasure.
I'll
Tomorrow
ne
b.
gjer-
at regne.
til
In
it
with
may
great
possibly
rain.
the comparative
jeg
Jeg
write.
Litet
4.
Litet
and
I
litt
prefer to read.
usually have
the
same meaning.
is
Det er
skriver.
litt
litt
Her
er
Han
Iceste
is
used in place of
sent.
litt
papir.
for
litet.
it
is
the
It is
Here
He
little late.
is
some paper.
tle.
lit-
83
5-
a.
terchangeably,
Han kan
leksen
(not vel).
Far
min
vel,
I'el
b.
assurance
supposition
sin
He knows
godt
Farewell,
ven.
friend.
Yes, certainly.
You are getting along well,
godt?
suppose?
goes too well.
vel
6.
my
is
intensive
Det gaar
(with stress) godt.
locality
It
inside.
7.
Da (when) and
as
conjunctive
adverbs.
a.
Da
Naar
Han
verb
denotes
Han
blir (will
be)
( i
hjemme
tense:
ieg kom.
LESSON XIX.
INDEFINITE PRONOUNS.
61.
The
indefinite
pronouns
are,
deU man,
en,
Det
sonal subject
is
translated
and
by
it.
It is
used as imper-
as introductory^ subject
84
Det regner; det sner;
1.
2.
3.
4.
at han er
himdrede aar gammel.
Det er ikke godt at vite
hvor snart det sker.
Det var mig som fortaltc
ham
it
snows
that he
dred years old.
is hard to tell
it will happen.
It is said
It
It
was
who
told
blows.
it
a hun-
is
how
soon
him
(it).
det.
Man
63.
It
It rains
det blaaser.
Det siges
may be
2.
og
slikt
nu
We
lieve in ghosts
Iccnger.
like
En
64.
man.
may
(poss. ens)
is
possessive modifier.
1.
alt
en
One
every-
believe
can't
he
thing
hears
now
a-days.
2.
En
tror ens
egne ven-
ner bedst.
No gen
65.
jectively.
context.
One
his
own
friends.
is
Among
somebody, any,
thing.
1.
2.
3.
bp-
Icese.
Her
no^et Icesestof?
Here
is
some paper
for you
to write on.
Do you
8s
4.
vinduet.
Har du
5.
set
no gen T no-
anything?
have heard something
nice about you.
haven't heard anything.
get?
6.
om
kert
dig.
7.
get.
8.
om
det.
it.
2.
Somme
(some)
is
saw no
where
one
stood.
as substantive.
Der
1.
er
somme
som
Somme
vokaler er mere
vanskelige at uttale end
andre.
Some vowels
ficult to
more
are
dif-
pronounce than
others.
The
pronoun
1.
2.
adjective
in various forms:
mangen gang.
Mangen
tapt
ens
liv
er gaat
hav og storm.
Many
me
that.
Many
a one's life
(has been lost
gone
sea.
lost)
in
is
;
lit.
lost
:
is
storm and
86
banken.
Der
mangt at gjpre
dagen.
farer med saa
mangt at han faar ingener
om
Han
nil
ting gjort.
is
I.
Were
69.
Anden, n. g. andeU pi. andre (other).
used adjectivel}) and substantively.
Hvad
didn't
mean you,
mean
It
meant
mean
something
quite
different.
er det de andre
har at gj0re?
Hvad har andre folk
med det at gj0ref
Det var i en anden bok
jeg IcESte det, ikke i den-
What
is
it
do?
What have other people to
do with that?
It was in another book I
to
read
it,
ne.
vore dage
som kan
de
Icese da.
(at least).
2.
Det er
71.
It is
not
all
gold that
glit-
ters.
87
1.
Ft
Icprer
3.
Enhver som
get,
maa
vil Icere
no-
med flid.
Icese
We
gence.
4.
At
That
fire is
warm
is
some-
barn vet.
Some
72.
1.
2.
Kom
3.
hvor som
Hvem som
heist.
heist
kan
komme.
4.
Nu
som
5.
6.
7.
kan vi
Icese
hvad
er ingen
som
heist
grund.
73.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Use
Now we
at
heist.
all.
Now we
whatever.
Is there
any reason
at
of gang, time.
en gang.
engang.
den gang.
en
og anden
(gangen).
once (numerically),
once, once upon a time,
then that time,
once in a while.
;
gang
ah
88
5-
6.
7.
RECIPROCAL PRONOUNS.
The
74.
pronouns
reciprocal
Hinanden
[hinan]
fers to
1.
re-
The
ste
2.
hinanden
are
LESSON XX.
MODAL
The
75.
six
AUXILIARIES.
modal
finitive
The modal
Han
burde
komme
by the
in-
at.
snart.
He
come,
PRINCIPAL PARTS.
Infinitive.
Present.
at skulle
skal
at ville
vil
(shall)
(will)
Imperfect.
skulde
vilde
[11]
[11]
Perf.
skullet
villet
kan (can)
kunde [nn]
maatte
at burde
maa (must)
maatte
burde
kunnet
maattet
burdet
at turde
tjz<r
turde
turdet
at
kunne
at
b0r (ought)
(dare)
part
89
Skulle and
76.
and
shall
are
vi7/e
will.
1.
auxiliaries
to
and 6).
1st
cond.:
2nd cond.:
1st
vilde laese,
cond.:
2nd cond,:
vilde
ha
would read.
would have read.
laest,
3.
dig.
b.
told
c.
stor taler.
vcere
You
to.
is
said
to be a great speaker.
4.
Ville expresses
a.
will:
an idea of:
because
do
Jeg gj0r det fordi jeg
want
choice Jeg gjpr hvad jeg
do what
am going
(intend
Jeg
to
vil.
b.
it
I please.
vil. I
vil skrive.
intent:
c.
(will to).
to)
to
write.
n. Kunne
a.
b.
c.
d.
lesson,
ability:
Icese.
possibility
JDet
It
hli
rain.
am
knew
was
Indicative
pres.:
imp.:
fut.:
kan (can)
kunde (could)
skal kunne
shall
know
able
shall
able
be able
90
pres. perf.
have known
har kunnet
had known
hadde kunnet
skal ha kunnet shall have
past perf.:
fut. perf.:
known
skulde kunne
skulde ha kunnet
cond.
and cond.:
1st
able
should know
should have
should be able
should have
been able
known
Mode.
know
have known
Infinitive
pres. inf.
kunne
to
ha kunnet
to
at
perf. inf.: at
to
kunne
at skulle
fut. inf.:
to be able
Note
I.
kunne.
78.
to,
have
It expresses
to, etc.
a.
maatte gaa,
had to go.
b.
^wish:
c.
vand?
dit
May
barndoms-
iSurJe
79.
is
equivalent to oug/i/.
It
expresses:
duty:
Du burde Icsre dine lekser bedre.
a.
ought to learn your lessons better.
b.
^fittingness
ikke anderledes.
wise.
You
Thus
91
80.
daring: Jeg
a.
tpr alt
som
cerlig er, I
dare
Do you
honorable.
all
that
is
dare to ask
him?
.permission
b.
May
c.
.possibility:
Det
may
be dan-
gerous.
1 .
Expressions in
common
2.
Skal du hjemf
Hvad skal jeg derf
3.
Hvad
1.
med
What
Hvad
What
Saa
Det
Det skulde
Thus
jeg
skal
that?
det?
4.
5.
6.
7.
use.
en
vcere
It is
It
is
shall be
it
thus to be.
was intended
as a joke.
vits.
8.
Han skal
til
at studere.
He
is
study.
Han
9.
skulde
at
til
10.
11.
ham
saa hils
12.
Der
fra mig.
skal penger
gaa paa
til
at
14.
vil.
15.
t6.
17.
18.
19.
He was
9 (o'clock).
If you happen to (should
you) meet him, greet
him from me.
at
It takes
money
to
attend
school.
skole.
13.
He was
ing.
skrive.
s.).
det.
will.
One can do
that which he
wills to do.
He knows
What
92
The
82.
active in
at synes, to seem.
at mindes,
at trives,
at dages, to
thrive.
to
at vaares,
for.
grow
The
83.
perfect tense
many
is
at lykkes, to succeed.
old.
present
become green,
coming of spring,
at gr0nnes, to
at aeldes, to
remember,
dawn.
to
is
TTie im-
formed by replacing
and
-ets.
Ex.:
In
tri-
CONJUGATION.
Indicative
mindes.
mindtes.
imp.
skal mindes.
fut.:
pres. perf.; bar mindtes.
past perf.: hadde mindtes.
ska! ha mindtes.
fut. perf,:
1st cond. skulde mindes.
2nd cond. skulde ha mindtes.
pres.
Infinitive
pres. inf.: at
perf. inf.
fut. inf.:
I.
a.
at
at
Mode.
lykkes.
lykkedes.
skal lykkes.
er lykkedes.
var lykkedes.
skal vaere lykkedes.
skulde lykkes.
skulde vaere lykkedes.
Mode.
mindes [nn].
at lykkes.
ha mindtes.
skuUe mindes.
at
Lykkes
is
used
vxre lykkedes.
at skulle lykkes.
in
two ways:
The work
Arheidet lykkes.
is
successful (is
succeeding).
The work has been success-
ful.
0.
at
have succeeded
thru.
in getting
93
Notice that in a, it takes the auxiliary at ha like most
other verbs in the active voice. In b, the auxiliary at vaere
is
used.
RECIPROCAL VERBS.
84.
in
Some
meaning.
Vi sees igjen
in skal se hinanden igjen.
Vi trceffes imorgen
Vi trceffer hinanden imorgen.
REFLEXIVE VERBS.
85.
am ashamed of
He made a break
Han
to recur as
object.
forsnakket
sig.
myself.
mis(lit.
:
spoke).
Nu
Sig
86.
of the
Ex.:
is
number
Now
you have
overslept.
Han
Hun
slog sig.
slog sig.
Barnet slog sig.
Barnene slog sig.
He
hurt
(struck) himself.
She hurt
The
The
herself.
hurt itself.
children hurt them-
child
selves.
LESSON XXI.
VOCABULARY.
gjammatik',
ken),
gram-
"^^'"-
kas'us,
form,
-er, noun.
et substantiv'.
navnord,
c.
'
c.
g.,
g.,
case.
case.
gen'itiv. genitive,
noun.
J
gender; sex.
faelleskj0n, common gender.
nom'inativ, nominative.
naevneform, nominative.
et
j^^ n.
kj0n,
g.,
eieform,' possessive.
"
94
en gjenstand [nn],
ob-
e,
e'gentlig, really.
begge, both,
ject; thing.
en e'genskap,
er, property.
en vokal',
er, vowel.
en samtale,
conversar,
let,
der'for, therefor.
name; men-
at naevne, II, to
eide
own.
satte
at b0ie
eiet, to
at saette
sat,
b0ining,
to
I,
c.
hvor'av,
what.
to add.
at foran'dre,
b0ideb0iet,
fleet (lit., to
place; put.
til,
show.
at vise, II, to
tion.
at saette
easy,
te, light,
fordi', because.
tion, dialogue.
at eie
hvor'for, why.
to in-
bend).
inflection.
g.,
from
what;
of
to change.
READING.
For
at
grammatik.
kunne
et
sprog
Grammatik
maa man
er det fag
studere
som
laerer
sprogets
os hvor-
naevne en eller
fliere,
kaldes
tal.
Dersom
substantivet
naevner bare en, siges det at vaere ental; naevner det flere
end
gularis,
og
flertal
kaldes pluralis.
vi er intetkj0n;
lie,
o.
s.
v.,
sier vi er fcolleskjpn.
Der
fami-
er en liten ordklasse
sier
som
faelleskjjzJn.
95
Der er den
og den uhestemte artikel. Den ubehar to former en og ct. Et er intetkj^ns-
Der
hestemte artikel
stemte artikel
at substantivet er faelleskj^n.
Den
artikel.
og
artikel
men
Den
fj^rste
er
en endelse; faelleskjjz^nsendelsen er
en bok; det kan vsere denne bok, bin bok, eller hvilken
heist bok men sier vi boken, da kan det kun vaere
en bestemt bok der er tale om. Derfor kaldes disse arNaar et
tikler den bestemte og den ubestemte artikel.
som
bestemt form.
brukes kun
artikel
Den
ubestemte
fselleskjjzfn,
det
intetkj^,
og de
flertal
o.
kjjzin.
s. v.,
Til eksempel
kaldes b0ining.
at b0ie.
kan ogsaa
At
Et substantiv, har
bj^ies
kasus.
vi laert,
Naar
kan b^ies
et substantiv
tal.
Det
brukes som
9^
subjekt eller
som
(kasus), eller
Men
nccvneformen.
nominativ
adjektivisk,
tiv
(kasus), eller
s?ette
til
endelsen
eieform.
Som
-s.
vi
til
at boi
geni-
CONVERSATION.
1.
Hvad
2.
Hvilket fag
laerer
sprog er sat
et
sammen?
5.
Hvad
Hvad
Hvad
6.
Hvordan
7.
3.
4.
8.
9.
er
grammatik ?
navnord?
er et
er en artikel?
b^ies artiklerne?
Hvordan
Hvordan
bj^ies et
bj^ies
et substantiv?
substantiv
det
tal?
kasus?
LESSON
XXII.
VOCABULARY.
en handling [nn],
er,
act;
ut's*0telse,
en re 'gel, regMer,
en konsonant',
rule.
er,
conso-
egennavn,
name.
at laegge
tion.
merke,
g.,
omission,
^^
r,
c.
sign.
g.,
doubling.
to cescribe.
la
^^^^^ ^^^k^
lagt, to lay,
^jl^
^^
p^y
attention to.
at fordob'le,
fordob'ling,
proper noun;
at beskri've,
nant.
et
c.
eliding.
action.
at ut'st0te
st0tt,
to
I,
to double.
utst0tte utdrop.
97
at beto'ne, II, to emphasize.
rcpognize;
know;
acquainted
be
with.
easy.
black.
devoid
c,
norsk,
Norse.
indbildsk,
conceited.
e,
common (to
two or more).
avsides, remote; outof-the-way.
mid
mediocre;
cated.
let,
light;
te,
sort,
e,
lens,
tilfreds',
of.
satisfied.
e,
e,
falsk,
false.
^t,
faelles,
'dels,
poor;
piti-
able.
fri,
free.
r,
st0,
negative prefix.
b0ielig,
(bendable),
e,
u
stakkars,
r,
steady.
blue.
noble.
lydelig,
sounded; not
stum,
regelmaes'sig,
regublaa,
t,
ae'del,
aed^le,
t,
-e,
silent.
^t;
^me,
silent.
e,
lar.
saerlig,
slut,
c.
til slut,
specially.
g.,
to
end.
end with;
in clos-
ing.
undta'gen, except.
for 'an, before; ahead of.
med hensyn til, with reference to; as regards.
at vaere tilfaelde(t) med....,
to be the case with.
middling.
READING.
Et substantiv kan naevne en person, en gjenstand, en
Men en person kan vaere
o. s. v.
stor eller liten, en gjenstand kan vaere ny eller gammel,
en handling kan vaere god eller ond. Disse ord, stor,
egenskap, en handling,
liten,
beskrive det
som
sammen med
substantivet naevner.
substantivet for at
De kunde derfor
men gram-
Uttrykket
matikken kaldes de almindelig adjektiver.
beskrive betyr egentlig at si hvordan en ting er, eller
hvordan den ser ut. Et adjektiv er altsaa et ord som be-
eller intetkjj2(n.
Den form
98
naevnes
uten
(altsaa
endelsen -e
Naar
til
endelsen
Eks.:
-t.
saette
gamle, nye.
danner
et adjektiv
stort,
-e,
intetkjjzJn
ved endelsen
-t,
og
der er adjektiver
kjjzJn)
lige
store,
ved endelsen
flertal
Men
saette
o. s. v.
tal)
der er adjektiver
og der er
-e (ubjzJielige
baade
kj0n og
tal).
kort vokal.
nanter
lang
men
En
eller kort.
Nu, dersom
som
men
til
endelsen
uttales
med
-f,
da
blir
(lang
intet-
Vi
kort vokal.
sier
ei hvitt hlad.
Men dersom
som ender paa -t med kort vokal, er altsaa ubjzfieDet samme er tilfaelde (is the case) med adjektiver som ender paa -t med konsonant foran, for ogsaa
da er vokalen kort en sort side, eller et sort papir. Ord
som ender paa lydelig d (d. v. s. dersom d ikke er stum)
jektiver
lige
kjj^n.
-t, da d foran t ikke kan uttamand, et Iwrd uttryk. Ord som ender paa -s
med konsonant foran, kan ikke b^ies i kjjzJn gjcengs,
-e.
Adjektiver som dannes av egennavn, saasom engelsk,
norsk, tysk, o. s. v., tar heller ikke -t (tysk,
-e), og
ikke andre adjektiver paa -sk (indbildsk,
-e) undtagen
en
Icerd
t,
-e).
99
Saa er der en stor klasse adjektiver som ender paa
og -lig; disse er ogsaa ubjzfielige kjj^n lydelig,
-e.
Adjektiver kan ogsaa vaere ubj^ielige i tal. Fjzlrst bar
vi de adjektiver som ender paa vokal blaa,
Disse
t,
tar ikke endelsen -e, undtagen ny, fri og st0, som b0ies
-^g,
middels,
falles,
med konsonant
-s
foran
stavelse:
kj^n er altsaa
d:
adjektiver paa
adjektiver paa s (ikke
adjectiver paa og
er
adjektiver paa vokal (ikke
a.
b.
lydelig
Icerd,
d.
alle)
alle)
-ig
f.
Ubjz^ielige
-lig
-te.
kori,
gjcengs,
-e.
lydelig,
e.
indbildsk,
-e.
-e.
-e.
tal
alle)
a.
b.
stavelse
merke
let,
e.
ubetonet
Ub^ielige
c.
som ender
som en-
regelmaessig.
paa -es:
der paa
.,
blaa,
:
t,
fcolles,
som
saerlig
maa
til.
Merk
get
Der
liten
f jzflgende
+ =
t
=
egen + = eget
t
vi
kun
talt
om
sub-
litet.
=
megen + = me-
100
CONVERSATION.
Hvilken ordklasse studerer
1.
idag?
vi
3.
Hvad
Hvad
4.
2.
man bruke
istedetfor
adjektivf
5.
Hvad
Hvad
Hvad
6.
7.
8.
maessig ?
9.
10.
i
tal.
tiver
forstaaes
med
uregelmaessig ?
LESSON
XXIII.
VOCABULARY.
komparation'
comparison^
gradb0ining,
son.
shon],
c.
g.,
c.
g.,
compari-
bestem'me,
stemte,
stemt, to modify; (to decide).
show.
merke, I, to notice; to
mark.
at svare til, II, to answer to;
correspond to.
at
(with
or
preposition
to belong.
til),
at mangle,
I,
po'sitiv,
positive,
r,
to lack.
certain,
r,
n0dven'dig,
e,
neces-
sary.
pare.
at vise, II, to
h0re
med
er, degree.
en grad,
en fell,
mistake, error.
et mcrke,
r, a sign.
at kompare're, II, to com-
at
at
selv [sel],
self.
op'ad, upward.
nedad [ne'ad], downward.
en retning,
<r,
direction.
0st, east.
vest, west.
lOI
0verst,
syd, south.
eastern.
vestre, western.
nordre northern.
s0ndre, southern.
easterly.
westerly.
northerly.
nordlig,
southerly.
sydlig,
adet adver'bium,
0stre,
0stlig,
indre,
e,
most
e,
uppermost;
e,
excellent.
sidst,
last.
e,
mellem, between.
mellemst,
verb.
nede, down.
more netherly.
nederst,
most neth,
e,
(most)
central.
ene, alone.
e,
inner-
^bier,
nedre,
inner.
e,
e,
e,
uppermost.
e,
[nn],
most.
oppc, up.
ypperst,
vestlig,
inderst
erly.
h0ire,
ute, out.
outer.
outermost.
over [6'ver], over.
0vre, upper.
ytre,
ytterst,
venstre,
right.
left.
til'svarende, corresponding.
end'nu [nn],
bruk,
c.
g.,
yet.
still;
the use.
READING.
Ved
stand
bestemmer
som
et substantiv
For
vi
at
den gj en-
eller
til
Nu
kan denne
mindre end en anden gj en-
eller liten.
kunne forandres
change),
ved at vise
maa
Denne forandring av
adjektivets
adjektivet
admit
of
form er det
kalder komparation.
st0rre
I02
I
ere
regelm^essig
{-re)
og
komparation
paa
superlativ
(st).
Men man
kan ogsaa komparere ved at saette foran positiv adverbierne mere og niest, mindre og inindst. Det mest almindelige er at bruke endelserne; men det er ofte n^dvendig at bruke disse adverbier. I visse tilfaelder kan man
bruke enten det ene eller det andet efter behag. Det
kommer egentlig an paa vellyden, paa klangen. Nyest
klinger bedre end mere ny; men derimot klinger mere
intens bedre end intensere. Regelen er: bruk den form
som er
Der
er ogsaa
retningerne
kan
Dernaest er
parativ
og
og vestlig disse
og med adverbier.
der nogen adjektiver som har baade komnordlig,
sydlig,
gradbjzJies
baade
med
superlativ;
av adjektivet har de
men
et
0stlig,
endelser
adverbium.
faar
og
adjektiverne
ytterst;
nedre
av over faar
og
vi
I03
men
lem
mellemst; ene
Der
eneste.
venstre.
Som
sammen med de
Endnu er der en
tikel
ting
og
tal
kjj^n.
Den kom-
ubjzJielig
baade
kj^n
og
tal;
1.
2.
CONVERSATION.
Hvad bar vi laest om denne lekse?
Hvad laeste vi om
den forrige
i
(previous)
lekse ?
3.
4.
er den
5.
6.
7.
og
eller
mere vanskelig?
Hvad
forstaaes
med komparation?
superlativ.
8.
Hvad
er det
som
til
po-
sitiv ?
9.
10.
lativ?
104
LESSON XXIV.
VOCABULARY.
en strae'ben, c.
noun from at
g.,
verbal
straeve,
saerskilt,
lik,
r,
intim',
h0flig,
e,
re'lativ,
relative.
r,
[slo]
tonl0s,
sp0rre,
at
^-e,
at beh0've beh0vde beindefinite.
r,
unstressed;
unac-
cented.
mens, while.
der'i, therein; in this.
ellers,
to ask),
u'bestemt,
slaat,
a*-
fjem, r, distant.
sp0rgende, interrogative
of
lie
reflexive,
part,
to
[slaatt], strike.
polite,
r,
refer.
ligget,
^laa
at
re'fleksiv,
e(r),
e,
'vise, II,
intimate.
r,
diffi-
(in
like,
(pres.
at
special,
e,
^-er,
place.
natural.
hen
to
ligge
the sense of reclining).
slaa slog
natur'lig,
at
preposition,
er,
vanskelighet,
culty.
en plads [plas],
strive; striving.
en forskjel,
le, difference.
shon],
[
en preposition'
en
to
otherwise.
[f orhollsvis],
forholdsvis
comparatively.
tilba^ke, back.
h0vet, to need.
READING.
Naar
vi studerer
grammatik, finder
vi at der er en
og naturlige
uttryk.
klasse
med Oles
bror".
Denne
saetning klinger
personlige pronomener.
De
kaldes
saa
Et personlig
pronomen kan vise enten det er den som taler (iste person), den som der tales til (2den person), eller den som
der tales om (3dje person). Pronomenet kan ogsaa vise
enten det brukes istedenfor en eller flere; altsaa har det
tal.
Tredje person har en form naar der tales om en
mand, en anden form naar der tales om en kvinde, og
cndnu en anden form naar der tales om en ting. Denne
egenskap ved pronomenet kaldes kj0n. Tredje person
ental har en form naar det brukes som subjekt, en anden
form naar det brukes som objekt, og en tredje form naar
det brukes adjektivisk.
Denne egenskap kaldes kasus.
Altsaa, det personlige pronomen er bj^ielig i person, tal,
kj0n, og kasus.
Der
for saadanne
{du-iormen)
og hpflighetsformen {De-iormtn). Vanskeligheten ligger i at bestemme naar vi skal bruke den ene, og naar vi
skal bruke den anden. Det kommer meget an paa skik og
bruk. Regelen ligger naermest i ordene hpflig og intim.
Man bruker almindelig at si du til barn, slegtninger og
norsk.
Ellers bruker
venner.
gelsk brukes
kun
man
heist h^flighetsformen.
I en-
kaldes
flertalsformen,
hji^flighetsform.
Ved
med hensyn
en
fonnen)
din
dit
til
dine.
io6
Saa har
vi
og
hint.
De
det
denne
de,
hint
hine. Denne brukes om
og hin
det som er naer, den om det som er fjernt, og hin om
det som er fjernt
heist om det som er fjernt
tid.
Man b0r merke sig at det paapekende pronomen den
(det, de) har samme form som adjektivets bestemte artikel; men pronomenet er betonet, mens artiklen er ton-
dette
disse,
ics.
De
er som, der
Som
tion
komme
sidst
sjelden
saetningen.
tale.
Hvem
Der brukes
brukes kun
De spprgende pronomener og
like.
Hvem
skrift,
men
personer.
de relative er naesten
hvilken
samme
hvad for
hvilket
hvilke.
eieform, hvis.
ett,
og
Hvilken
har
ofte
om
flertal
As
intimate pronoun.
the
De>form
respectively.
107
CONVERSATION.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Hvad
Hvad
Hvad
Hvad
Hvad
pronomen?
kan pronomener tjene til?
menes med iste person?
menes med 2den person?
menes med 3dje person?
Hvilke kasus har et pronomen?
Hvilke er de paapekende pronomener?
Hvordan bjzJies disse pronomener?
Hvilke er de sp^rgende pronomener?
Hvilke er de relative pronomener ?
er et
LESSON XXV.
VOCABULARY.
tilba^keblik,
n.
g.,
review.
et
led,
tence).
en
tid,
sen-
er,
er,
forestilling,
idea.
(of
predicate.
subject.
concept;
tense
et praedikat',
en
future
perfect.
part
et subjekt',
eksak'tum,
futurum
(blik, look).
er,
er,
(lit.
time).
secondary tense.
en bi'saetning, clause.
bi'tid,
at hen'f^re,
ward;
II,
(imperfect).
bandt
binde [nn]
bundet, to bind; connect.
funfandt
at finde [nn]
det, to find.
at finde sted,
lead to-
present tense.
nu'tid, present tense.
tense
past
imperfek'tum,
prae'sens,
to
refer.
to take place.
ge'nus, voice.
form, voice.
futur'um, future.
indi'kativ, indicative.
remtid, future.
imper'ativ, imperative.
plus'kvamperfektum,
perfect.
past
'
io8
praedikatsord, predicate
(or participium),
et particip'
com-
plement.
pier, participle.
READING.
Denne
lekse
om
handlet
med.
tas
er
Men
de
dikatet
som
Man
og
praedikat.
Subjektet er det
nsevner det
kan ogsaa
og
for en forestilling,
at subjektet
si
et praedikat,
verber
eller rettere,
s.,
en anden
kaldes uselvstcondige.
Transitiv
med
praedikat alene,
verber
til
De
sidste
staa selv).
anden
den
uten hjaelpeord.
uttryk
er
f orestilling
eller
som
som
hvorom noget siges. Praeuttrykker hvad der siges om det som subjektet
ssetningen
naevner.
lekser
paa
tilbakeblik
et
verbet.
som kan
for at danne
Disse uselvstaendige
to klasser
transitive
kommer av
og kopulauttryk
det latinske
til
saetningens
Som
subjekt.
at vcsre, at
hli,
Blandt kopulative
at kaldes, at synes, at
substantiv,
en
substantivisk
ticip,
et
Naar
eller
brukes
som
bisaetning.
praedikats-
109
ord, b^ies det for at
og
kj^n
tal,
Ved
kan
et
verbum
form
nu
sin
eller
prcesens;
Disse
kaldes
verbets
Foruten disse bar verbet ogsaa bitider. Nutid viser kun at handlingen finder sted mi; men verbet
kan ogsaa vise at handlingen har fundet sted og er nu avhovedtider.
Denne
sluttet,
kaldes
tid
fprnutid
at
perfektum.
eller
handlingen hadde
ha og at
nogen
brukes verbet at
tilfaelder
At
vcere.
elsket
skrev.
Det
laeser
sidste
forandre vokalen
Iseste
tror
vise nutid
trodde
og
fortid:
skriver
at
saa-
danne verber kaldes sterke verber. De som danner imperfektum ved hjaelp av endelser, kaldes svake verber.
Av svake verber er der tr klasser: den f0rste klasse tar
endelsen -et, den anden endelsen -te, og den tredje, -dde.
no
LESSON XXVI.
VOCABULARY.
et ansigt,
er,
face.
en pande [nn],
r, forehead.
en arm
e(r), arm.
en pult,
er, desk.
et kate'ter,
re, an instruct-
desk.
en bxnk, e(r), bench.
vers, verse; poetry.
at glemme glemte glemt,
to forget.
at
de,
or's
et, to strive;
straeve,
to
to stare.
I,
at knytte,
I,
to tie; at knytte
en haand, to double a
at l0fte,
sittet,
talte,
sit.
talt,
tell;
[slaatt],
strike.
lyslet,
^te,
rigtig,
e,
right.
to
very,
quite,
real,
etc.
toil.
at stirre,
sat
to
to
to narrate.
at slaaslogslaat
to
light complexioned.
Often
at sitte
at fortael'le,
I,
to
lift;
fist.
omtrent', about.
enten
eller, either...
.
or.
to raise.
READING.
"Nuskaldu
iil\'"
hvordan en vakker
gTJtterne da.
skulde vsere
ja,
saa
syntes
Der
nu
sat de alle
og
skrev.
Men
ret^
som
stol
maatte jeg
f^rste
bank.
isaer
laegge
merke
Han hadde
lagt
til
en
liten lyslet
pennen fra
sig, lagt
gut paa
armene
Ill
rigtig tilfreds
med
sin
D.
Slik sitter
ban
kring
Med
sig.
pulten
"Nu
skal
du
veiret
!"
til
Prosa
"Er
ett lyser et
det vers
De
eller poesi*f
skriver
til
hende?"
"De
bare ba prosa?"
vil
"Nei, jeg
"Men
vil
bverken ba prosa
maa nok
det
eller vers."
det."
"Hvorfor det?"
"Jo, fordi der findes ikke
"Der
"Nei.
Alt
som
som
ikke
er vers er prosa."
"Hvad
mine
t^fler
for noget?
!
Naar jeg
sier: Nikola,
bring mig
er det prosa?"
"Ja."
av det
vite
talt
prosa
over
Notes.
1.
Selection adapted from Pauss and
bok; original by E. Reksten.
2. ret som det var,
every now and then.
3.
firti
aar uten at
!"
Corneliussen's
Laese-
to get after.
Storm's translation of
Moliirc's
Le
COMPOSITION.
I.
Tbis
is
a story about a
112
written
d.
on the blackboard.
was
ing looked at
all
as
it
The
4.
jD's in their
pupils
were to
writing books.
should be.
6.
It
5.
After hav-
down
(satte sig)
blackboard.
raises his
He
10.
doubled
forgets that he
fist
and
in the classroom,
is
might.
CONVERSATION.
6.
7.
Naar en
2.
3.
4.
5.
kan
brukes ?
8.
9.
Hvad
kaldes de
som
skriver vers ?
LESSON XXVII.
VOCABULARY.
en bonde [nn], b^n'der,
farmer (in Norway).
en soldat',
er, soldier.
en konge,
r, king.
en krigsmand [kriks'mann],
maend,
en
warrior.
kjaerring,
woman
er,
egg.
dish; bowl,
et egg,
et fat,
g.:
wise
n.
g.:
(vulgar term).
is
et hagl).
t i h e t]
c. g.,
smartness (as used in this
lesson); importance.
vigtighet [v
married
it
113
en kule,
r, bullet,
sand'het [nn], c. g., truth,
et bevis',
proof,
er,
(to
begynde
[bejyn'ne],
II,
pr0vdc pr0vd
(or
to begin.
at pr0ve
pr0vet), to try.
at
sende [nn],
at tilbringe,
to
vacation,
(a
day, etc.).
at taelle
talte
talt,
a
to
count.
wear
der,
skj0t skutt,
at 0delaegge,
destroy
to
make
a racket.
(lit.,
la,
lagt,
wear
to cause to
I,
sig,
I,
won-
to
mene,
mean;
II, to
to ex-
vigtig,
smart (in
way).
sand [nn], r,
important;
e,
pretentious
true.
dangerous.
saare,
sorely; great.
learned.
lo'gisk,
e,
laerd,
e,
I,
to
slitt,
adv.,
to
shoot.
at dundre,
out).
be puzzled.
to
farlig,
at skyte
to punish.
I,
slet
wonder.
at forundre
at
II, to send.
bragte, bragt,
spend
at forun'dre,
at straffe,
at slite
to
to lay waste).
e,
logical.
straks, immediately.
ganske, adv.,
mens
(conj.
quite.
adv.), while.
READING.
Straff et vigtighet.
"Nei
sa
gam-
lingen forundret.
"Jo
vist er
hele*
114
og fire, og tre, og to, og en, det blir tilEr ikke det aldeles logisk ?"
"Jo, det er vel det," sa faren mens han tok fatet til
sig. "Nu tar jeg de fern, saa kan du ha de andre ti."
ogsaa en.
sammen
Fern,
f emten.
saa
farlig.
krigsmand ?"
"Jo," sa han.
kunde se paa ham*," sa kjser"Det var noget jeg har forundret mig saa saare
over," sa hun, "og det er at P gaar og gaar og gaar hele
dagen.
Jeg synes I maatte slite fjz(tterne ganske ut med
al den gaaingen, jeg."
"Vi gaar ikke, vi marsjerer," sa soldaten.
"Ja, var det ikke det jeg
ringen.
"Men
jeg taenkte,"
sa
kjaerringen.
spjzirre om.
Jeg har forundret mig saa ofte hvordan det gaar til med
dere naar I er ute i krigen og skyter og dundrer. Jeg synes I maatte bli aldeles 0de\a.gt av al den haglen I faar
ind
dere," sa hun.
vi skyter
med
kuler," sa
soldaten.
"Ja, var det ikke det jeg tsenkte," sa kjaerringen.
"Saa
1.
ikke sandt?
is
it
^is
not?_;
is
expected.
lei
is
"5
COMPOSITION.
Hans was attending
I.
he had come
He was
go-
3.
home
2.
5.
five
dered
all
how
the day.
9.
He
marched.
CONVERSATION.
I
2
3
4
5
6,
7
8
over
9
10
Hvad
Hvad
altsammen ?
hun da
ii6
LESSON XXVIII.
VOCABULARY.
en skirling
[sjil],
klemte klemt,
at graate graat graatt, to
cry.
at springe sprang sprun-
to squeeze,
apple.
pear.
sko, shoe.
et eple,
en
en
get, to run.
r,
paere,
^r,
et haaiT,
en taare,
r, tear.
en ver'den, ^-er, world.
klaer
en
at berge,
I,
to save.
at redde,
I,
to save,
at snakke,
hair.
klemme
at
cr, shil-
one cent).
en by, ^-er, town.
en gate,
r, street.
en fin'ger, fin^gre, finger
ling (about
falde
at
(klaeder), clothes.
ener,
-^-e,
to
mark
I,
[gla],
aldt
e [glade],
f aldt,
glad,
rik, r, rich,
to sell.
at svelge,
[11]
fall.
glad
of
highest excellence.
guld [gull], n. g., gold.
solgte solgt,
at saelge [11]
to talk.
I,
to swallow.
poor,
cheap,
proud,
fattig,
billig,
kry,
e,
e,
blank,
vaat,
t0r [t0rr],
r,
r,
bright.
wet.
t,
re,
dry.
igjen'nem, through
voice.
til
slut, at last
(lit.,
to end).
READING.
To
Den
fj^rste
hahskillinger.
halvskilHngen jeg
fik
verden, blev
jeg-
saa
Men
glad
i^
at
kom hjem om
l^rdagen,
men
jeg
fik
Jeg vilde
bli
117
det billigste.
og
laa en
gulerj^tter.
Jeg vilde
kjjz^pe
gulerjzJtter,
og
vi gutter
nem
byen,
Og
til
den anden.
av**
mig og
ropte:
det var
3.
Notes.
2.
ii8
4. at hale, to
5.
6.
7.
COMPOSITION.
I.
from
This
is
school.
a half-shilling.
2.
got
it
when
He
came home
had been
was rich, so
[I]
did [got].
my
4.
half-shilling
CONVERSATION.
Hvad handler denne fortselling om ?
Hvad var det han fik halvskillingen for?
Hvor meget fik den andre gutten?
Hvad forskjel var der paa disse gutterne?
Hvad vilde gutten gj0re med halvskillingen
Hvordan gik
det
til
at
han
faldt
sj^en?
til
slut ?
Hvad
sin?
119
LESSON XXIX.
VOCABULARY
penge(r), money.
ar^beide, n.
at raekke
work
g.,
bei'de, to work).
en
avis',
et
trykkeri',
er,
thing).
newspaper.
printing
er,
office.
ker, store.
kontor',
svar, answer.
en erfa'ring,
experien butik',
et
er, office.
pris,
er,
c.
et
price.
g.,
at forlang'e,
at hente,
to surprise.
I,
to decide.
I,
av'gj0re
avgjorde
avgjort, to close; to
come
an end.
to
b0d budt,
sober.
by (byde)
to
oflFer.
alvor'Iig,
e,
endelig, finally.
nylig, recently.
lar).
forret'ning,
er,
place
ness;
of
c.
g.,
busi-
business;
business deal.
c.
demand.
at
at
to
II,
at beslut'te,
er,
ence.
I,
at o'verraske,
vis,
rakte
rakt, to
reach; to hand (one some-
(at ar-
g.,
at op'ta
at 0nske,
I,
manner; way.
optat,
optok
0ieblik'kelig, immediately; in
tilste^'de,
present;
(sted,
place).
bak, behind.
to wish.
tilba'^ke,
dog, nevertheless.
READING.
Tid er penge.
En vakker
Han
kom
endelig en
"En
"En
ind
butikken.
kan
vel saelge
billigere?"
Prisen er en dollar."
den Htt
120
han er
trykkeriet."
j2(nsker at tale
"Jeg
Gutten gik
en herre
med ham."
og
jzJieblikkelig
sa
til
sa
med ham.
en.
Manden var
overrasket,
men
syntes
dog
besluttet
han
paa
sa:
pris
keriet.
Notes.
The
1.
line 3.
2.
vilde vaeret
force
COMPOSITION.
^
I.
of
vilde ha vaeret
It
beautifully.
my
paper.
3.
4.
am
all
(belt) taken
up
121
An
5-
came
idler
Mr. Franklin.
call
He
6.
7.
own way,
8.
Whom do you
wish to see* ?
he has just gone home.
9-
is?
it
cheaper?
Notes.
The progfressive is expressed by the simple tenses: have
1.
har set.
been looking
But when the duration of the act is to be exgressed, the phrase at holde paa (med) is used: have been looking
har
oldt paa at se.
(See 45, 2).
2. Han holder paa med at arbeide.
looking,
3
....med at se.
4. at tale med; at se is not used in this sense.
CONVERSATION.
1.
Hvem
er personerne
denne fortselling?
3.
4.
Hvem
5.
Hvad
2.
6.
butik?
eide butikken?
ten?
7.
betale Franklin
end
Hvad kan
vi laere
av dagdriverens er faring?
LESSON XXX.
VOCABULARY.
en jernbane,
r,
(jern, iron,
passenger,
en bro,
er, bridge.
et
lokomotiv', ^r,
et liv,
loco-
motive.
en kant,
life,
er, direction.
train.
e(r),
car.
mountain,
en ulykke,
r, accident,
en lue,
r, flame.
et fjeld [fjell],
en vogn [vangn],
et tog,
enpassager [passasjer'],^<r,
122
fSlk, n. g., people.
d0d,
at slukke,
ild
c.
death.
g.,
skrekskreket,
at skrike
cry;
tempt.
at
haende
[nn]
II, to
[nn],
II,
to
burn,
hap-
to move,
d0de
d0dt, to
I,
die.
d0d
pen.
at kj0re, II, to drive; to ride.
at
d0
at
to
scream.
to
at flytte,
at braende
to put out; to
I,
quench.
skj0nteskj0nt,
skj0nne
(adj.),
r,
light; bright,
sint,
e,
angry,
endda,
to understand.
dead.
r,
lys (adj.),
still,
READING.
Ely Rem.
og det tok
ild
i
broen.
Det blaaste
sterkt,
og snart
lys lue.
Nu kom
sent,
skulde
komme
fra
samme kant om
ti
minutter.
Og
like
avgrunden med
alle
vognene,
Men
alle
Ely
Rem
de andre.
hette ban,
Han gav
sig
123
ham dersom de
skulde
komme
fik alle
hadde Ely
naest
Gud
Notes.
Togffirer, en som fjJrer et tog.
1.
the word to be used for engineer.
started out.
2. gav sig til, began
.\ed, near.... to.
3. naer
COMPOSITION.
York
I.
from
is
the
name of
caught [took]
out the
fire,
fire
[on] a town.
high bridge.
4.
3.
Not far
The bridge
2.
5.
There was
He
him.
(i
He was
years old.
tide).
6.
Ely
Rem was
only twelve
7.
He
10.
When
derstood
the passengers
how
came out of
lives.
124
CONVERSATION.
3-
4-
I.
2.
fortaelles
om ?
tide?
Hvad
Hvad
5.
6.
Rem
gjorde?
taenkte togfj^reren
om
som
gutten
stod der
paa banen?
med
at reise
tog; at ta toget; at ta
med
med
jernhane; at
toget, o.
v.
s.
LESSON XXXI.
VOCABULARY.
et billede,
et hav,
r,
picture,
ocean.
et fyr'taarn,
,
light-house,
,
steg steget,
beskytte sjyt'te],
at stige
at
I,
er, island,
en 0,
en holme,
r, a small island.
at seile, II, to
sail.
et skjaer,
veirbitt,
e,
skerry,
en kyst, ^-er, coast.
en klippe,
en b0lge, billow,
et syn, view.
en strand [nn], e(r), shore,
,
r,
cliff.
r,
tional song.
to
step; to rise.
to
protect.
weather-
beaten.
furet,
-e,
furrowed.
traeffende, striking.
ber^mt',
steil, r,
fjern,
jevn,
r,
r,
lim,
r,
hist
og
e,
famous.
steep.
distant.
even.
cozy.
her, here
and there.
125
READING.
Den
norske kyst}
som
over vandet
de tusen hjem,
elsker, elsker det og taenker
paa vor far og mor
og den saganat som saenker
furet, veirbitt
med
jord.
Norges kyst
SUk synger
sangen.
BjjzJrnson
det
fjzfrste
han her
vers av faedrelands-
av Norge sHk som det viser sig fra havet. Men naar
man saaledes ser landet stige frem furet og veirbitt over
vandet, maa en undres over hvordan der i et saadant
land kan vsere plads til tusen hjem; for alt en ser er
nakne holmer og skjaer og saa den steile graa kyst av
veirbitte fjeld.
126
Torungerne
Nu
som
delvis beskyttet
den merkeligste
fra det
hele verden.
at ta.
127
saa havbjzdgerne ruller like ind paa stranden.
Fra Sta-
meget
Isenger.
samme
syn:
Nordkap, midnatssol.
Vi
er gode havner
128
og
st^rre eller
sj^farende folk.
skjellige land
til
til
verdens kanter.'
alle
Amerika.
vikingetiden* seilte
Europa,
vor
tid
de ut
til
et
for-
og Gr^nland,
ja like
stj^rste
til
Island
bandelsflaater.**
Balstad,
In these lessons
Lofoten.
it will be necessary to use a somewhat large map of Norway. It is hoped that the teacher will give some
more detailed facts in connection with the material here presented. The
pictures may be used as material for conversation.
For reference the
following works may be suggested:
"Norsk Konversations Leksikon"
Per Nissen "Fasdrelandet" "Lande og Folk," I. del.
(6 volumes)
Notes.
1.
(31-35)
3.
COMPOSITION.
I.
Tbis song
tbe melody
first
is
2.
Tbe
appears
Norway
ries
is
and
from tbe
very remarkable.
islands.
5.
4.
it
Tbe coast of
Tbere are many sker-
sea.
3.
see li^bt-
129
Svolvser,
Lofoten.
6. These huts are profrom the severe storms by the high diffs. 7. We
shall take
the boat
we
8.
From
Henningsvser
fyr,
Nordlaad,
130
LESSON XXXII.
VOCABULARY.
et dalf0re,
r, plain.
en vidde,
e(r), farm.
en gaard,
en bund, ^(r), bottom.
en
r,
elv, ^-e(r),
korn,
stream; river.
byg [bygg],
c.
havre,
oats.
rug,
c.
c.
g.,
g.,
g.,
branch
c(r),
to melt.
to cultivate.
I,
to dry.
I,
to stream
I,
(vio-
steep.
praegtig,
splendid.
bekvem, me, comfortabrat,
te,
dyrkbar,
tillable.
r,
e,
t,
ble.
en'kelte,
faelles,
get
some.
hovedsa'gelig, chiefly.
of industry.
at
d, to
lently).
c. g., wheat.
jord fjor], c. g., soil; land.
jorddyrkning, c. g., farming.
a'kerbruk, n. g.. farming.
befolk'ning, c. g., population.
I,
at t0rke,
at fosse,
hvete,
at smelte,
de,
barley.
rye.
en naeringsvei,
along.
at dyrke,
bundle.
g.,
I,
valley.
n.
[lingne],
to compare.
grain.
n. g.,
kornbaand,
sammenligne
at
lot,
^latt,
to
(in)
common.
nogenlunde
somewhat.
[noenlunne],
permit.
READING.
De
norske fjorder.
Fra Norges kyst gaar mange fjorder langt ind i lanDisse fjorder er ikke alle like, men har dog meget
faelles.
Som oftest er de brede ute ved havet og smalere
inde
landet.
Paa begge sider av fjorden staar h)zfie
det.
fjeld,
mange med
fjeldvaeg.
En
del
av sneen
Der
som
oftest dyrk-
131
og
speller sig-
f jeldsiden
fjorden.
fj order
og bar
Troldfjord
fossende
som
over
Og
elv.
f jeldene tillater
til
Som
dalf^ret
Nordland.
det, ligger
gaard
dalens ende.
og gaardene
litt
Paa de
stj^rre
gaarder er dyrk-
132
Laerdals^ren
Sogn.
sig
med mindre
maskineri.
Krigsskib
Da
Sognefjorden,
133
sol nok til at tjzfrke h^i og korn, ssetter de kornbaandene
paa staur og haenger hjziiet paa hesjer.^ Saadanne hesjer
kan man se paa flere av billederne.
De norske fj order er ber^mte, og de fortjener at
vaere det.
Her kan man trygt seile med de mindste
baater saa vel som med de store Atlanterhavsbaater.
Endog
mil ind
En
landet.
tur ind
Smaajenter
nationaldragt.
til
det milde
og yndige.
reisende**
tige hotelier.
Notes.
1.
mountainous plateaus.
2. speiler sig, are reflected.
to passive voice.
3.
4.
5.
them.
6.
traveled
134
UWPt
Balholm
Sogn.
^c^~^
Nedre Vasenden
Sfindfjord.
135
COMPOSITION.
I. The fjords are often broad out by the sea and
narrow farther in between the mountains. 2. On the
mountains Hes snow, which melts and forms streams and
waterfalls.
3. Many farms lie on the shores along the
beautiful fjords.
4. Large battleships can sail clear in
to the
5.
Along
6.
the
Many
great
tourists
come
to
number
also
in
LESSON XXXIII.
VOCABULARY.
mountain.
er, peak.
en tind [tinn],
en brae,
er, glacier.
en egn [ein],
e, region.
er,
sea,
en indsj0 [nn],
et fjeld [fjel],
lake.
en vandflate,
r,
water sur-
face.
en skog,
en havn,
en fabrik',
kraft,
f0de,
g.,
ker,
g.,
factory.
rule.
II, to
to
chase.
satte
sat,
to
to err.
I,
waste, desolate.
evig,
eternal.
modig,
brave.
honest.
haederlig,
honorable.
taus,
reticent.
alvor'lig,
serious.
stenet,
stony.
bega'vet, ede, gifted.
,
e,
gather;
asrlig,
e,
e,
e,
e,
e,
e,
I,
flytt,
vinde [nn]
vundet, to win; to secure.
at vaage, I, to venture.
at
0de,
food, sustenance.
I,
to
vandt
plied.
chain.
at begynde [bejyn'ne],
begin.
fl0t
to flow.
at feile,
samle,
fiyte
float;
e(r), water-fall.
r,
II,
set;
power.
en re 'gel, reg^ler,
at
at
[an'venne],
apply.
at saette
e(r), harbor.
c.
anvende
to
at jage,
e(r), forest.
-"er, c.
en foss,
en kjede,
at
to
136
READING.
Fjeld og
Norge
dal.
er et fjeldland.
med
skog,
nakne fjeldtinder og jzfde fjeldvidder og snebraeer. Blandt de mest kjendte fjeldegne er Dovre, Jotunheimen og Hardangervidden. Disse Hgger saa at si
resten er
Troldvandet
midt inde
og
landet.
Nordland.
dalfj^rer,
Disse elver og
med
skogklaedte
vandskille:
det norden-
sydlig retning.
To
store dal-
137
fj^rer
som
er psterdalen,
Gjennem denne
vandrikeste
Det ene
Glommen, Norges
Isengste og
t^mmeret fra dalens maeghavnene ved havet, eller ogsaa til de
dal gaar
elv.
sydj^st.
Den
fjzirer
ned til
mange sagbruk og cellulose fabrikker, som drives med
vandkraft fra elvens fosser. Det andre dalfjzJre er Gudtige skoger
brandsdalen.
Denne
Paa
vei
til
setter.
kultur
Folgefonnen, Hardanger.
for flere
Den
ligger
til
Det er den evige sne. Op fra vidden rager fj eldtinder, den ene efter den anden. Det hele ser ut som et
stjzJrknet hav.
Paa vidden mot vest ligger den berj^mte
Jostedalsbrae.
Det er en vaeldig ismark 50 mil lang og
50 mil bred. Den sender sine glitrende arme langt ned
aar.
138
i
de nsermeste dalf^rer.
Den
Fra disse fjeldvidder gaar der fjeldkjeder med dalmellem og store elver. I elvene er der mange
msegtige fosser. Disse lover at bli Norges st^rste rigif^rev
domskilde.
Valders,
fj^rt til
elektrisk kraft,
som
igjen anvendes
Ved Rjukan
til
drivkraft
Telemarken er
Som
bar
set,
er
139
et haardf^rt folk baade paa hav og i skog og mark.
haarde livsvilkaar har da ogsaa sat sit stempel paa
kets karakter.
Nordmanden
er
som
regel taus
og
De
fol-
alvor-
hsederlig folk.
Det
er
ogsaa
et
rikt
begavet
folk.
"Feiler jeg vel naar jeg tror det har herlige krsefter?"
NaerfJdalen,
villig at
Notes.
1.
as.
2.
3.
4.
5.
COMPOSITION.
I.
In
Norway
there are
2.
140
with forests.
3.
4.
5.
Gudbrandsdalen and
Norway's largest
(nsest)
largest
is
glacier
is
Folgefonnen.
Jostedalsbraeen
7.
It
the next
requires courage
141
Hardangerj0klen.
to
142
Valdeis:
mellem
Skogstad
og
Stalheim, Nserjidalen.
Grindaheim.
143
LESSON XXXIV.
VOCABULARY.
en bjelke,
en aare,
r,
et ildsted
[illste],
t^m'mer,
log.
r,
r0k,
fireplace.
er,
n.
I,
roof.
corner.
et hj0rne,
et hul, hole.
pioneer.
en pioner',
dwelet bebo'elseshus,
ling (house).
en kirke, church.
et
teppe,
tapestry.
pattern.
et m0n'ster,
en stabbe, stump; block.
en sten, e(r), stone.
spinning wheel.
en rokk,
at flytte,
r,
to develop.
I,
skar skaaret,
at skjaere
to cut; to carve.
r,
tidlig
altar.
yndig,
re,
rank,
r,
early.
[ti'li],
Gothic,
charming.
straight, erect,
ready,
go'tisk,
r,
e,
e,
r,
faerdig,
e,
er,
g.,
move.
to
I,
at ut'vikle,
n.
re-
preserve.
er,
et
to
e,
I,
semble.
alter,
timber,
[lingne],
at ligne
et tak,
g.,
smoke,
to make,
g.,
at lage,
fire-
place.
trae,
c.
'
wood.
READING.
Norske bygninger.
Som
vi
har
set, er
Norge
rikt
Det er da
hjem av tj^mmer.
paa skog.
Og
med
sit
tj^^mmer
j^ks,
De
aaren,
aeldste
steg op
gjennem
et
hul
De
taket,
som
til
et hj^rne.
til
Rjzfken
vaeggen
navn av
kaldtes Ijoren.
ogsaa
fik sit
eller
peis,
og
moderne Hreplace.
man
opbe-
144
Som
et
mus
skulde
komme
ind
og
Nordmsendene hadde
for kunst.
op matvarerne. Som
utsmykket med traeskjaerin-
spise
tidlig
Bygd0:
stavkirke,
aarestue,
og stabbur.
sitte
trae,
omtrent 600
endnu.
Som
vi
Norge.
kan
se
Av
Nogen av
av
billedet,
disse
kirker
staar
er stavkirkerne en
vendtes
bjelker.
De
som
saerlig
an-
merkelige stav-
145
kirker passet udmerket
grantraeer
I
i
og h^ie
fjeld
man
den gamle
stil.
Av
et
til
i
alle sider,
Norge opf^rt
flere
bygninger
Frognersaeterens
skihal.
tid,
men den
sidste halvdel
aarhundrede.
fot
vaeret
med
jevnt fremskridt,
og snart
vil
et
146
COMPOSITION.
The Norsemen
I.
built their
was
our
log-
cabins.
3.
2.
middle of the
Domkirken
floor.
4.
The
Trondhjem.
5.
memory
was
built in
s^n,
of
(til
147
Sankthanshaugens restaurant.
Frognersaeterens restaurant.
148
LESSON XXXV.
VOCABULARY.
en utsigt,
er, view.
en lund [lunn],
e, grove.
town.
en gate,
r, street.
hovedgate, c. g., main street.
hovedstad, c. g., capital.
inhaben indbygger,
e,
storting,
et
trade,
g.,
congress.
[basseng'],
bassin
c.
g.,
busi-
consider.
at om'ringe,
to surround.
I,
handelsforbindelse,
c.
g.,
commercial connection.
er, industry.
en industri',
er,
en ingeni^r [insjenijzir'],
at bes0'ke,
at vente,
verk,
folkerik,
work; achieve-
I,
to expect.
to visit.
II,
engineer.
et
r,
populous.
ut'strakt, extended.
ment.
vigtig,
e,
important.
alli'kevel, nevertheless.
en konge,
forholdsvis
et slot,
r,
er,
virons.
ness.
enein],
at an'se ansaa anset, to
omegn
itant.
c.
g.,
reservoir.
han'del,
n.
king.
palace.
[11],
compara-
tively.
READING.
Norges hovedstad.
Da Norge
er et
litet
man
Norge har en
mer og mer
industriland.
nsevnes
med
og
et
Drammen med
37,261,
med
folkerike land
som
allikevel forholdsvis
utstrakt handel
og
blir
Av
Trondhjem med
Kristiania
45,335,
241.834 indbyggere.
Disse
tal er fra
av 1910.
Kristiania er Norges hovedstad og vigtigste by. Her-
statistikken
149
Karl Johans
gate,
Kristiania.
,.ai
f-
^^^1
.:
'^^
Hi
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^H^^^^li^r
Slottet
Kristiania.
^
H
elv
og
gjennem en msengde
dal,
vest.
og smaa,
store
til
Kristiania,
Norges
staar
kyst,
til
de
forskjellige
steder
langs
havet,
som Norge
handelsforbindelse med.
Byen
fjord,
og
de
ligger ved
hjzJider:
som kaldes
Oslo.
151
en vakker
park.
Kristiania,
mot
fjorden.
Studenterlunden, like
En av
de mest bes^te er
sikpaviljong,
b}gningstil.
Sankthanshaugen.
Herfra har
og den
man den
et
vandbasin.
storslagne omegn.
152
COMPOSITION.
I.
Norway
is
city.
2.
3. It is
Skien.
cities
Christiania
is
there are
the largest
the capital of
Norway
153
Finse,
langs
Bergensbanen.
rail4, The
way between Bergen and Christiania goes over mountains and through many long tunnels.
oldest
5. The
Oslo.
6.
The
surroundings.
lies
capital
7.
On
east
has
of
the
one side
is
many
river;
it
is
called
beautiful
Out
in the fjord
is
Bygd^.
154
LESSON XXXVI.
VOCABULARY.
head.
en hals, e(r), neck.
en mund [nn],
mouth.
et bryst, breast.
heart.
et hjerte,
0ine, eyes.
et
et knae,
also knaer),
knee.
et berg, (or berge), mounen
jente,
r,
et hode,
at spaende
at samle,
e(r),
tain;
c.
at hoppe,
(pi.
at le
graes [grsess],
c.
g.,
n.
sen,
grass.
II,
to beat
to light,
lo ledd, to laugh.
lydde lyet or
lytte,
g.,
to pat;
to jump.
I,
(other
lydd),
breath.
omhu,
I,
lye
at
cliff.
g.,
taste.
II,
or palpitate.
at taende [nn],
0ie,
edge.
to gather.
I,
at klappe,
r,
pust,
er,
smake,
at
en kant,
girl.
r,
dit,
r,
I),
form:
at
to listen.
slow.
thither, there,
neppe, hardly.
care.
READING.
EN GLAD
GUT.^
Fprste kapitel.
men
fj^dt,
IVIen
kom
dit
ifir.
og
155
taenkte straks
paa
Han
raeven.
om og
lydde
"Kille-kille-kille-killebukken!"
"Bae-ae-se-ae !" sa biikken
la
ho-
og saa ned.
Men ved siden av bukken laa en liten jente paa knae.
"Er den din, den bukken?" spurte hun.
0yvind stod med aapen mund og jziine, stak begge
den kjolebuksen ban bar.
haender
"Hvem er du?" spurte ban.
det paa skakke
"Er den
din,
"Nei, det
Hun
vil
igjen.
du
vil
jeg ikke."
Han
"La mig
Hun
som hun
stet
bit
haanden
det, viste
:
"her er den
!"
sa
hun og ka-
den ned.
156
paa,
og
fj^r
kringlen.
"Nu
og
lo,
Da
lo jenten endnii
om
ljz(ste
saa paa,
Hun
et
ragget
"Bae-ae-ae-ae !"
sa den.
baandet
Men hun
med den
anden og sa vakkert:
"Kom, du bukken, saa skal du faa gaa stuen og spise
av mor sine fat og mit forklae," og saa sang hun
i
snehvite skor.
Notes.
1. With this lesson begins Bjjjrnson's little classic
A Happy
Boy. The story is given in full, with the omission ot a few letters and
This omission is due to language difficulties.
a story within the story.
2. hang
utover, i. e., the cliflf projected over part of the roof of
the house.
3. at tulle sig vaek, to stray off; ramble about and get lost.
4. ende [enne] op, straight up.
5. paa skakke, to the side.
In dialects the possessive
6. mor sin unge, mother's child (darling).
pronoun is often used instead of the possessive case of the noun.
7. til is often used to express possession.
huldren.
8. huldra, definite form,
.
COMPOSITION.
The
Bj0rnson.
story.
He
157
poetic side of [the] life in (paa) the country.
many
short stories;
about him
One day
6.
the goat
10.
get it?
have
Does
taste
let his
lost.
0yvind.
that he cried
is
it
it
cliff.
good ?
Have you
I taste it ?
does
it
taste
9.
tasted
Do
wait until
How
it
May
7.
What if I
8. May
it
jumped from
then ?
taste
Bjj^rn-
3.
You
will
not
it.
have to (faar)
later.
CONVERSATION.
1.
Hvad
2.
Hvem
3.
4.
5.
6.
taket
Hvad
7.
taenkte
var det
0y vind
steds at se?
Hvad
8.
LESSON XXXVII.
VOCABULARY.
en stemme,
maal,
voice.
n.
g.,
^r,
voice.
gr0nsvaer,
n. g.,
tak, n.
thanks.
et suk,
mot,
sigh.
n.
g.,
g.,
green-sward.
courage.
158
lov [liv], permission.
forla'telse,
c.
at
pardon.
er,
[inn],
lie
wood).
I,
to
go
followed
(often
bring.
to lose.
I.
at sovne,
sleep
to
by
ind
te,
et,
s t
],
[11]
in).
at danse,
to promise.
sorrow.
per, cup; utensil
at miste.
II,
resolution.
love [live],
a*
en beslut'ning,cr, decision;
en sorg,
en kop,
dr0mme dr0mte^^r0mt,
to dream.
forgiveness;
g.,
to dance.
t,
READING.
Der stod giitten.
Bukken hadde han stellet med^ siden vinter den blev
f j^dt, og aldrig hadde han tsenkt sig at den kunde mistes
men nu var det gjort paa en liten stund, og han skulde
i
Moren kom
"Den kommer
aldrig
mere
Han
til?"
"Har
"Ja,
igjen," sa gutten.
det gaa
Gud
!"
blit
av bukat sselge
159
Just
var
det
at sselge
paa
taenkt
Moren
om
dig,
Og
at
'**
det.
sa:
"Hvad
du nu den
bukken taenker
lille
ikke
tror
her
glad mere
bli
tsenkte
han
verden
og
siden.
Saa megen sorg f^lte han at han lovte med sig selv
aldrig mere at gj^re noget gait, hverken at skjaere rokkesnoren, eller slippe sauerne, eller gaa ned
I
at
skjeg likesom
av
et
skinnende
Vorherre
sat
med
stort
trae
men 0yvind
sat alene
ljz(v
paa taket og
op.
skvat op.
var
himmerike
Da
til
sjj^en alene.
til
kommet
ham, han
og det var bukken, som
igjen!
"Nei, er du
kommet
igjen!"
Han
sprang
op,
tok
altsammen.
"Er
Hun
Han
det dig
sat
og saa
jen-
forstod han
slap bukken.
som
og rev
Nu
er
sitter
sa "Jeg fik
deroppe og
:
venter."
i6o
og
sa:
forbi,
og saa vsek.
"Skynd dig
Og
Marit
nil !"
reiste sig,
opefter.
dit," ropte
0yvind
efter hende.
Da
Endehg
hun en
og
sa
et
paa ham.
fattet
stor beshitning"
Han
skal
satte sig
siden av
som
du ha
!"
haanden
sa han.
ned igjen
graesset,
i0r.
3.
4.
1.
at stelle med, to tend to; to take care of.
of your wits?"
had
the
misfortune to....; I unfortunately happened to....
I
Om forlatelse
Beg your pardon. A short form for Jeg ber
Notes.
2.
om
forlatelse.
5. It is difficult to
COMPOSITION.
I.
to
do?
stand what
did
it
means [or
is]
to sell
2.
it
Now
for a cake.
How could
do
it ?
under-
Why
What
i6i
ing
He
While
fell asleep.
5.
He
made a
lay
decision.
CONVERSATION.
1.
Hvad
taenkc
sig
kunde ske?
2.
3.
4.
5.
mer?
6.
Hvad
7.
Hvem
8.
fik se
bukken igjen?
med bukken ?
i
bukken nu end
fj^r?
LESSON XXXVIII.
VOCABULARY.
et
eventjrr,
tale;
fairy
rivulet.
et hav,
animal.
et dyr,
en
tale.
et
flue,
eyebrow.
forstand'
ocean.
fly.
^r,
[nn],
c.
g.,
ungdom,
en fugl
[ful],
c(r),
sense;
understanding.
bird.
c.
g.
(def.,
men),
syncs
condition of
hunger; satiated.
fatigued,
forn0i'et, ede,
maet,
at beskrive, to describe.
at
62
^te,
satisfied
syntessyntes,
to
think.
traet,
tired;
te,
satisfied;
amused.
READING.
Andet
kapitel.
men
erne
traerne
til
men graesset til fluerne, men flumen dyrene til b^rnene, men b^rnene
graesset,
til
dyrene,
de voksne
rundt,
solskinnet.
spurte 0yvind
og
pekte.
fire
og
er saa
doven og
traet,"
sier katten.
ha-
i63
Moren sang:
Kyllinghjztnen vingerne saenker,
et
ben og taenker.
men
nok kaas;
om den kan
hj^i
sc
til
naa en hane
Ind, ind,
hjzJner,
forstand!
under
tak,
Men
"Hvad
to
sier
smaa fugler
sat
som
lo.
at leve
slipper at straeve,"
sier fuglene.
Og
han fik h^re hvad altsammen sa like ned til mysom kr^p gjennem mosen, og ormen som pikket
ren
barken.
Samme sommer
begyndte moren at
laere
ham
at laese.
Bjzlkerne hadde han eid laenge og taenkt meget paa hvorledes det skulde gaa til naar ogsaa de begyndte at tale.
Nu
blev bokstaverne
men
dyr, fugler,
og
sammen
to
alt
Og jo
men
laengere utover
;
laengst husket
bare lekser.
gaarden."*
164
kirken
ind, saa
de
alle op,
de daemmet
moren
hilste
og kvernhus-surret
renden.
stanste
som naar
liten
hilste igjen.
gut som
vil
laere at
sa moren.
"Hvad
grov ned
og
"Aa
nei
da," sa skolemesteren,
"kom
hit,
du
hvit-
hode!"
til
ham, skolemesteren
fik
ham
paa
"For en vakker
liten
gut!" sa han og
strp5k
haaret.
ham
i65
Da
lo
ogsaa de
lo, bjz(rnene
skjVnte
og saa lo de allesammen.
Dermed var 0yvind kommet ind paa skolen.
Notes.
1.
grunden [nn],
2.
3.
alt
som
til
var
in
fact;
alt
really.
som var
til.
At
vaere
til,
to exist.
an
COMPOSITION.
0yvind asked (bad) his mother to tell him fairyShe told him that once upon a time everything
could talk. 3. 0yvind thought it was queer that mountains, streams, trees, and animals could talk.
4. He had
gotten books, and now he was to begin to read. 5. His
mother was to teach him. He expected that the books
could also talk. 6. He had never been to school before.
This was to be the first time. 7. 0yvind liked all that
noise.
It reminded him of how he read when he first
began. 8. When they came in she greeted the schoolmaster. 9. The schoolmaster asked him whom he was
laughing at. 10. This was 0yvind's first day at [on the]
I.
tales.
2.
school.
CONVERSATION.
1.
Hvorfor
2.
3.
Hvad var
Hvad var
4.
Fortsel
vilde
0yvind
hjz(re
moren
eventyr?
hj2(re
fortalte
om?
ham om ?
eventyr
til
laese.
5.
6.
Hvad
Hvad
kom
ind?
at
i66
Beskriv skolemesteren, saadan som du tror han
7.
ser ut.
8.
Hvordan
ser
0yvind ut?
LESSON XXXIX.
VOCABULARY.
en b0n [b^nn],
^ner, prayer,
en albue,
r, elbow.
en plads [plass],
e(r),
aflfection
I,
for.
to watch; to take
of.
(or
at synge sang sunget, to
at spille
effect; in-
spilte
spilt
sing.
fluence.
en bygd,
er, neighborhood;
community.
et sind [nn],
gjemme
to
to hold.
spillet), to play.
en virkning, er,
at
[11],
at passe,
care
voice; soprano.
to cover,
I,
have
(bass
^r, treble
diskant',
at holde
4.
en
at daekke,
mind.
rask,
r,
quick.
duelig,
frygtelig,
rolig,
e,
gjemte gjemt,
quiet,
e, able.
c,
fearful.
hide.
READING.
Da han
skulde
de
alle gjj^re
om; de
plads for
og pekte;
kanter med huen i haanhvisket
i67
"Her
vil
og
Ij^p
ved siden.
satte sig
after hvert:
spilleverk!^
stille og
mot mig, sukkergriser !"
Det var skolemesteren, som hadde for vis at fyke op,
men bli god igjen i^r han endte. Straks blev det rolig
"Stille, troldunger, smaatj^i,
vaer snilde
laeste
hjzfit
hver
sin bok,
de fineste diskanter
hjzJiere
og h^iere
de
ha al
0yvind
for at
hadde
de
spillet op,
"Er det
slik
til
Marit.
f rem til
skolemesteren og
en
liten
fik
"Nu
til
at laese
laese
med dem, og
saa
"Hardu?"
"Ja, men den
som
din."
"Men
"Bedstefar
vil
ikke allikevel."
om en dans,
han.
kan."
Vil du
hfirc
den ?"
i68
"Ja,
gjeme
"Men
det."
maa du komme
saa
Han
fire-fern
Tredje
0yvind vokste
kapitel.
der blev
laert.
169
Notes.
1.
at skape sig til. to cut up, make faces.
troldunger, a naughty child is sometimes called a troldunge.
smaalit., little things,
spilleverk, spille -j- verk (works), music boxes.
3. at ligge paa fiske, to be out fishing.
4. The story of Baard takes up one chapter.
This is omitted as the
language offers some difKcuIties.
The main facts are given in the composition exercises of this and the succeeding lesson,
2.
tjii,
COMPOSITION.
Baard was the name of the schoolmaster. He had a
name was Anders. They thought much
of each other. They became soldiers and went to war together. After they had returned, their father died. There
was much property. They agreed to hold an auction
and divide the money. Among other things there was a
gold watch. Baard wanted to buy it, and so did Anders.
Baard expected Anders to let him have [get] it, and Anders expected the same of Baard. After a while Baard
bid fifty dollars. Anders raised him [bid over]. Then
Baard laughed: "One hundred dollars, and my brotherhood on the bargain (paa kjjzfpet)," he said, and walked
out. Soon after, some one came and told Baard that the
watch was his; Anders had given in [given himself].
Then he realized [understood] what it meant. Now he
brother whose
hcolene."
CONVERSATION.
1.
fjzJrste
Hvem
var Marit?
Fortael
om
Marits og 0yvinds
m^ter.
2.
Hvorfor
3.
Hvad
fik
ikke Marit
var det
fj^rste
komme
0yvind
laerte
paa skolen ?
170
Hvad
4.
at
til
flink?
Hvad var
Hvad var
5.
6.
hadde
at gj^re?
pyvinds sind?
LESSON XL.
VOCABULARY.
en religion',
en opdra'ger,
at konfirme're,
er, religion,
educator
brings up).
ski [shi]
at
(pi.), ski.
en have,
en gang,
c.
f0lge
g.,
[11],
r,
g.,
ualmin
for.
delig,
e,
unusual.
queer;
e,
gray
t,
re,
lively;
cheerful.
company.
c.
graa,
dagen, og lekte
Da han hadde
om
t,
g. sing.,
g.,
Han
(graat, n.
imp. of
vowel).
at
graate,
long
kapitel.
til
ett
laeste
om
morgenen, arbeidet
kvelden.
et ualmindelig
muntert
ungdom
show con-
to
strange,
nedover
'
mun'ter,
Fjerde
om
cautious-
sneak,
chase.
n.
move
to
I,
to
orchard.
e(r), entry.
konfirmation' [sjon],
confirmation.
at blinke, I, to gleam.
Om
ly;
underlig,
hours.
jagt,
at liste,
con-
to
II,
firm.
e,
Der
fristunderne
Ijzip
en stor bakke
som
f^r meldt,
og
171
0yvind van
og
mester
"Skabeistet"^
den
fjzirste
Det
"Skarptraaveren"
fjzfrste
var at se ut
0yvind
om
den
tid
stjzfrre
i
fanget.
og saa ban
at det
ningen som
vaaknet ban
og
om
f0lger,
med
belst
en s^ndag
og
til
ban
paaklaed-
og
bang
bjz(rte
Men
knitrende kulde
intet arbeide,
bare over-
efkirkegang om
et
med
stod
gutten
termiddagen og kvelden f ri,
bei da
kunde
byks ut av sengen, klaedte sig som til ildebrand, og
naesten intet spise.
Saa snart eftermiddagen var der og
bjz(ring eller
den
fj^^rste
gut
kom
og nok
nok
en,
en,
sidstkomne^
bugten
f ra
Han
med en
aas
til
Men
aas
saa
kom
og
konfirmeres
til
j^vre
mere
om
fj^rst
bende.
vsere saapas
paa den
op imellem de
bauking der lo langs
stanste
og
lang, skingrende
som
sit
saaes
172
noget djzfsig vind over sneen, som var avfj^ket hist og her
paa de hvite Heidemarker, andre steder hadde den lagt
skavl.
Langs efter veien hvor ikke netop sneen laa, var
der haalke, og den laa blaasort imellem sneen og den bare
mark, og blinket stykkevis bortover saa langt en kunde
ett vindu,
travelt^ inde.
flokket sig
gaardene, og
raever,
det
halvvoksne,
de faerreste
naar de
kom
nser
sig da frem, en
listet
som
alle fald
snart
man hadde
for*
sint
hund
for
hvem
jagt.
gen
kring
dem
kom
dan jenteflok
voksne gutter
gangene
eller
en for en.
tilgaards,
fik se
ned
dem,
store flokker,
med
skilte
jenteme
tider
kom
eneste dans.
{\0'i
ind
ind,
som
der ogsaa en
sig,
Somme
Somme
hadde no-
slet
stivnjzfdde
dem.
men
De som nu Marit
likte godt,
173
i et litet kammer,
hvor gamlen sat
og bedstemor gik omkring; de blev da skjaenket^
tiltalt.
0yvind var ikke blandt dem, og dette faldt
til
selve kaarfolkene
og
og
r^kte,
vel
ham
noget underlig.
Notes.
age,
+
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
1.
beist,
fast
trotter.
Ska, dam-
beast.
ale.
COMPOSITION.
Anders and Baard were no longer friends. They did
not speak to each other. Anders had a gaard. One evening his barn burned. That same evening people had
seen Baard go down toward Anders' home.
From that day on [av] Anders began drinking. At
His wife came and told
last he took [became] sick.
Baard [it]. He accompanied her home. Now the two
everything was
brothers began talking together, and
[became] explained. It had happened this way (det war
gaat til paa denne maate) Baard had often wanted to go
to his brother, but there was always something in the
way. One evening he had gone as far as to the door. He
heard voices inside "Baard went to communion today. I
"I know him. He
believe he was thinking about you."
thinks only of himself," was answered (blev det svaret).
Soon Anders came out. He drew a deep sigh and said:
herre Gud, herre Gud!"
Then he
ja
ja;
"Ja
went in. Baard wanted to have spoken to him, but he
was not able to do so. Baard went to the barn, lit a torch
and hung the watch where Anders could find it the next
morning. That night the barn burned. Now all was explained; but that day Anders died. Baard provided for
(tok sig av) his wife and child.
But now Baard wanted to do some good, and so he
became schoolmaster.
:
174
skolemester,
blev
og
ham baade
0yvinds sind
religion
til
file
og opdrager.
CONVERSATION.
1.
Hvor gammel var 0yvind da vi sidst hjzJrte om
ham, og hvor gammel er han nu?
Fortsel om 0yvind og kjaelkebakken.
2.
Hvad menes der med at 0yvind ikke brydde sig
3.
mere om Marit naar hun f jz^rst var kommet ?
Beskriv aftenen da laget skulde finde sted.
4.
Hvordan bar ungdommen sig ad da de kom til5.
gaards ?
6.
at
han
LESSON
XLI.
VOCABULARY.
en
en
en
en
en
en
en
shoulder.
tooth.
prest,
pastor.
kamerat',
chum.
pain.
smerte,
tone,
tone.
at
sp0k (no
blaa,
sort,
skulder,
know
re,
tand [nn],
er,
er,
joke.
I,
to throw.
at stirre,
I,
nid is an intensive).
at sp0ke, II, to joke.
stirre,
to
e.,
to
feel
be ac-
red.
r,
e,
t,
stolt,
fin,
r,
r,
fine;
e,
pretty.
straight.
ti,
speech).
grow.
for,
at vite
II,
i.
[blaatt], blue.
black.
voksen, ne, grown up.
proud,
ben,
vokstevokset,
[nn],
know,
r0d [r0],
at kaste,
at vokse
kjende
(also to
quainted with).
r,
r,
pi.),
have knowledge
(to
of).
-"er,
visste
visst,
to
fordi', because.
175
READING.
Bygdens gode spillemand kunde ikke komme
ifir se-
med den
Han kunde
saakaldt Napoleonsvals
men
litt
efter
Han
spillet
men de halvvoksne
voksne;
fet
kom
litt
hadde han
samme maate
ten,
fire
og en gammel
til
polka mazurka.
gamle,
bli
til
nu op og dansen begyndte.
straks,
ti
mange
litt
sterkt 0l
til
hjgelp,
og da
stuen, lystigheten
og j2^1et steg dem til hodet. Marit var mest paa gulvet
den kveld, ventelig fordi laget stod hos hendes bedsteforseldre, og dette gjorde at ogsaa 0yvind saa ofte til
men
altid
danste hun
med hende
hende
med
;
andre.
Han
vilde
dans for at kunne springe bort til hende straks den sluttet,
og det gjorde han; men en hjzfi, sortsmusket kar med
sterkt haar kaster sig foran
"Vaek, unge
!"
ropte han
ham.
og
puffet
til
imellem flokken,
toner av
laenge
skrek og kastet
sig,
haarete
mand hun
;
lo
kredsen.
0yvind
176
taender vistes,
kende smerte
stik-
Han
saa laenger
og
laenger paa
ved siden.
'
0yvind
klser,
ser
paa manden
blaaternet skjorte
og
ban badde
silket^rklaede
et Htet ansigt
badde ban,
blaa, sterke
og en sort knap. Han saa omkring sig og synmeget faa var saa daarlig klaedt som ban. Marit
badde sort livkjole av fint t^i, s^lje balst^rklsedet og et
sammenlagt silketjz(rklaede i baanden. Over bakbodet
badde bun en liten, sort silkebue, som var faestet med
store randete silkebaand under baken.
Hun var r^d og
bvit, lo, manden talte med bende og lo; det spillet atter
op, og de skulde atter danse.
En kamerat kom og satte
sig ved siden av bam.
to blanke
tes
"Hvorfor danser du
"Aa
nei," sa
ikke,
0yvind; "jeg
0yvind?"
sa
ban
blit.
men
ifir
177
samme
I det
"Hvem
er
sitter
Da
lo
Pladsen."
men
likesom saa
det
som
liten
at bolde sig
bittil
Omkring bam
ind
^ret
men
med
alle
som ved
Notes.
1.
maatte hjaelpe sig med, had to get along with.
four tunes.
3. kom....med, joined in the fun.
4. hug i med, struck up (a tune).
5. ser
ut, look (appear).
6. ta gaarden, take charge of the gaard.
7. All in quotation marks is what it seemed to him that the school*
master was saying.
2.
178
COMPOSITION.
Near 0yvind's home was a big hill. There the
I.
young people came together on Sunday afternoons and
coasted. 2' 0yvind was cheerful and had many friends.
He had no brothers and sisters (use one word). 3. When
he awoke in the morning, the first thing he did was to
look out through the window. 4. 0yvind had two sleds.
One he used himself (selv) and the other he lent to
There was to be a party at Marit's home,
others.
5.
pyvind was also invited. 6. When the guests had arrived [were come], Marit's best friends were taken into
another room to [for to] greet (hilse paa) her grandparents.
"Marit is already grown up," he thought to
7.
himself. "But she can't be entirely grown up either she
is along coasting yet."
8.
He began to compare his
clothes with Jon Hatlen's (J. H. sine).
He felt that he
was poorly dressed. He had not paid attention to such
things (saadant) before.
Marit was talking with
9.
;
"Who
Jon Hatlen.
[who
is
"Husmandsgntten,"
0yvind had always known that he
was only a simple "husmandsgut." But now he felt it.
sits]
she answered.
10.
CONVERSATION.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Hvem
var Graa-Knut?
Hvorfor danste Marit mere end de andre?
Hvorfor sat 0yvind over en dans?
Hvad syntes 0yvind om at bli kaldt en "unge"?
Hvorfor Hkte han ikke at Marit var blit voksen?
Hvad syntes han da han hadde sammenlignet an-
dres klaer
med
7.
Hvem
8.
Hvad
sine
egne ?
er Jon Hatlen?
forskjel er der paa
179
LESSON
XLII.
VOCABULARY.
mistake.
en skive
en lomme, pocket.
en lysning,
(as of
a
the distance).
en grund [nn],
reason
(grund
reason
at b0ie b0ide b0iet (or
en
feil,
et skridt,
step.
[sjive],
r,
slice.
at
er, light
in
e,
for).
til,
b0id), to bend.
at koste,
at t0rre,
to cost.
I,
I,
at
foregaa
holde
come
ail.
fulgte
follow.
to
op,
[11]
stop,
to end.
stop.
^t,
to dry; to wipe.
at r0re, II, to
at
[11],
fulgt, to
r,
fire
f0lge,
t,
rassed.
stir.
gik, gaat
READING.
Dansen holdt
op.
med
kom
ansigtet
tset
op
til
sig paa
hendes
Hun
bam.
"Du
bjziide
sig
gang ildr^, vendte sig om og gik til sin plads men der
vendte bun sig igjen og satte sig et andet sted. Jon g^k
;
straks efter.
Han
i8o
i en sval og visste
saa ikke
hvad han skulde' der, reiste sig, men satte sig igjen ti
han kunde jo likesaa godt sitte der som et andet sted. At
gaa hjem brydde han sig ikke om, gaa ind igjen heller
ikke; det var ham det samme. Han var ikke istand til
at samle noget av hvad der var foregaat; han vilde ikke
taenke paa det fremover vilde han heller ikke taenke ti
der var intet som han laengtes til.
Men hvad
og da han hadde
egen stemme,
kan dii endnn, kan du le? og han pr;?^vde
paa: jo, han kimde le, og saa lo han, h^it, endnu hj^iere,
og da syntes han det var kostelig at han sat der og lo
ganske alene,
og lo. Men Hans, den kamerat som
hadde sittet ved siden av ham, kom ut efter ham.
halvhjz(it sig selv,
taenkte
han:
hj^rt sin
tale
"I
foran svalen.
Hans
Da
ler
holdt
stanste
vilde ske
0yvind
om, og da
sa han sagte:
"Nu
skal jeg
si
dig,
vaeret saa
glad i0r; det har vaeret fordi jeg ikke rigtig har holdt
av nogen
men
f ra
Han
!"
vi
og han brast
laenger glade,"
"0yvind
den dag
stanste
og
"0yvind
!"
lyttet.
til,
litt
sterkere.
tj^rret
og traadte frem.
Da kom
"Hvem
er hos dig?"
sig raskt av
""
i8i
"Det er Hans."
det
var Marit.
"Du kom
Han
hvad ban
hun
til
0yvind.
Derved blev ogsaa bun forlegen de taug alle tre. Men Hans
De to stod igjen,
listet sig vaek saa smaat efterbaanden/
visste ikke
dertil
skulde svare.
men
rj^rte
Da
sa
bun bviskende:
"Jeg bar
men
ifir."
og en
kunde
med noget
julegodt
lom-
dig,
til
Hun
liten
bebolde.
"tak," sa
"Du
kveld."
bun
til.
"Aa
"0yvind !"
"Ja."
"Hvorfor
"Aa
"Marit
sat
!"
"Ja."
;;
l82
"Han
danser godt."
"Synes du?"
"Synes ikke du?"
"Aa, jo."
"J eg vet ikke hvorledes det er, men i kveld taaler jeg
ikke at du danser med ham, Marit !" han vendte sig bort
det hadde kostet ham at si det.
"Jeg forstaar dig ikke, 0yvind."
"Jeg forstaar det heller ikke selv det er saa dumt av
;
nu
om.
Farvel, Marit,
mig.
Da
sa
hun
efter
vil
Han
jeg gaa."
gjorde
et
du har
set,
feil
ham: "Det
er
feil,
det
0yvind."
Han
stanste:
"At du
alt
set."
Han kom
med
det
"Ja."
"Hvem
taler
du med?"
"0yvind."
"Hvem,
sa du?"
"0yvind Pladsen."
"Aa, husmandsgntten paa Pladsen
f^g med
3.
4.
= What
5.
kom straks og
1.
at ha ondt, to be ill.
kunde ikke for det, couldn't help it.
skulde der, was there for, had there to
Notes.
2.
ind."
do.
in the
common
spoken language
was
som
= som
om.
liquid
8.
pael,
9.
Stale til
it.
is
i83
COMPOSITION.
I.
"Why
he sat
He
see that
0yvind did
got up and went out. There
by himself [alone].
what [there] had happened,
He
all
3.
did
He
2.
not
understand
did not
care
to
There was nothing to long for. 4. He was sur[it surprised him] to find that he could talk aloud.
Then he tried to find out if he could laugh. 5. When
he heard himself laugh, it struck him so funny that he
laughed still more. While he sat there, one of his friends
came out. 6. What were you laughing at? Oh (aa),
nothing much (ikke noget videre). Why are you not
dancing? Why have you not been dancing any this evening? 7. What is the reason? Are you sure [on that]
there is no other reason? Perhaps there is, but I don't
understand exactly what it is. 8. Are you ill ? Are you
not feeling well ? Is there anything the matter with you
(er det noget som feiler dig) ? What is the matter [what
ture.
prised
is it] ?
CONVERSATION.
Hvad mente 0yvind med
2.
i84
LESSON
XLIII.
VOCABULARY.
en
leilighet
^r,
[leilihet],
occasion.
en skog,
en figur',
sign.
woods.
e(r),
en farve,
en nakke,
de-
figure;
er,
I, to depress (adj.
tung); to weigh heavily.
at stunde [nn], I, to aspire
to; to long for.
r,
neck
(see
pile;
r,
stiff.
ussel,
ter,
hill.
taus,
e,
reticent.
tyst,
e,
hushed;
t,
at
c. g.,
sleep
sovne)
s0lv
[sj^ll],
ved
[ve],
(see at sove,
n.
c.
g.,
g.,
wood
(see
to awake.
seli;
glimre,
I,
to glitter.
denly.
to
remember.
e,
sober
mel-
ancholy.
pludselig
I,
I,
silent.
miserable;
heavy-minded);
(lit.,
at vaakne,
at huske,
usle,
poor.
tungsindig,
silver.
ved, prep.).
at
mitten.
v6t,
haug, e(r),
s0vn,
skraemte
skraemt, to scare.
color.
r,
skraemme
at
note).
en
en
at tynge,
ds
skikkelig,
[plusseli
= ss
or
e,
or
plut-
ts],
sud-
proper.
READING.
Femte
Da 0yvind
kapitel.
fjz^lgende
cm
Idet
;
i85
faelder ved."
med
;
han maatte
ta sig
sammen^ og
Han
vaat sne.
sj^mandstrj^ie
med
kommet
at falde
kulde
litt
som
Veiret
som
og
votter, sa farvel
og gik med
jzfksen
paa
nakken.^^
Sneen
faldt
langsomt
til
venstre" at
han
straev-
bjziie
ind
eller
arbeide
til
lystighet, ikke
et
bestemt
jzJnske,
som en
til
sang.
det var at
bli
og ved den leilighet at vaere nummer en." Brystet banket mens han taenkte derpaa, og
fjzJrend han endnu kunde h^re farens 0ks
de skjaelvende
konfirmert
til
vaaren,
ifidt.
ham end
i86
tungsindig
f aide
slite
meget ondt,"
sa faren, spyttet
naeven og tok
^sen.
Da
var
traeet
faeldet,
velten,
sa 0yvind:
"Var du gaardmand/^
slaepte
du ikke
saa."
"Aa, da var der vel andre ting som tynget," han tok
veier," svarte
han.
"Skolemesteren
"Kommer
en
sier
spurte 0yvind.
"Har du
lyst
"Jeg har
lyst
til
spiste.
til
men
ikke
til
at
bli
skolemester."
De taug
for sig.*
alle tre
en stund
Men 0yvind
hun
trallet igjen
og saa
ut
Notes.
1.
at ta imot, to receive or catch.
var gaat op og ned, i. e., the showers of leaves had been going etc.
solen stod paa, the sun shone against the leaves and the clifif (see
2.
3.
beginning of story).
left
4.
at bli kvit,
to
5.
som
som om
out
faldt
this is
get
rid
very common.
of.
faldt.
Om
is
order.
6.
husket nok
i.
e.,
it
was plain
to
bered.
derfor, because of this (note 6).
8. ta sig sammen, to compose himself; to
himself.
7.
make an
effort to control
i87
9. slaa om, change.
10. at ta paa sig, to put on.
This idiom is used in connection with
articles of dress : at ta paa sig hatten, hanskerne, skoene etc.
11. The word for neck is hals; nakke means the back of the neck.
for
til
turned to the
venstre at b0ie
o.
s.
"his shoulder."
v.,
i.
e.,
he walked up the
hill,
then
left.
life
work).
19.
The verb
is
COMPOSITION.
I.
It
was
late
ing.
the next
morn2.
He
4.
"How
What
10.
knew
of was to be
Now
number one
CONVERSATION.
1.
2.
3.
4.
at
i88
Hvad
5.
er en kjaelkebakke?
Hvilket
6.
Hvad
Hvad
Hvad
7.
8.
9.
10.
jzJnske
er en
LESSON XLIV.
VOCABULARY.
en
en
en
sjael,
e,
soul.
temptation.
feeling.
et maal, aim; goal.
en kvern, ^-e(r),
en
doubt.
en maate,
manner; way
fristelse,
f0lelse,
consider.
r,
r,
mill.
tvil,
^r,
(in
Aid,
to
at
diligence.
g.,
as
like,
to
hem
in.
ake
akte aket
(or
akt), to coast.
ha
lyst,
to
like
at skille
part
do,
skilte
skilt, to
(transitive;
skilles
is
etc.).
at angre,
I,
to regret.
READING.
"Vi behj^ver just ikke
hun da gutten
Manden
"Jeg
fattig,
De
h^re
ker
at laane
av skolekassen," sa
var^ gaat.
liker ikke,
"Fattigfolk
som
vi ?"
det.
som du bar
Hun
lo
vetet
er gaat os vel," sa
"Du
snak-
til."
hun og blev
alvorlig.
Gud
for at det
i89
"Han kan
mente
med
sjzHvknapper
paa,"
faren.
"Ja,
men ved
at la
til
dansen,
"0yvind er husmandsgut."
"Derfor kan han klaedes skikkelig, naar
til
om
"Snak
"Han
har raad'
la
hjzJrer
det," sa hun,
og
vi
det."
lyst
til
"Jeg maa
le
ad
dig,
du aldrig kvernene?"
"Aa, du og de kvernene jeg tror du
for naevner
dem
taaler ikke
hjzfre
gaa."
"Jo,
Gud
ske' lov
og tak bare de
;
vilde
og dag."
"Nu
"Han
fik
kvern
"Jeg skal
la
med
skolemesteren."
"Ja,
han burde
sidst tale
med
en furugren.
0yvind
en lang, blank
is,
med
gang
til
lot det
den andcn.
At fattigdommen
staengte
alle sider,
til
al
han; men
fjzflte
komme
den forbi.
Fra Marit badde den vistnok skilt bam for bestandig;
hende betragtet han halvt som bortlovet til Jon Hatlen;
men al bans tanke stod tiF at kapljzJpe med bam og bende
Ikke oftere at
Guds
almaegtige
Han badde
til
bjaelp
tvil
som
bli puflfet
igaar,
bans
sjsel
om
fjz^lelse
men
bakken,
bjz(rte.
i
Ved aaren
ban og laeste.
Barnene ventet
sat
et jz^ieblik at spilde.
kom
ruten
stor forundring;
men ban
vendte ryggen
ban
ansigtet, der
Han
med en
Han blev
laeste
si
badde
grere, skarpere,
lekte
og
og
bjzJrte
Aid
som
alvorlig;
bljMt, blev
ma-
til."
Naar
fri-
"siden,
og bestandig: "siden."
siden!"
akende lystigbet
ten, blev
pladser,
Notes.
til
jz^iet
stelsen
op,
laeste,
at
paa
la ansigtet til
ikke
kom
kvelden, barnene
en og anden utaalmodig
utenfor
om
ikke 0yvind.
bam
ut
eller sine
lo
til
rop ind
med
med
men da
sin
egen
1.
fattig, to pose
2. at gi sig ut for, to pretend ;
3. i. e., to see if he could
4. likesom, as if.
exact shade of meaning is
The
191
Det
literal translation.
attitude.
5. at ha raad
er refers to his
way
6.
thank
praise
and thanks,
(jod.
stod
7.
til,
til,
was bent
on.
beyond bounds,
11.
12.
limits,
etc.
at slaa
til
COMPOSITION.
I.
Is that
get to borrow].
in the bank.
7.
it.
6.
I
8.
He
He was
4.
it?
2.
take your
pretended to be
money
May
3.
5.
We
10.
pyvind
his future,
sat
ii.
way of
12.
must
try to
CONVERSATION.
1.
Hvorfor
behjzfvde ikke
0yvinds
foraeldre at laane
av skolekassen?
2.
3.
Hvem
stelte
med
deres penger?
192
visste 0yvind om disse penger?
Hvorfor
trodde 0yvind at fattigdommen skilte
5.
ham fra Marit?
6.
Hvorfor vilde han "bli noget" ?
Paa hvilken maate taenkte 0yvind han skulde
7.
bedst naa frem (i. e., attain his aim, succeed) ?
Hvad
4-
8.
9.
det
LESSON XLV.
VOCABULARY.
et sjm,
c.
at
merke,
g.,
I,
at lokke,
at
I,
lete
at baere
carry.
to notice.
to coax.
lette
lett,
to
oflfend;
to
utover,
search,
at
kraenke,
I,
to
I,
at speile,
at
be (or bede)
bedt,
skamfuld
to sigh,
or II, 10 mirror,
bad
own
aergjer'rig,
(or glide)
gled
at bevaege,
I,
to
move
tious
sailed
it
all).
r,
ashamed.
such; (adv.), in
n0dvendig,
up.
vaeget,
the
to ask; to request,
at tilstaa, to confess; to
at gli
[11],
slik, r, (adj.),
[ba]
moon
the
forth above
bar
baaret, to
(This verb is used
intransitively as a verb of
motion; the exact meaning
view; sight.
ice.
is,
necessary.
ambie,
(acre,
e,
honor, gjerrig.
greedy).
flink,
(be-
r,
become
good student).
moved emotionally;
agitated).
READING.
Men
laeste fordi
Han
og
med ham,
lekte
lokket
193
og
lette
men
foraeldrene,
kveld sidst
ham
at finde guttens
som
stund
"Kom
nu,
gjerne tale
0yvind,
med
saa
skal
vi
gaa
jeg
ut,
vil
dig."
sig^
og
fulgte.
men om
intet vigtig;
de
"Hvad
"Her
er her paafaerde^?"
spurte 0yvind.
gaa
ind?"
"Nei."
"Vil du ikke gaa
med paa
dans, gut?"
"Ikke endnu?
Han
Naar da?"
svarte ikke.
Da
endnu ?"
"Kom
nu,
Han
gaa
til
dans!"
"Men kunde
at se?"
0yvind taug.
Da
til
ham, la haanden
Marit?"
raed for at se
194
til
side
"Du
med
^iet.
er heller ikke^
sidste'; hol-
"Du
laenges
vel
efter
at
b!i
konfirmert?" sa han.
"Ja."
"Hvad
"Og
saa
bli
skolemester ?"
"Nei."
"Du
vil
du
saa?"
men
"Da
er det bedst at
beholde kvernene."
du
tar paa^^
agronomskolen."
bli
bli
flink."
uten nummer."
195
De
til
hang
ut av stuen, berget
nu
sort over
vinterkvelden,
"Her
isen.
men
sukket.
du kunde ogsaa
den plads;
en
gang
borte.
De
"Her
er
blit
og
saa uvant
flyttet
se^^
op
stille,"
bort
med
kvelden.
endelig moren,
sa
sin lek."
barn
huset,"
sa skolemesteren.
Notes.
1.
at ta
3.
paafaerde
Elliptical
4.
"The
paa
2.
to put
sig,
[
faere],
5.
In this idiom
"
tences.
Rel.
afraid to see.
pro. after inter, pro.
is
196
7.
heller ikke
8.
paa del
nor.
sidste,
COMPOSITION.
I.
was necessary.
3.
all his
He
(til
laesning;
til
4.
asked
if
10.
ful view.
CONVERSATION.
1.
laest,
lekt?
2.
Hvad
var grunden
4.
Hvorfor
Hvorfor
5.
Hvad var
3.
vilde ikke
fjz(lte
det
0yvind
taenkte at ta
sig
for
naar
197
Naar var
8.
det hans
mor hadde
fortalt
ham
eventyr?
ham om ?
10.
LESSON XLVI.
VOCABULARY.
en bi'bel,
Bible; bibel-
ler,
historie,
en
en
st0vle,
c.
angst,
uttat
boot; shoe.
r,
praise.
g.,
en pr0ve,
en draape,
(to
dread; anx-
c. g., fear,
iety.
c.
test;
r,
g.,
r,
trial.
drop
I,
behavior; con-
slap
I,
to
mand, kind
at gripe
re,
t,
grep
e,
e,
affec-
(kjaer,
dear; kjaer-
lighet, love).
e,
heartfelt;
an
sluppet,
test).
select
singne],
bless, (velsignet
man).
kjaerlig,
tionate
to sob.
[
to
certain; se
forun'derlig,
strange.
kind;
sik'ker,
inderlig,
at velsig'ne
at slippe
(uttaget),
take out).
(regn-
duct.
at hulke,
ut-
draape, rain-drop).
adfaerd,
gripe).
sat,
ros,
with a grip.
(as
at ut'saette
commandment.
catch
utsatte
to postpone.
at ut'ta (uttage) uttok
to
Compare Eng.
Bible-history.
e,
impossible.
grepet,
cordiality.
umu'lig,
an
among.
intensive
adverb;
all.
198
READING.
Sjette kapitel.
prestens borgestue
hj^sten
sat
for at uttages;
iblandt
dem
dem
var en
liten
gut
mors kirketjzfrklaede.
"Gud, aa Gud!" hulket han, "jeg t^r ikke gaa
hjem igjen."
Og dette grep dem der endnu ikke hadde vaeret
oppe, med samf j^lelsens magt der blev almindelig taushet. Angsten stod dem i hals og 0ine, de kunde ikke se
og
sin
sikkert
og
fj^lte
en bestan-
dig trang.
199
f rem f^r
hj^rte
han
kom
til
han
kom
ten,
sidste
h^ire
aldeles umulig.
En
om
om
eller
i
fjerde visste
Josef
budene,
med
bibelhistorien,
Saul, eller
eller
han
og
om
daapen
hustavlen, eller
sat
han bare
hjz^rt
forklaringen,
om
Jesus, eller
ropt ind.
En femte hadde lagt en forunderlig elsk paa bjergpraekenen; han hadde drjzJmt om bjergpraekenen, han
var viss paa at bli hj^rt i bjergpraekenen, og han ramop bjergpraekenen for sig selv; han maatte gaa ut^
ved husvaeggen for at laese over bjergpraekenen,
da
han blev kaldt op for at eksamineres om de store og
smaa profeter.
set
mor og bans
Den syvende
taenkt at bli her
ville
drive
det
sat
i
og slog av
verden.
til"
han hadde
konge,
engang
til
taenkt at
general
eller
nu var den tid forbi; men like til han kom hit,
hadde han dog tsenkt at ville gaa tilsjjzJs og bli kaptein,
kanske sjjz^r^ver, og handle sig frygtelige rigdommer
til^^; nu slog han fjzlrst av rigdommen, saa sj^rj^veren,
saa kapteinen, styrmanden, han stanste ved matrosen, i
prest,
200
det
baatsmanden,
hjz(ieste
ikke gik
tilsjj2(s,
men
det
ja,
var
muHg han
slet
through trading.
13. at
ta
plads
(part
of a
gaard),
to
become husmand.
COMPOSITION.
I.
The
summer till
autumn.
came
2.
It is
now
half
year
pyvind along to
a dance [on dance]. 3.
The boys and girls of the
neighborhood had [were] met up at the pastor's home. 4.
Some were confident [sure on] that they would pass, but
others were afraid they would not [afraid for they not
should]'.
Those who had [were] passed were laugh5.
ing, while those who had not passed sat crying. 6. One
sat thinking about [on] what he would do if he passed.
Another was figuring out what he knew and what he
7.
did not know. 8. Only a little while ago he found he
since the schoolmaster
knew
it all
by heart
now
[for] to get
201
CONVERSATION.
1.
2.
Hvem
Jon Hatlen?
er
om ham
3.
Hvor har
4.
5.
Her
vi lajst
om
fortaelles
i0r
tredje? osv.
LESSON XLVII.
VOCABULARY.
r,
en nabo,
neighbor.
responsibility.
en dommer,
judge.
en byrde, burden.
en tanke,
thought.
et haap, hope.
beginen begjm'delse,
ning.
resolution.
et
en negl
e(r), finger
et ansvar,
at vaenne sig
^r,
forsaet,
ter,
[neil],
nail.
uorden,
c.
g.,
confusion; dis-
order.
naade,
one's habit of
mercy.
g.,
at tygge,
I,
at sladre,
tattle.
at;
sig,
I,
sig,
to chew.
I,
to
l0i
to
to
draw near.
wonder
to
I,
r,
gentle; mild.
sm0g sm0get,
to slink; to creep.
smooth.
maegtig,
mighty.
ledig,
super
fluous.
sad;
Vemo d
mournful.
bestan'dig,
constant
at
smyge
glat,
^te,
'
gossip;
used
marvel.
to
blid [bli],
e,
e,
at lyve
naerme
at undre
at
c.
to accus-
av med, to break
at vaenne sig
r,
I,
to; to get
to.
e,
r,
til,
tom oneself
g,
(adv.,
selv
e,
l0iet, to lie.
idle;
e,
always).
[sel],
adv.: even.
READING.
Den
sin sak,
dog ikke
sik-
ti
selv
202
brukes
Den
enter.
kontrabok
med
liten
203
vokse ut igjen paa den andre siden, tygge
gj^re
forlovelsen
tobak
og
offentlig.
Notes.
1.
2.
av bedre
3.
droges,
ritual.
8.
church
COMPOSITION.
I.
for
if
What
church.
When
3.
know my
The
2.
my
shall I use
don't pass?
if
he
If I don't pass,
4.
there,
6.
No
responsibility I
am
in,
7.
8.
The
I bear,
If I only can
slink
nor what
through
thirteenth
was
sitting
on a low
stool
all
by
ao4
CONVERSATION.
Hvad
Hvad
1.
2.
den niende
lovte
dersom han
at gjjz^re
slap
frem?
Av
3.
tiende
slippe
at
frem?
Hvad
4.
den
vilde
ellevte gjj^re
slap?
Hvordan
8.
Hvad
han paa?
taenkte
LESSON
XLVIII.
VOCABULARY.
et blik,
glance.
en forsa'gelse,
nial;
exer-
^r,
'
tion.
at ryste,
en an strengelse,
r,
self-de-
renunciation.
kund'skap [nn],
c. g.,
to press,
I,
^-e, final.
knowl-
latt',
c.
luck;
g.,
good
for-
faerdig,
tune.
I0n [Ijzfnn], c.
op'muntring,
agement.
lat'ter,
to storm.
I,
at forla'te
edge.
lykke,
endelig,
to shake,
I,
at storme,
at trykke,
c.
at skuffe,
g.,
I,
g.,
c.
reward.
encourg.,
,^-e,
streng,
to disappoint.
e,
painstaking.
r,
overlegen,
laughter.
e,
strict.
ne,
t,
superior.
.
.than.
READING.
0yvind
sat borte
alt
205
saa
megen
forsagelse.
Hendes
latter
og spas braendte
bans
stolte
Han
kom an
paa^
ventet han.
forsaetter
forsj^te
om
Skolemesteren pleide at
bli
ungdommen, og
litt
efter hos
og
fortaelle
avgj^relse,
nu begyndte de
meddele foraeldrene
og mere
Endelig var
stille,
fjzdge,
derimot
ungdommen
faerdig,
om
206
halvlukkede naar hun ikke netop saa paa en,
kom
med
men
der-
blikket altid
uventet
laa langt
frem
de halvlukkede
til
jziine
kunde bli
paa hvem det var hun saa efter naar hun sat for sig
selv og imellem flere; heller ikke hvad hun egentlig
taenkte naar
taenkte
0y-
vind,
plads
sin
saa skal
"Du
somt om.
faa
er
barn
hjzire det,
nummer
Han
!"
2," sa
han
"Du
nummer
er
som
"du er nummer
rit:
"Du
5,
12,
sk^ierfant;
en gut
og
ham
Han fik
slet
8," osv.
du nummer
13,
tr^ien;
men
forsj^cte at
se
smile.
min; du nummer
med
Ma-
nummer
stod
du nummer
nummer
er
3,"
til
ro-
og gutten danste
han slog paa en
spektakel her!
intet
11, ikke
maa
laese
en
"Du
stor
til
207
"Skolemester !"
!"
sig
til
en anden.
"Hvem
hvem
er det?"
"Det
faar
den
vite
svarte
og
not
either.
Notes. 1.
ei heller
det kommer an paa, it depends on (upon).
ordne, give them their respective places.
4. at komme overens, to agree (come to an agreement).
5. See sentence having note 3.
Marit.
Such expressions are logical errors,
6. ingen also excludes
but they are allowed in usage.
leende (pres. part, of at le). Such composite
7. smaa (pi. of liten)
forms with smaa are very common.
8. vel egentlig, used to express supposition (vel, 60, 5.)
2.
3.
9.
rolige,
10. eders.
11. i. e.,
vaer rolige.
2.
COMPOSITION.
I.
0yvind had answered all the questions,
he expected the minister to say something. 2.
minister had not said anything when he was
(ready). 3. This was what 0yvind had been
and now
But the
through
working
208
for,
and now he
who had
given
very
felt
much
disappointed.
Marit,
4.
Everything depends on
one. 6.
It was not always
the one who was most diHgent who received this number.
8.
It was often given to those who had rich parents.
7.
The children rushed toward him to find out which num(file)
my
5.
number
getting
10.
leave [go] with the rest [others], but took his books
sat
reading again.
CONVERSATION.
1.
Hvad
0yvind
ventet
og skolemesteren
at presten
skulde si?
7.
8.
at
Hvem
LESSON XLIX.
VOCABULARY.
en pagt, ^-cr, covenant.
en utsigt,
er, chance; op-
portunity.
et
aandedrag [nn],
(lit.
breath
en stilling,
er, position.
er, sin; synen synd [nn],
der [with d pronounced],
sinner.
c.
g.,
grati-
tude.
sedvane,
breath-draw).
taknem'melighet,
c.
custom.
g.,
kris'tendom,
c.
g.,
Christian-
ity.
f orf aen
'
gelighet,
asrgjer'righet,
vrede,
hast,
c.
c.
g.,
g.,
c.
g.,
c. g.,
anger.
hurry.
vanity,
ambition.
209
at haeve,
I,
at lette,
I,
heftig,
travel,
to raise.
to
lift;
c,
to
r,
bamslig,
raise.
busy.
childish;
e,
childlike.
violent.
READING.
Skolemesteren gik bort
du
ikke gaa
Han
med
til
skal
de andre?"
svarte ikke.
"Du
10?"
Skolemesteren
graate
til
ut.
lot
bam
ligge
;
med begge
grsedte ansigt.
og
graate,
rigtig
det for-
210
sa han
ei heller svare.
har ikke
laest
av kjserhghet
til
ljz(n
som
Du
forskyldt".
din kristendom
og dine
ned;
ti
Den anden
taarerne randt
fik
dig
og
ned.
"Mit
Isenge
jeg lever."
Kan
ham
sine
ventet paa
b^er, sa saa
at
211
det bedste
truffet
ham. og
blit
saa sterk at
"Den
utsigter
men
derlig lyst,
ikke raad."
"Vaer
flittig
og
fremtiden forestiller
i
frisk fjeldluft;
Da
hadde
tid
og
efter,
de
kom
sittet
der
travelt.
begge
"Nu?"
Moren
stille
venten,
Skolemesteren
skjjz^nt
kom
stuen
og
0yvind
f^rst ind.
smilte.
sa faren,
netop hadde
men hun
laest
si
hun
lo,
lig
firmant."
212
Efterat det hadde vaeret laenge
"Hvad nummer
sagte:
"Nummer
Moren
eller
stilt,
moren
spurte
faar han?"
10," sa skolemesteren roHg.
ifirst
paa 0yvind.
"En husmandsgut kan ikke vente mere," sa han.
0yvind saa paa ham igjen; det var som atter noget
vilde op i halsen men han betvang sig ved
en hast
at huske paa kjserlige ting, den ene after den anden,
saalaenge til det gik ned igjen.
i
"Nu
ket
og vendte sig.
Begge foraeldrene
hellen
og
sa smi-
lende
"Han
blir
nummer
en allikevel;
"Nei, nei,"
sa
faren
om
og
det
men
ifir
det
ikke
er
dagen kommer."
nikket.
Notes.
1. at
slaa op (speaking of books), to open;
side...., to turn to page
2. I0n som forskyldt
(reward as deserved or caused),
gotten what you deserve.
3. at vaere om, to stand by (as a protector).
at
slaa
op
you have
. vandt paa
5.
6.
blindmaend
7.
8.
9.
10.
COMPOSITION.
The schoolmaster asked him why he
I.
when
answer.
2.
Did
answer wrong?
What have
an-
213
swered wrong? What was wrong in my answers? 3.
Don't you think your parents will be very much pleased
to hear that you have passed ? 4. It is of no use to work
if one is to be kept [held] back because he is poor.
5.
You have gotten what you deserve, neither more nor
6.
less; you have read from [of] ambition and vanity.
Now, take your books and we shall go home and tell your
7.
9,
After
number one
just the
same
it
out
yet.
CONVERSATION.
1.
2.
ler at
3.
bjzJkerne sine
op?
drj^mmer?
Hvilke drummer tales der her om ?
Hvilke drummer har vi i^r h^rt om?
5.
Fortjente 0yvind den "Ifin" han fik?
6.
Hvorledes?
Hvorav kom det at skolemesteren hadde saa7.
dan magt over 0yvind?
Hvorfor fik skolemesteren ham flyttet ned?
8.
sine
4.
2X4
LESSON
L.
VOCABULARY.
^ner, prayer,
en b0n [bjzJnn],
en pligt,
er, duty.
et mid 'del, mid^ler, means.
impression.
mirror.
krave,
et indtryk,
et speil,
en
en
vilje,
r,
will.
et alter,
e,
altar.
at synes
altergang,
c.
g.,
collar.
r,
gaa
at
til
communion;
alters,
to
go to
communion.
reise,
c.
g.,
at 0ve,
at
0ve
bl0t,
r,
varsom,
ture.
happy.
careful,
,
t,
tidlig [ti'li],
vant
c.
g.,
to;
(til
e,
soft.
tro,
to like.
to practice.
lykkelig,
journey; depar-
cm,
I,
^me,
,
e, early.
or med), accustomed
used
to.
faith.
READING.
Syvende
Skolemesteren hadde
bad presten
en.
prj^ve
tat
kapitel.
rigtig-
om 0yvind
j2(iemerke^
taalte
som hengik
at
staa
da
han
nummer
indtil konfirmatio-
h^iere pligt.
215
de dage
til
kon-
reise
firmationen, forberedte
til
ti
sker.
En saadan
mer meget
f jzflelse
gir ydmygbet,
Da den
andet.
store
med,
vaere
skjjzJt
smerten ved at
sig
i,
men
blev
se
fremover
Dette
til
side,
forsjzJkte
med
billede
men
ban
til-
vilde
kjendte
at
^ve
det var
sidste kveld,
i
sedvanlig aftenen
fjz(r
man
2l6
igjen:
ske
ikke ganske,
Da han
jo ganske;
nei,
ikke gan-
sig sterk,
fornj^iede
ansigt
kring ligge og
atter bestemt
fra
Vistnok,
men
skyld.
en synes
likte vel
merke
om
efter
bam
som var
det
at se
baar om-
ind^^ at dette
men
Ja,
ban
idet
synd at se
sig selv for
velklaedt
ban trak
deri.
den saks
dertil.
av at alting
litt
ualmindelig lyse
faldt det
speilet
Nei
det
speilet,
var forfsengelighet.
og ren maa da
ansigtet
med
le
litt
nyt.
laegge
Ja,
av.
se,
kommer nu
maa du ogsaa
det
saa
grep sig
og
at
ban
fjzfrte
saa-
217
3.
4.
Notes.
2.
work needed.
5. at strxkke sig saa langt, to put themselves so much out.
6. stykke, matter (i. e., in the matter of keeping her picture out of
his thoughts of the future).
7. led, imp. tense of at lide, a verb which expresses passing of time.
Det led ut paa kvelden, it was late in the evening.
8. redt, p.
part, of at rede, somewhat equivalent to the expression
"fix up".
It is used in various idioms.
9. i. e., not a prayer committed to memory.
10. lem, upstairs.
11. at falde en ind, to occur to one.
12. maa mere til, more is required.
COMPOSITION.
There -vere three weeks left till the day of
confirmation.
During [in] this time they were together every day.
They were preparing for the
2.
confirmation.
At the same time they were getting
[kept on to make themselves] ready for his departure.
This was to take place the day after the con3.
firmation.
He was to leave for (han skulde paa)
4.
the agricultural school and stay (bli) there two years.
This was the last evening. The next day he would
5.
be confirmed and then he was to leave. 6. There were
two things 0yvind had to struggle with: the thought
[each time]
of Marit, and his vanity. 7. Whenever
he felt happy, either the one or the other and sometimes both would come up in his thoughts, against
his will.
8.
He awoke early and remembered immeHe lay a
diately what was to take place that day.
9.
long time thinking about that he was to leave the next
day and be gone (bli borte) two long years. 10. He
caught [took] himself in admiring his looks in the mirror.
"This is vanity," he thought, and turned [looked]
away.
I,
CONVERSATION.
1.
Hvordan
2.
Hvad menes
maal av
aere
prj^vde
der
og trods?
presten 0yvind?
med
at
0yvind hadde
tat livs-
2l8
Hvad
3.
der
forberedelser blev
slags
da
gjort
8.
Hvad menes
der
med
badde
ban
at
kuld-
seilet ?
9.
10.
Hvor bar
LESSON
LI.
VOCABULARY.
collection.
crowd; multitude.
en 6rdre, order,
et f0lge
company.
et bedrag', deception.
en plan,
plan.
en lyk0nsk'ning,
con-
en samling,
en skare,
er,
at jage,
r,
at grue
[II],
er,
gratulation.
c. g.,
holiness; sane-
to chase.
to quiver.
I,
grudde
gruet
(grudd), to dread.
at savne,
I,
to miss.
tity.
opmerk'somhet,
c.
g.,
atten-
at saette
til,
to
add
(to
some-
thing).
tion.
helse,
earnestness,
g.,
I,
at dirre,
r,
er,
hellighet,
alvor, n.
r,
c.
g.,
fravaer, n.
undervis ning,
'
lummer,
health.
g.,
absence
c.
g.,
bar,
instruc-
fort,
r,
t,
re,
sultry.
bare,
fast.
tion.
READING.
ventet
219
De
helsen'" fik
han
og
til
spiste.
igjen.
kirkefaerden.
sine
tet
t^rklaer,
vei,
til
bords, bad
stille*
ind nistelj^pen
tr^^ien,
moren
hef-
og gik opover.
^vre
satte sig
m^tte de kirkefarende
folk, kjj^rende
ett
maatte avsted.
solskin, som naar
Der gik skyer sammen og
somme
igjen,
tider blev
med
og
veiret
skiltes
ordre
l^vet
stilt,
men
til
litt
dem
uveir;
tyve
men
En
ual-
frit-
med
bar
sig reiseplag,
liggende
straks ind
kirke;
i
Da
ikke.
konfirmationsungdommen
kirken for at
begyndte.
sten
klaer,
men
brukte
bli
stillet
gik
stivt
stjzivler,
blaa
halsbind
anledning av
reisen.
"God
ved
om
som
dig.
trjzfiekraven
vilde
han
tale
svar tydelig!"
nikket,
220
skridt, stod
"Du
til
han har
for
skal jo vaere
talt til
presten
fort opover.
nummer
en allikevel," hvisker en
ham,
svarte
"Ja,"
rigtig
om
OpstiUingen var
endnu ikke
visste
kommet*, de ringte
faerdig, presten
Han
saa blot
og
hende,
alt
var endt,
kom
overfor
like
baade
stykket",
til
at
Efterat
kom
taenkt
slegtninger
hende,
pladsen
og
paa dem.
og kjendin-
hjz(rt
putret
litt
ham og
ved avskeden.
Sidst
kom
skolemesteren, tok
foraeldrene taust
stuen.
da de
hittil
vilde vaere
kom
til
ved det".
grudde
Jo laenger det
led,
men
jo
ingen
mere be-
221
komme
litt
TO'K
luften;
Da
Han
sit
og skimtet
huk^^ mellem traeme og saa ned.
ganger.
"Hvem
bedrag;
saa op
ti
det
gjentokes
at et kvindfolk sat
to
paa
Jeg skal
komme op
til
dig."
"Vi
"Ja;
skiltes
til
dig."
men !"
"Nei Marit!"
"Jo, nu maa jeg gaa; de savner mig."
"Marit, Marit!"
222
"Nei jeg
tj2(r
Far-
!"
vel
"Farvel
!"
opmerksomhet
drjz^m,
til
det
skolemesteren
^ieblik
deii
en
ham noget
om
kvel-
Notes.
=
1.
2.
3.
4.
var ved
was about to change.
ikke engang, did not.... even.
stillet op, put in their places according to the number each had
5.
6.
health.
been given.
7. under alt dette, while doing this
meanwhile.
8. Presten var kommet.
The original has presten.
participle being inflected for agreement in gender.
;
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
when
.kommen,
the
came
to the point.
at 0nske en til lykke, to congratulate.
at ville vaere ved, to admit; let on.
to calm himself.
som ventelig kan vaere, as might be expected.
it
COMPOSITION.
I.
[in]
three years.
After
instruction
free.
2.
During
these
years
ont:
he
wrote many letters home to his parents. 3. The schoolmaster read them. He also wrote to the schoolmaster.
Marit.
He
sent him a letter for [to]
4.
wanted to know how she was getting along [how she
had it]. She answered with a short letter. He was
The next letter from 0yvind was someto burn it.
5.
what (noget) longer. He wanted to know how she
was getting along "in every way" (i alle maater).
Once he
223
6,
and went to
sat
with tears in
eyes watching
CONVERSATION.
1.
vi
nu
2.
laeser
5.
6.
Ved
3.
4.
hvilke
sted
h^rt
om
skolemesteren
nu
anledninger har vi
fj^r
Hans?
7.
trodde
8.
9.
10.
Hvad menes
alt
godt
der
med
at
om 0yvind?
Hvem kom
224
LESSON
LII.
VOCABULARY.
boat.
6vn,
stove; range.
cane,
st6k, ke(r),
president;
besty'rer,
manager of a school.
en for'beredelse, prepa
en
en
en
en
en
en
baat,
er,
aare,
^r,
oar.
e(r),
staff;
e,
r,
ration.
attest',
en
kraft,
er,
certificate.
kraefter,
power;
indbild ningskraft
'
etsteds
fart,
imagination
[nn-11],
c.
at snuble,
at tindre,
c.
I,
I,
to stumble.
to
beam; to spar-
at pakke,
ut, to
at
skynde
hurry.
at undres
stans,
place.
kle.
(power of
).
8t0v, n.
some
[etstes],
speed.
force.
g.,
sight.
sigte,
g.,
g.,
[nn]
sig,
II,
to
undredcs un-
dres, to wonder.
dust.
stop.
READING.
Niende
En
kapitel.
kom
til
en stok;
ti
hoften
var
225
De
daarlig.
og
nikket
hvilte,
hende:
til
dem
"God
h^it^rke idag."
"Men
hett at
"Endnu
hvert
kommet?"
ikke
j^ieblik."
folk."
"Har
men
saa,
er gaat igjen."
"Rigtig, rigtig."
Om
de kommer."
Skolemesteren saa laenge bortover.
"Jo, det er dem;" bun gik fra vinduet, og han gik
ind.
sjjzfen;
og saa
op,
ropte:
"God
om
han
side
med dem.
traf de to
ved
bun
til.
0yvind sprang
st^t*
forbi
mot
bam og
op,
!"
!"
sa moren, bun
ban er hke lys," la
faat
Skolemesteren tok
ind,
stjz^en,
mot binders
om
skik'^
fortalte
gav
han straks
moren
og gan-
i0rst
lo igjen,
i
en rivende
og gode
han spurte om aarsveksten, kjendinger
undtagen en. Faren boldt paa og bar op av baaten, men
vilde nok' ogsaa hjz(re, mente^ derfor det kunde staa
strj^m
tilbud;
attest
226
laenger borte.
Og
saadan
saa,
f^rst
kom
Han
de hjem.
over
alt
han
over
at
kom
ind,
kakket som en
som de
var
var glad*
malt,
saa
at blyvindu-
kommet
stjzirre.
Da han
forunderlig smaat,
som han
og vinduskarmen
men
slet
huset
for gr^nt,
stedet
over at
saa muntert.
Klokken
kjendte han,
;.
du
gut,
De
et
ord av hvad du
slog
en
allesammen, og
latter
0yvind
var
ham
han paa
ikke mulig
saaledes jaget
kom
hadde
set
indbildningskraft
ham
langsommere.
at tale
grepet hans
ledes
sier,
ikke
men
det
hvilt,
uavladelig arbeide.
hist
atter
la de merke
og her rent vilkaarlig
og atter op igjen av
Endvidere
til
at
at ta
lutter
227
travelhet; det var
me
som han
Somog glemt
men
saa lo han,
var det.
oni
hf/Sker,
sit
ur,
alt
sit t^i
og haengte
og det
det nye,
sa han, hjaelpe
med
til
hj^ionnen,
Han hadde
taenkningen
trykke
sin
som
som
og
Isese.
men
Hvor han
det var
faat en raskhet
og en
forfrisket,
fjzllelse,
livlighet
ham
og
i
ak-
kraft
at
ut-
gjjz^r
"Nu
er vi
straalende,
kommet
da han
saa
reiste sig
langt
med ham,"
sa
han
for at gaa.
Da moren
til
stenhellen,
"Hvor?"
"Oppaa berget."
Notes.
2.
alt
3.
12.
at laegge
to.
COMPOSITION.
I.
2.
From
She stood
there one
228
sight
in
she thought.
3-.
CONVERSATION.
1.
gjort for
blit
0y-
vinds hjemkomst?
2.
Fortael
vaeret,
om
og
hvordan
ret
Hvad menes
der
med
at
vse-
ute?
4.
5.
Hvad
Hvad
ham?
LESSON
LIII.
VOCABULARY.
et
ekom,
squirrel.
en hund [nn],
en opda'gelse,
e(r), dog.
at
tion.
r,
at
tryst,
to
meet
passe, I, to watch; at
passe op, to keep an eye
on, to keep
^r,
m0te
meet; at m0tes,
each other.
r,
ery.
'
m0tte m0tt, to
et stevnemcite,
at
nynne,
I,
watch
hum.
to
of.
229
at knurre,
I,
to snarl, growl.
st0i, c.
P3^t,
kl0v
kl^vet,
climb.
to
begrep
begrepet, to understand; to
comprehend.
at kjende igjen, to recognize.
at begri'pe
at klyve
noise.
g.,
c.
g.,
finery;
ornament
troskyldig
c,
unsuspect-
ing.
r, crazy; frantic.
rasende, furious.
gal,
READING.
pyvind saa paa klokken, og den gik til 9.
Inde
kunde han ikke vente, men gik ut, kljz^v op over berget,
stanste deroppe og saa.
Hustaket laa taet opunder;
buskene paa taket var blit store, alt ungtrae omkring
hvor han stod, var ogsaa vokset, og han kjendte hvert
Han saa nedover veien, som gik langs berget og
ett.
hadde skogen paa den andre siden. Veien laa graa og
alvorlig,
men skogen
var
tjz^i
hjz(ie
vind.
Han
stod
med
i
men
alt;
den
stille
slags
ljz(v;
traerne
lille
med
Faren
paa stenhellen, saa
utover likesom sjzJnnen, gik derefter ned mot vandet for
Moren kom ut paa den
at forsyne^ baaten mot natten.
ti
hun
kom
fra kjj^kenet; hun saa
ene side av huset;
gik
tunet med noget til
over
op mot berget idet hun
h^nsene, saa atter op og nynnet.
Han satte sig ned
for at vente; smaaskogen vokste tset saa han ikke
kunde se langt indover, men han lyttet til den mindste
stj^i.
Laenge var det blot fugP der ^0i op og narret
ham, snart igjen et ekorn som hoppet over i et andet
trse.
Men endelig knaker det laenger borte, stanser litt,
knaker igjen; han reiser sig, hjertet banker og blodet
fugle
fl^i
over,
kom gaaende
uten skrik;
fra kvernen,
ti
stanste
230
sprj2{iter*
ser
Det
bak den
hunden vender hodet og logrer; nu
tre
kommer Marit.
En busk holdt
hun vendte
kjolen,
taet
Hun
da han f^rst saa hende.
hadde bart, oprullet haar, saadan som jenterne pleide at
hverdagslaget, hun hadde en sterk, rutet Hvkjole
gaa
uten sermer, intet om halsen uten den nedfaldende Hn-
men
saa
skridt.
j^Jielok;
lem begge
sine.
Hun
og
pillet;
og saadan stod
men han
var fangen, og
de,
han sa,
han at hun
kunde m^te i en
det
lo,
skog;
litt
f^lte
hun var
det
nok ikke
mindre.
"Hvor
stor
ganske andet.
du
er blit!"
Hun
sa hun,
og mente
noget
ham,
lo
som
viste sig
oppaa berget.
Men
at
hun maatte
le
ham
ut.
"Ja, ser du, det er naar jeg er glad, rigtig glad, ser
231
Hun
Siden sa hun:
lo.
to,
"End jeg
kort."
dine da!
Men du
"Jeg lo."
"Hvorledes?"
"Lo vet du ikke hvad det er
"Jo, le kan jeg!"
;
"Faa
at le ?"
!"
se^
tilsidst
ket tilbake,
bans
fai
at
at
med begge
haender
lommen og
Hvad
under berget
taet
for
en gal
"Hvordan pokker
Men moren hadde
hjzfrt
den skraekkelige
er den
kommet derop?"
ti
og hun forstod
hun hadde
alt, lo og
232
sa:
"Den hunden
noget underlig."
"Den
blir
men
knurret.
Faren
"Det var
nu
den
gang,"
sa
Marit
da
de
atter
mattes.
siden, mener du?"
"Jeg kjender en, jeg, som vil passe os op."
"Din bedstefar?"
"Netop."
"Men han skal ikke gjjzJre os noget."
"Aldrig det slag."
"Og det lover du?"
"Ja, det lover jeg, 0yvind."
"Nu maa jeg gaa, 0yvind."
des
bestandig,
liv.
"Jeg
"Har
hun sagte og
Nei, nu maa det
tror det," sa
lo,
om
hen-
men
var
baade v0d og
han, og han tok og vilde kysse hende; men hun bj^ide
hodet ned under bans arm, lo og I0p. Hun stanste dog
borte ved de sidste traer; "naar skal vi saa mjzJtes igjen?"
alvorlig.
ske, taenkte
hvisket hun.
at
vi
233
Han
Han
vendte
for
foran og
sig,
tok huen
Notes.
1. laa for slappe seil, lay with slack sails.
at forsyne, to provide; here, to fasten, or to take the boat under
2.
cover.
concrete
fugl,
3.
nouns used
in
form,
indefinite
collective nouns.
We
fang en.
faa se
7.
8.
COMPOSITION.
I.
it
is?
What
time
Can you
it?
is
It is past eight.
It is
tell
me what
a quarter of nine.
time
He
2.
tree.
cliff
[upon the
cliff-edge].
He
7.
could not
He
stood a long
imagine
Have you
what
that
by
you can read them from memory. 9.
This was 0yvind's first evening at home. He
had been gone a long time. 10. Much had been [was
become] changed since he left.
But it was himself
who had changed the most.
heart?
Let
me
see
if
8.
learned
it
234
CONVERSATION.
Hvad skulde 0yvind paa berget?
Hvor bar vi ifSr b^rt om at bustaket
1.
2.
laa
taet
opunder berget?
3.
stod
Hvor bar
4.
0yvind
bvor
vi
Hvilken
5.
tid
er det
LESSON
LIV.
VOCABULARY.
et
errand.
load; bur-
erende [nn],
et las [lass],
den.
et hop,
r,
leap.
en h^isaate,
at
l0pe
g.,
r,
hay-cock;
I,
to dry; to wipe.
at
I,
to
trille,
to roll,
trill;
e,
tune(ly).
run,
at rake, II, to rake.
l0pet,
ical.
hay-mow.
l0p
to brush.
I,
at t^rre,
sprang sprun-
get, to run.
at b^rste,
jump;
er,
meadow;
en mark,
ground.
en sed'del, sed^ler, note.
en trille,
^r, trill.
laave,
at springe
to
tempered.
e,
235
READING.
Tiende
En
kapitel.
en
liten
barfotet
en seddel.
"Du
og
"Nu
sedlen stod:
men
og gjem dig!
Den du
*Nei
om
opover bakkerne.
gammel mand
se paa.
Det varte
beller ikke
sig j^verst
viste
bvilte igjen;
litt,
vet."
laenge
f^r en
Men Tbore
farve.
"Kjender du bam?"
"Ja, her er just ikke let at ta feil."
oppi bakken
vestenveir.
kom langsomt
Han var meget
og
stav.
Han kom
at baere
at de altid
og noget
med
med
et
tjzJrklae.
Han
men den
Den gamle
hjzJi;
fulgtes.
var ganske
og
fjzfrlig;
han
svaer holdning*
kunde
se
ham
turret svetten
skaldet
langt
bak-
336
over; han hadde et rundt, sammenfoldet ansigt, smaa
gnistrende, plirende fime, buskete bryn,
og
alle taender
munden. Naar han talte, var det med en ^karp, gneldrende stemme, der hoppet som over grus og sten;
men paa et og andet "r" hvilte den med stort velbehag, trillet saa henover det i flere alens laengde og
gjorde i det samme et vseldig hop i tonen. Han hadde
i yngre dage vaeret bekjendt for en munter, men hidsig
mand; paa sine gamle' var han ved mange slags motgang bHt liter og mistaenkelig.
Thore og s^nnen gjorde mange vendereiser f^r
Ole kunde vinde frem; de forstod begge at han ikke
kom for det godes skyld, der for var det saa meget pudsigere at han aldrig naadde*. De maatte begge gaa der
meget alvorlige og tale ganske sagte men da dette
i
aldrig tok
som
Ijziierlig,
latter,
ikke tiF.
"Han
faldt
lager* halsen
til,"
hvisket
Thore.
skjjint
0yvind
og
hj^iet
men
avbrutte
triller,
indtil
de
kom
flj^t
sammen
b^lge paa
bjzflge
en eneste
med
altid
^37
Nu
laengere sug^.
paa
var han
kommet
kommet
"Jeg
ham
vei,
s^nnen laa
giilvet,
ti
lattertak;
slikt
den
gamle
maatte
jo
tilgaards.
vil
men
med
at bestille."
"Hm-hm,"
truet
med
til
dig!"
gaa du f^rst!"
"Nei, vil du bare pakke dig!"
og de b^rstet av hinanden og
"Ja, gaa fj^rst!"
gik meget alvorlige frem.
Da de kom nedenfor kloppen, saa de Ole staa vendt
mot kj0kkend)^ren som om han betasnkte sig; han
holdt huen i den haand hvormed han holdt staven, og
tj^rret med et t^rklae svetten av
det skaldete hode.
men rusket ogsaa op i bustene bak jz(ret og i nakken
"Ja,
saa de stak ut
som
pigger.
langt erende."
Notes.
2.
mars
3.
i.
4.
5.
6.
7.
1.
sounded,
marsj, march.
l(<d,
do no such thin^.
svaer holdning, erect carnage
Supply dager.
Supply frem.
more was not needed.
e..
I'll
(svaer,
great,
ponderous).
9.
10.
238
12.
it:
laeg's
til
come
things
13.
See
laegges
til;
to pass so
passive of at laegge
one must
to add.
The idea
take this long walk).
til,
d.
77,
COMPOSITION.
Write
in
in lessons
CONVERSATION.
1.
2.
leeser
3.
med?
4.
Hvad
5.
stod der
seddelen?
6.
7.
Vet
8.
Hvad
han
er det
vil?
LESSON LV.
VOCABULARY.
en stav,
e(r), cane.
me, property.
en erendom,
er, hindrance;
en hindring,
at
of; to
c.
g.,
pay; recom-
pense.
vaerdighet,
vagt,
c.
harme,
c.
g.,
c.
g.,
dignity.
watch; guard.
g.,
skyld [111, c.
at beskyl'de
anger.
g.,
I,
of
use
of).
to take care
I,
for.
to hinder.
at gifte sig,
I,
at slutte,
to
I,
be
make use
provide
at hindre,
to marry,
quit.
blame.
to blame;
hand over,
fault;
[11], II,
to
I,
at s0rge for,
obstacle.
beta' ling,
nytte,
(transitive: to
to accuse.
at
bevi'se,
II,
to
show; to
prove.
at sope, II, to sweep.
239
ge,
married.
uncertain.
uviss,
lovlig
^-e, lawful.
tryg,
skikkelig
safe.
t,
gift,
e, de-
alde'les, entirely,
r,
[a],
[sj-],
cent; respectable,
e,
natur'ligvis, of course.
READING.
Der var en som glj^ttet paa kjjz^kendi^ren imellem
hende i kjjz^kkend^ren og Thore stod gamle Ole med
hueskjermen nedover j2<inene ti huen var for stor nu
;
For
at
kunne
men
spaendt
h^ire haand,
siden^ naar
han ikke
"Er
med
han
se heldet
som
staar
stille
rask stemme.
"De
sier saa."
"Han har
ham 0yvind."
vseret
slikt,
ja."
hun
"Det var
ja.
leit^"
Marit
datterdatter min,
sig."
av
alle
de gaardgutter
som byr
til*."
"Ja saa!"
"Men
det
der."
"Ja saa?"
skal
vaere
som
staar
246
"Han
din,
Sfin
dem
gen tar
dj^trene
nogen
at
tilfjelds,
ja,
han
der,
mine
tar hestene
slipper
dem
dans, liker
til
"Nei-nei; nei-nei!"
jzlksen ligge,
men
der
andet sted.
men ham
ham
til
ut,
ja,
ikke utenfor
og ikke noget
og ikke ham
!"
"Naturligvis."
"Men
og
er
ondt;
slik er det
tre aar
ikke;
tre aar
og det
ham saa du
ham ikke; han
si
er
nei,
Dette
os.
ham som
hj^rer det,
faar slutte."
"Ja ja."
Ole saa en stund paa Thore, da sa han:
"Du
svarer
saa kort!"
det.
Men
sind
ikke
paa graensen av
latter,
og nu
fik
han heldning
til
var
altid
det
sidste.
"Hvad
ler
"Jeg?"
"Ler du ad mig?"
"Be Gud bevare mig!" men
bans
skarpt.
eget
svar
gav
241
ham
"Du maa ikke toenke at gjVre nar av mig," begyndte han "jeg gaar
lovlig erende, jeg s0rger for
mit barnebarns lykke saaledes som jeg forstaar den, og
hvalpungers latter hindrer mig ikke.
En opdrar
ikke j enter for at kaste dem ned i den i0rste husmandsi
plads
som
vil
lukke op, og
man
til
den
firti
som narrer
fj^rste
jenten.
til
og han drak dem overende^^ begge to, og jeg maatte ta barnet og betale nioroen; men, dyre d^d^^ om det skal gaa datterdatter min
paa samme maate, nu vet du det!
Jeg skal si dig,
hun
med en
fark,
nsesen
frem
til
og saa
nu bar jeg levd 66
Nei,
vil I
aar,
jeg skal bevise dig, jeg, gut, at jeg skal leve saa
faa bleksot av det begge to!
trippe
og
I
skal
til^",
Jeg
omkring vseggene som
nysne og endda ikke se hendes fotsaaler; for jeg sender hende ut av bygden, jeg sender hende dit hun er
tryg, saa kan du flakse om her som en latterskrike og
jeg, at
du
gifte dig
skal
med regn og
nordenvind.
Og
242
ikke mere
til
dig
mening, og vil du
da maa du faa ham
men nu
vet
d u
bans
vel
som
til
som
det
med smaa,
Ijz^ftet
og smaaskjendte
Han
h^ire
fot
litt
2.
akimbo.
1.
akerskoleme instead of agronomskolerne.
3.
leit,
Notes.
min
far er,
her gjaelder,
too
different idioms.
The meaning
bad.
Jeg er
lei
det,
of this
....tired of it.
word
Han
varies with
er saa lei, He is
(lei)
so mean.
4. at by sig til, to volunteer.
tullen (loony, to be out of one's right mind).
5. hode
Han skal
They say he has turned her head.
(66, c) o. s. v.,
[sjik] og orden, == system in things.
6. skik
that is all there is to it.
7. Evidently a current saying,
8. at b0te av, to make amends so as to ward off the outburst of
anger.
9. skapte sig, acted up.
10.
drank them both to ruin.
11. dyre d0d, dear (costly) death, used as an oath.
12. at lyse til bryllups refers to the custom of announcing weddings
from the pulpit at the close of services preceding the day of the
ceremony.
13. julebuk (Christmas-goat).
visits dressed
14. flire,
15.
til,
up
From
the custom of
making Christmas
like clowns.
the
repetition
of
personal pronouns.
16. adv. used as adj.
COMPOSITION.
Write a summary of the story
in lessons
38 and 39.
CONVERSATION.
1.
2.
3.
4.
talte.
243
LESSON
LVI.
VOCABULARY.
et opgj0r,
en tunge,
en harpe,
en sang,
sp0k,
et
c.
settlement.
r,
r,
e,
g.,
tongue.
harp.
aldrig, never.
at tigge,
warning;
ler,
omen.
skraek,
c.
fear; scare.
g.,
g.,
to beg.
svang svun^
get (or
to swing.
at bryte br0t brutt, to
break.
lustre.
at blande [nn],
I,
to mix.
I,
at svinge
I),
c.
glans,
to threaten.
klang klinget.
song.
I,
at klinge
joke; jest.
var'sel,
at true,
I,
at avstaa (av
+ staa),
to de-
sist.
to exult; to ex-
press joy.
READING.
Der var
faldt
tilbake-
deres spj^
latter,
skraek.
ord.
Da
de
alle stiltiende^
244
som
faren,
sj^nnen turde
ti
taenkte
;
"Min
n^dig tigge
eller
s^nnen
fulgte.
Ljrfft
Om
et
haap
Ljzfft dit
Noget
noget
er der
med
som om
freidighet
sjunger."
245
hvor der er gjaerende
kraefter,
1.
i.
2. stiltiende,
aasyn, ansigt.
4. mine, facial expression, -f- spil, play.
5. i. e., the refusal of both Ole and his father would form an obstacle
which could hardly be overcome.
6. angstens bane, (the) course of anxiety.
7. tU syvende og sidst, ultimately; when it comes to the utmost, to a,
3.
issue.
final
8.
9.
less direct.
leilighet,
ved
at
(your) con-
13.
14.
it
blaa;
to
become
blue.
leaves,
stems, etc.).
COMPOSITION.
Write a summary of the story
__
40 to
in lessons
42.
CONVERSATION.
1.
2.
3.
Hvad
Hvad
5.
LESSON
hjselpe
ham?
LVII.
VOCABULARY.
en void
[voll],
e,
sward;
en
slette,
et tak,
lecture; at
improveen forbe'dring,
ment.
being.
et vae'sen,
et
foredrag,
holde
lawn.
en hensigt,
r,
plain;
meadow,
hold.
er,
purpose.
to deliver
er,
er,
246
show
at vise, II, to
sig,
to appear).
det, to flow,
demand.
at forlan'ge, II, to
at beha'ge,
at forbe'dre,
at hive,
I,
-de,
tilfaeldig
to please.
I,
to improve.
e,
e,
to fling.
at
c,
to throw;
et,
[11],
tient.
beskytte
to
[besjyt'te],
traet,
te, tired.
bange, afraid.
protect.
READING.
Ellevte kapitel.
Midt
den,
og riverne stod
staket
sselet0iet
dem paa
vol-
Nedenfor laave-
jorden.
veien ind
sletter.
til
Oppe
over sletten,
ret^
som om ban
gjorde skar*
fjeldet;
omkring
dette
Men 0yvind
solen
og
Ij^p
sat
gik
saetrene,
skjorteaermerne
saa ned-
Bak ham
.ned som
vand
Han
ventet.
mand og
ventet nogen.
paa
som ban
middagsved den
sig endnu
taet
gende" utav en
i
d)Z(r
ban
turde ikke.
skjorteaermerne;
berget;
247
nogen
men
tilfseldig
skulde
komme
ut
og ban
og bemerke hende;
ganger
av utaalmodighet.
med
"For varme og
Har du
vei^!
ventet laenge?"
"Nei.
Siden de passer os op om kvelden,
bruke middagen:
Men berefter taenker jeg
skal ta det saa
derom jeg
maa
vi
vil tale
med
dig,"
vi
ikke
netop
"Ikke bemmelig?"
til
talt;
at
si
beleire
foredrag
gamlingen med
mere, 0yvind!"
Notes.
1. en saeter is an open plain up
the peasants keep their cattle in summer.
248
to
the
girl)
2.
cabin
where
(chalet)
stays.
ret som
om, just as
the
dairy-girl
(scterjenten,
the
chalet-
if.
3. gjorde skar (note the omission of art.), i. e., not only had been,
but was still making a glen or pass.
the original Yollows a splendid description which here has
4. In
See
(About 20 lines.
been omitted because of language difficulties.
Bj. Fortaellinger, Jubilaeumsutgave, p. 283.)
5. saa smaat, little by little.
6. tungt dragende, (dragging heavily), descriptive of the dog's movements.
vci may refer to the path, to the
7. For, == what, in exclamation
distance, or to both.
8. gaar hemmelig til, takes place secretly.
;
9.
desire improvement.
COMPOSITION.
Write a summary of the story
in lessons
43 to 45.
CONVERSATION.
Hvad var det som
Hvad kunde man
1.
2.
haendte
se
sidste kapitel?
0yvind stod?
Hvorfor begyndte 0yvind at bli bange?
Hvad var det ban vilde tale med Marit om?
4.
Hvad hensigt hadde 0yvind med at ville
5.
amtsagronom ?
fra der hvor
3.
LESSON
bli
LVIII.
VOCABULARY.
en hemmelighet,
en gjerning,
er,
et 0nske,
en fare,
en vogn
r,
er,
e(r),
mile.
Hapenhet,
takt,
songs).
tjaerlighet,
c.
c.
g.,
g.,
love.
openness.
to wish.
I,
at frygte,
at
time; rhythm,
g.,
at 0nske,
at plage,
c.
g.,
shyness.
carriage.
,
r,
cially in
c. g., obedience.
undseelse [unnse'else], c.
lydighet,
wish.
danger.
r,
secret.
act; deed.
[vaangn]
wagon;
en mil,
en vise,
I,
I,
angaa (an
cern.
to fear.
to torment,
-f-
gaa), to con-
249
traadte traadt,
at traede
of'fentlig,
at
baktale,
II,
to
e,
public.
aapen,
ne, open,
t,
pHgtig, fplikti],
obliged; in duty bound.
to step.
back-bite;
to slander.
e,
Du maa
ikke
READING.
om
os
to.
reise."
"Og
Vi skal netop
der folks
j^ine at
av hinanden
des-
Du maa
OS vel.
de
altid
maa
vaere saa
tale
om
Der
ikke reise.
meget un-
hvor^ vi holder
er fare for
maa gaa
dem som
Vi
kan begynde
saa smaat at tro det andet. Vi to skal m^tes en gang
om uken og le bort alt det onde som de vil saette imellem os; vi skal kunne^ mjz<tes paa en dans og trae
skilles,
tror ikke
noget det
fjzJrste
aar;
mens de
men
sitter
vi
rundt
om som
bak-
Vi skal mj^tes ved kirken og hilse til hinanden saa alle de ser paa det som kunde j5nske os hundrede mil fra hinanden. Digter nogen en vise om os,
saa sitter vi sammen og prjzJver paa at lage en som kan
Ingen
svare det maa altid gaa naar vi hjaelpes ad*.
kan naa os naar vi holder sammen, og ogsaa v i s e r
folk at vi holder sammen. Al den ulykkelige kjaerlighet
taler os.
tilhjzirer
folk, eller
egen
list,
eller sanselige
folk
250
ord,
og
det, tar
lige
og
og stikken
de saa
i filer
lj2(ses
for kjserlighet,
tilsidst
op som sukker.
Pyt,
sa'n"^,
tig
de aapent
ord.
selv
]eg bar
ogsaa
paa kirkeporten
like
laest
om
det
det er skralt
blo-
gik
bjz^erne,
med den
sig ulykke-
og jeg bar
set det
som gaar
kjaerHgbet
skal reise,
"Saa
bvad saa?"
du si nei, rent
skal
ut."
"Han kan da
"Om
"
" "
251
ham
vite
at vaere lydig.
ser
fjas.
som en
Han
vogter
mig
tjoret gjet."
"Heller
"Du
imot
"Til at gaa
bakkerne,
ja,
men ned
igjenl"
"Og
tale
med mig om
kjaerlighet?"
gjj2(re
dig den
gisede
at
hjirt
paa."
fugler sang
Og de andre sov
" Og de klokker klang
"
skov"."
den
"Mens
"
Notes.
hvor
that
han
er!
1.
is
vaere glad
2.
3.
See
77.
at hjaelpes ad
at hjaeipe hinanden.
at stikke sig vaek, to hide.
6. Pyt, interjection expressing indifference or unimportance; sa'a ss
han.
skiftning, verbal noun of at skifte, to change.
7. I0v, foliage,
8.
tew lines omitted.
4.
5.
grj2^nne
252
9.
i.
e.,
gaar det
10.
an,
is
idiom.
saalaenge vi
difficult
Compare Dette gaar ikke an. This won't do. Det gik an
var sammen, It was alright as long as we were together.
:
lydighet
tangled.
Han
have
COMPOSITION.
Write a summary of the story
1.
2.
3.
bort
in lessons
46 and
47.
CONVERSATION.
Hvilke planer talte 0yvind om
sidste lekse?
Hvilke planer fortaeller han om
denne lekse?
Hvor har vi i0r hfirt om at Marit skulde reise
i
Hvor
sammen ?
5.
6.
0yvind og Marit
er det
4.
er
mens de
taler
Hvor
LESSON
LIX.
VOCABULARY.
en kjaempe,
en f0lge [11],
sequence.
et utfald [11],
^r,
effect;
conre-
^r,
bell;
snor, bell-rope.
klokke-
or
te,
I,
I,
II,
et,
to join,
to suspect.
to pick,
to saunter.
sleepy.
angry.
s0vnig,
vred,
at rusle,
baer,
at ane,
at plukke,
kick.
hyl, howl.
et
b?rry.
en klokke,
outcome;
suit.
et spark,
et
en snor,
giant.
^r,
tilsidst
e,
e,
[sst],
at last;
to the
last.
READING.
Her
komme
ruslende
ut paa gaarden
for at
laaver,
253
skjul
og
gik s^vnige
stuer,
og
en stund var
bus og ind
hestene og riverne,
til
om
En
liten
gut
kom
alt liv
og
ut av det ene
hjz^ieste
laave-
springende hen
til
og
ti
forbauselse den
saa
at
stirret
ende
alle gjaeternes
Men
veiret.
bunder
fremmede stemme og
\0p
det
med
Da de
bj^rte
til.
grusomme
like til
til,
byl
og
spark,
bvorav
vandet just
fpJlgen
et sted
nyt,
baekkebrinken
og saaledes
da l^p ban
var at de
254
"Det er ikke sandt."
"Nei, det er det heller ikke."
imorgen
reiser du."
"Nei."
Marit, jeg
"Hjj^r nu,
bare
vil
du s k a 1 reise."
"Du kan ikke l0fte mig
"Ikke? Kan jeg ikke?"
"Nei, for du vil ikke."
bare en
si
Hj2(r
moro
vil
vognen."
jeg
fortaelle
jeg ikke?
mig
gjjzJre
Sier
dti
jeg ikke
tj2<r?
Hvem
skulde
hvem?"
noget,
"Skolemesteren."
"Skole-skole-skolemesteren?
om
ham,
mener du?"
"Ja, det er
ham som
har holdt
When
skolen."
"Skolemesteren?"
"Skolemesteren
Notes.
folkene
1.
!"
the servants.
def. is folket.
2.
i.
e.,
All
on going out of
nedover, verb omitted, commonly so in
3. Gutten
bedstefaren
Other examples in this passage:
rundt
.atter isammen.
(de)
.han efter
midt op i
.
style.
Qyvind
in
spirited
might.
6.
7.
8.
woods.
backbone.
stykker, pieces,
ryg, back,
\0. fiUe, rag, often prefixed to show worthlessness.
9.
255
COMPOSITION.
Write a summary of the story
in lessons
48 and 49.
CONVERSATION.
1.
Fortael
Porta:!
de
fj^rste linjer
dette
kapitel.
2.
de
linjer
fjz(rste
denne
lekse.
3.
4.
5.
Fortsel
6.
Hvad
om
blev
slagsmaalet.
der
sagt
da Marit
m^tte
bedste-
f aren ?
LESSON LX.
VOCABULARY.
en sorg,
en a'ker,
er,
sorrow;
grief.
take care
vated ground.
en nar, narre,
bedr0'velse,
f0de,
c.
g.,
folkesnak,
at banke,
fool.
c.
g-,
sadness.
g.,
I,
at spaa,
to foretell;
III,
fornuf'tig,
to disturb.
to
to provide for.
e, sensible.
ede,
,
forfaer'det,
I,
to thrash.
at forstyr're,
prophesy,
people).
at fors0r'ge,
of.
I,
terri-
fied.
READING.
"H^T
vil
Du
mig^ bare sorg og beJeg er en gammel mand, jeg vil se dig godt
folkesnak som en nar for
fors^rget, jeg vil ikke leve
den saks skyld* jeg. vil bare dit eget bedste du skal
du skal ut av bygden.
gjj^r
drji^velse.
staar
med mig,
ha gaat mor din
du der; hvordan
vilde det
256
hadde ikke jeg vaeret? H0v nu, Marit, vaer vitug^, 1yd
paa" hvad jeg sier; jeg viP bare dit eget bedste."
"Nei, det vil du ikke."
Hvad
"Saa?
"Ha
om
jeg da?"
vil
vil
du; men du
spjzir
ikke
min."
"Du
Du
skulde kanske ha
Jeg skal
H^T
er.
ris^^,
litt
nu, Marit, la
vilje,
dit
du, din
maaseunge P^"
skal
med
det
lille
mange
"Nu
da?"
"Skal jeg
"Ja
si
det?"
visst skal
du
si
det!"
257
"Jeg holder meget paa den kjaerligheten."
Han stod et ^ieblik forfaerdet, husket saa hundrede
Hgnende samtaler og med lignende utfald, rystet paa
hodet, vendte ryggen til og gik.
Han
sig
eglet
ind^'
paa
husmaendene,
jenterne,
livet
til
Den
overfuste
skrjemte naesten
i
akeren;
men
laegge sig, at
-og sang.
Hun
hadde faat en
laa
liten
karmen, saa ut
fin kjaerlighetsvise,
sa
lek tilbage."
ifjor,
3.
258
up quarrels with.
(= tilbake) to rhyme with levedage.
18. picked
19. tilbage
20. at
COMPOSITION.
Write a summary of the story
50 and
in lessons
51.
CONVERSATION.
1.
Fortael
2.
Hvad
om
Marits mor.
det
er
bedstefaren
hvad
after
vil
han
selv sier?
3.
Men
4.
Hvordan
5.
Hvad
hvad
sier
er det
LESSON
LXI.
VOCABULARY.
scene.
en
en perm,
cover of a
book.
en at,
family (including ancestors).
generation.
et
message; meset bud,
et optrin,
ti'tel, tit^ler,
er,
^ter,
aetled,
at slaenge, II, to
at
pi.,
dyrkning,
pleie,
c.
c.
g.,
bryderi', n.
at blade,
I,
cultivation.
care; tending.
g.,
to shut.
I,
at
glaede,
to
I,
please;
to
make happy.
hxnge,
II, to
hang,
grow
(in speak-
vegetation;
ing of
vokse).
likegyldig,
trouble.
to page (through
leaves.
bend,
at gro. Ill, to
glasses.
g.,
at lukke,
at
senger,
bpie
I), to
briller,
throw care-
lessly; to sling.
title.
e,
see
indifferent;
careless.
for'an,
adv.
ahead of;
prep.:
before;
in front of.
READING.
Tolvte kapitel.
Nogen aar
"
259
ende op
til
til,
finder ingen
hjemme,
krak
paa^
"Du
blir
det var
"Ja,
tale
med
Det
dig.
"Da
"Den
er ikke ilde;
men, Ole?"
"Nu paa
er du ofte kommen
det sidste,
forbi per-
saa"^
"Du
vil,
bril-
nu, Ole?"
tilbake
som jeg
"Ja, det var ogsaa laenge slik med mig. Jeg levdo
usams med en god ven og vilde at h a n skulde komme
Da fandt jeg
til mig, og saa laenge var jeg ulykkelig.
paa at gaa til ham, og siden har det vaeret bra."
Ole ser op og tier.
26o
Skolemesteren
med
gaarden, Ole?"
"Hvem
skal ta den
selv."
"Med naboeme
gaat godt."
gjf^r
det ikke."
Ole
tier.
Skolemesteren: "Der er
dig;
men
mange
ting
som
graver
han
ta gaar-
26l
Dette maatte" jeg vite {0t jeg
den?
De
litt
med mig og
Baard, baade
hast,
ut
tier
og
se
mig.
la
men
\0y,
Det har
gaarden."
arbeider
ikke
vi
gaa
de
Hen^*,
ser
Notes.
1. bud paa
bud efter.
takes another "chew" (or quid) of tobacco.
at gi sig tid, to take one's time.
4. at lete frem, to hunt up.
5. saa
this is often added in colloquial style;
,
repetition of what has gone before.
2.
3.
it
worries.
7. You are not able to walk about much, and you
about the new ways of doing things (lit., management).
8. dreier sig om, turns about ; centers on.
9. god i jorden, good soil.
6.
i.
10.
is
equivalent to a
e.,
See
know very
little
78.
11. li,
a gently sloping mountain-side, where leaves and grass cait
often be gathered and used as fodder.
12. stabbur, a building where the food-supplies were stored, built on
low pillars and so constructed that rats or other animals could not get in.
COMPOSITION.
Write a summary of the story
in lessons
52 and 53.
CONVERSATION.
2.
Hvad
Hvor
3.
1.
mesteren ?
iite kapitel?
er det siden?
efter
skole-
262
t
LESSON
LXII.
VOCABULARY.
en gren,
e(r), branch.
en busk,
e(r), bush.
en top,
pe(r), top.
en niste, lunch; lunch-bag or
basket.
en
dal,
et kind
magt,
valley.
e,
[kjinn],
c.
er,
cheek.
power; strength.
g.,
tvang,
c.
c.
sharpness;
g.,
shrillness.
ensomhet,
at savne,
at nikke,
I,
at risle,
I,
at ruUe,
I,
miss
to
I,
shows lack
(here:
of).
to nod.
to pur4; to ripple,
to roll.
at bruse,
II,
to
rush
(as
turbulent stream).
at fylde
restraint.
g.,
skarp'het,
[11],
to
fill.
ke, quick;
kostbar,
expensive; costly,
mun'ter,
merry.
kvik,
lively.
t,
r,
c.
g.,
loneliness.
t,
re,
READING.
Derborte
arbeider
mine
folk
fra
tar
;
de
viser, dette!"
der
fjzJlger
Herpaa
vaeret
meget derborte
f^rt
til
0sti-
bygden;
263
Marken de
pleie.
Ole.
"Fremmede
bart*.
du
ikke
god;
Men
til
mere," sa
uten
tilsyn
og
ban
den
savnet
da
stanste
naesten r^rt.
falder
for
kost-
tro."
Da
like
skarphet
hvis top
end du
let
kan
fj^re!
Drag
ned ad
fjeldets sider!
mere
ren,
h^iere du stiger."
Fyld dit glade bryst og syng,
og smaa barneminder
vil blandt busk og lyng
frem med r^de kinder.
nikke
du faa
at
h^re
faeldte
264
ensomhetens store sang
bruse til dit 0re.
Blot en fjeldbsek risler kvikt,
blot en smaasten ruller,
f0res hit din glemte pligt
med en verdens bulder.
Baev, men bed, du bange sjael,
mellem dine minder!
Gak" saa frem: den bedre del
du paa toppen finder.
Der som f^r gaar Jesus Krist
med Elias, Moses;
ser du dem, skal ganske visst
farten*' evig roses.
Ole ha:dde
"Her
der.
vil
sat sig
jeg tale
med
sine haen-
dig," sa skolemesteren
og
ved siden.
satte sig
Notes.
1. The impersonal det gik (it went) for de gik (they walked).
bemerket, mentioned, commented upon.
is too expensive.
falder for kostbart, comes too high
4. langt om laenge, after some (a long) time; at length.
5. at ta i 0iesyn, to take a view of.
6. I should not like to leave it in this condition.
h0re paa.
7. lye paa
2.
3.
=
=
=
=
=
journey.
COMPOSITION.
Give summary of story
in lessons
54 to
56.
CONVERSATION.
1.
2.
265
LESSON
LXIII.
VOCABULARV.
en tn^Ue,
r,
en hylde [11],
en erin'dring,
mill.
shelf.
r,
er,
memory;
recollection.
sore; wound.
cross; kors,
crosswise,
et gevaer% gun.
bes0k',
et saar,
et
kors,
et tilbud,
offer,
at h0ste,
mel,
n.
(compare:
flour
g.,
vind [nn],
c.
pays to do
at stryke
sno,
biting
c.
g.,
lynild,
c. g.,
c.
gav, git, to
reproduce.
at utbryte,
brutt, to
gjengi,
to
^br0t,
exclaim
(lit.,
to break out)..
I,
to thun-
der.
thunder.
undse'lig [nn],
*, em-
barrassed.
lightning.
at laene, I or II, to lean,
at mangle,
(as: it
str0k str0ket,
at tordne [tome],
g.
pay
this).
gesture.
n. g., grain.
tor'den,
to
I,
do
something with a sweeping
korn,
to reap.
give (again)
wind (sno
sow
to stroke; to sweep, or
at
wind,
g.,
I,
at Icfnne sig,
visit.
(as to
grain).
et
sow
at saa, III, to
I,
to lack; to
blek,
be
r,
ihjel', to death.
lacking.
READING.
Nede paa Pladsen var 0yvind netop kommet hjem
endnu for d^ren, da
0yvind nu hadde god fortjeneste som amtsagronom, bodde han endnu i sit lille
kammer nede paa Pladsen og hjalp til i hver mellemtid.
fra en Isengere^ reise, skydsen var
hesten hvilte.
Skjj^Jnt
til
anden^,
men den
Han hadde
med
var
mor;
jordbruket.
kommet ind
og hadde ogsaa byttet De
til
266
folk
til
Begge maend
f^rst utbrjz(t:
det naesten
jo visst er det
bam !"
"Jo, det er
idet
naa."'
De
stille ute
gangen, moren var krjz^pet
krok bvori melkebylden stod, 0yvind badde
sin yndlingsplads, nemlig ryggen Isenet op til det store
bord og ansigtet mot d^ren, faren sat der ved siden
op
stod laenge
en
den
undselig.
bj2{st."
"Han
"Er
faerdige
"Ikke det;
laget^ sig
267
kjender,
intet
ellers
gjerne
j2(nsker
var
du
din
hjselp,
blir
begjaert,
0yvind,
hvis
veien."
jeg
skal
gj^^re
"Ja,
ute."
"Du
skal
tilbudet,
men
jeg
vil
nok likesom
litt
f^r,
"Det gaar
Saken er at ban
sier:
og erindringen derom
laeg-
Ole rask: "Saaledes er det, ja; jeg for^* galmandsjeg droges saa laenge med jentungen til traeet
fliste sig^'.
Men glemt skal vaere gjemt; vind bryter
kornet ned, men ikke sno; regnbaekken IjzJser ikke stor
faerd,
sten
sneen
mai
liggende
det er ikke
De
du
skal
og
beller
ikke
du,
Tbore."
igjen.
taender,
men
tagger igjen."
mig
tpfr
begynde
med mange
sitter visst
ingen
"
"
268
Nu ser
Ole: "]eg kjendte ikke gutten den gang.
jeg det gror der han saar; hj^st svarer vaar; der sitter
penger i fingerenderne paa ham, og jeg vilde gjerne ha
fat
ham."
0yvind
dem paa
ser paa
faren,
"Den
st^rste
gaard
prestegjeldet
og
"Den
ulykken
godt,
stjz^rste
gaard
prestegjeldet;
men
det
mot pyvind).
du?"
det
netop
er
"Men
"Vilduikke?"
naturligvis."
"Jo,
hun
fl^i
paa vandet."
"Men
om
tilbake
kjj^pet,
269
moren oppe
til
de
Notes.
fra
2.
kroken med
(z(inene
fik taarer.
laenger. the
1.
ende
til
whole (thing).
did the
8.
change (clothes).
siden (traadte) Ole (ind) og
i.
e., slow in his movements.
(changed for the better).
i. e., the weather has turned out alright
9.
at bytte,
5.
6.
7.
to
From
we
to harvest.
mandsfaerd.
at flise sig, to become splintery, as a worn piece of wood, an apt
comparison with his irritability on his former visit.
16. og vel saa det, and more than that; and then some (see 60, S).
15.
COMPOSITION.
Write a summary of the story
in lessons
57 to 60.
CONVERSATION.
Hvordan
1.
er det gaat
2.
om ham?
Fortael om
3.
Hvordan
hj?(rte
langt
Oles f^rste
er det gaat
og
Beskriv Oles
4.
som
5.
til
med 0yvind
siden vi sidst
paa Pladsen.
siden den gang?
besjz(k
med Ole
skolemesterens
bes^
(saa
samtalen).
Gjengi samtalen
med egne
ord.
LESSON LXIV.
VOCABULARY.
candle.
wheel.
et kor, chancel.
en kone, wife.
et lys,
et hjul,
light;
r,
gl0d
[g\fi],
c.
g.,
glow,
at passe,
te,
et, to fit;
match,
at betragte [betrak'te],
look at; to watch.
I,
to
to
270
at st0ie,
I,
to
make
gned gnedet
sedvcui'lig,
usual.
at gni(de)
noise.
at
komme
sig, to
recover.
e,
READING.
Ole meget spaendt: "Hvad mener du om gaarden?"
"Ypperlig jord!"
"Ypperlig jord, ikke sandt?"
"Makel^s buhavn."
"Makel^s buhavn! Det kan gaa?"
"Det skal bli den bedste gaard i amtet!"
"Den bedste gaard i amtet! Tror du det? Mener
du det?"
"Saa sandt jeg
staar her!"
like fort
De
talte
begge
to hjul.
ger."
Moren
stod
og
blinket
til
med overkroppen og
munden
mens han
str^k sine
skolemesteren pliret
knaerne;
vind
oppe, kremtet
talte
st^iet saa
uavladelig
til
sat
hsender
ham,
men
og vugget
ned
Thore
over
hadde
lit
i
litt;
vil si,"
falder
skolemesteren ind.
De
stanser
og
ser
paa Thore.
Denne begynder
en-
271
slik paa
denne
sagfte: "Det har vaeret
har hat en kvern i den sidste tid har det
Disse kverner har altid git
at vi har hat to.
delig ganske
plads
at vi
vaeret slik
en
Moren
stuen
ikke
det
over gulvet
"Du
sang.
glaede
dum
naesten
som
til
faren, slog
ham paa
men
betragtet Thore,
overfor
sat
"Er
og gjorde
sagte,
og gik
videre.
skolemesteren.
"Litt
til."
for
"vi bruker
fort."
Vil
og
du
gait."
"Fort og gait!
kurat!"
"Her
"Du
du
er
fjzflger?
sammen
Kom
andre med;
kveld
kullet;
maa vi sitte
kom med!"
'^
"'
272
De
lovte dette,
avsted op
kjj^rte
til
og
leiefolk gapte
at se
"Er
saa
hj2{it
0yvind og klapper
og
at det klang,
efter.
haen-
om
sig
og
Ij^per ut;
men 0y-
Fjz(rend
at
denne
fem uker
lille
efter blev
kan meldes om
0yvind og Marit viet i sognets
fortaelling ender,
kirke.
Han
nu,
gjorde godt at
haanden og
ren
ham.
hende op
hjz(re
fjz^rt
mot ham
gammel
Og
til
alteret, nikket
mens taarerne
vilde op.
maa-
syntes
da han hadde
git
dans;
det
Marit
skolemeste-
igjen
var brusten
men 0yvind
han
set
nikket
273
1.
skulde hat
skulde ha hat
rooted to the spot as by magic; from
fasttryllet,
charm.
3.
4.
5.
6.
fast,
her,
trylle, to
blushed crimson.
here merely an intensive adverb,
vulgar speech.
Used only
at fli sig, to fix up to dress up.
styrte sangen
ledet sangen.
The klokker assists the pastor; he announces the hymns and leads
sprutende
is
in the singing.
COMPOSITION.
Write a summary of tbe remainder of tbe
story.
APPENDIX
THE ALPHABET.
Both the
I.
Roman and
the
German
characters are
Roman.
A
B
D
E
German.
51
33
Q
R
3)
e
S
^
S
S
^
9^
P
q
91
f
X t
u
V
It
Ww
f)
X
Y
t
i
mm
Mm
N
O
German
Roman.
a
b
c
33
SB
to
g)
i)
ae
3
ce
0(Q)0
Aa (A)
aa
STa QQ
PRONUNCIATION.
CONSONANT GROUPS.
2.
a.
d before s
ds =
ds =
is
either assimilated or
hardened to
ensteds, spids.
b.
t.
ts:
tilfreds,
::
275
c,
In some words d may be pronounced as ^ or as /
gods [goss or gots] trods [tross or trots.]
dt is pronounced as tt: godt, r0dt, f0dt.
3.
4.
gj has the sound of Norse ; ^J0re, gjerne.
As a rule the group gn causes the preceding
5.
vowel to become nasal: agn [angn], vogn [vangn],
ligne [lingne]. Words with the root vowel e followed
by gn vary in pronunciation: regn [rengn or rein], egn
[engn or ein].
:
6.
gs
is
7.
gt
is
9.
Id
10.
is
usually pronounced
//:
fjeld,
skulde, snild,
tuld, falde.
skyldig.
easily
/z/
is
pronounced
//
in
tolv,
tolvte,
in primitive
words
as a
selv,
spiv,
hah.
12.
nd is usually pronounced nn
mand, kvinde, hende, kjende, ind.
rule have d pronounced:
Derivatives
a.
h.
c.
d.
e.
276
f.
derivatives
g.
most
words
in
which nd
is
andre,
followed by r or er
(pi.
of aand [aann]),
[synde], but synd
[synn].
13.
Iccnke.
(paa)f(urde.
jord,
haard,
Baard.
vcerd, Icerd,
skj
15.
gaard,
sonant:
gjcsrde,
is
equivalent to sj
(English sh)
skjcne,
skjcelve.
vt
16.
V may be
tolvte
pronounced as
is
either assimilated or
[tollte
become
voiceless
the
(f)
or tolfte].
STRESS.
The
17.
that classification
ities
is
and rising
will here
a.
inflection.
ly will
irregular-
Then
Both
be spoken of as accent.
syllable.
many
As words are
compound
word:
long compounds,
falls
on the
first
kjendemerke
member
of the
[kjen^nemer'ke].
In
rhythm due
Native
gjennem-, om-,
itid-,
med-, ned-,
und-, ut-.
til-,
opgaa, paagaa(ende)
tilgaa(t), undgaa, utgaa.
If
words thus formed are compounded, the original prefix
,
loses
its
l0ns'paal(Bg'
accent: paalceg
cars'
opgjpr
opgj0r'.
c,
The
man
(German)
foreign
:
when
ver\ forla'te,
The
is
:
forgri'pe,
forlo've.
In
its
other
for^svar, forsva're.
negative prefix
This
uis
is
Before
accented
some other
syllable
accented in nouns:
is
u^brukt, u^straffet.
pre-
equivalent to Ger-
participles:
The
gehaW.
begri'pe, erfa're,
of
adjectives
lig,
the tendency
uro'lig, ulyk'kelig.
This
to
is
is
es-
The
u'taalmodig.
f.
Foreign
words have as a
colloquial speech.
first
begins
is
ir
278
MUSICAL ACCENT.
The
l8.
word may be a
stress in a
rising inflection
by a rising inflection on the unstressed syllable or syl(composite musical accent). The former is in-
lables
cent
('),
Musical accent
C)'
is
the later
in
by
grave
ac-
marked in words spoken inwords receiving emphasis in conUnemphasized words of course lose
and
in the
nected speech.
The musical
stress.
accent
is
also
We
lable,
falls
intervals.
syl-
The
presented here
in
is
the
may
In composite
by
affected
end of a sentence.
musical
accent in terms of musical
speak of
falling inflection at the
that of cultured
speech
accent
eastern
Norway. (Christiania).
Simple musical accent.
I^*^^
Yen vennen Ser du solen ven-ner ven - ner-ne ven-in - der-ne.
while
ven'ner)
{ven'nen).
the
postpositive
article
does
not
syllable with
Simple musical
words of one
syllable.
article singular
accent
belongs
primarily
to
279
lable
b,
in -er
and change
cender, stcender,
strong verbs
krcever.
now
By analogy
other
skriver, griper;
are
which
of
all
is
^All
accent.
syllables.
have
c.
e.
partly assimilated
The
definite
now do
-e,
fjel-
composite accent.
g.
The
accent:
bedre,
mindre,
stprre,
vcerre,
yngre,
ccldre,
h.
in
compounds (i)
28o
the
to verbs
first
gjen.
mot' sigelse)
ARTICLES.
INDEFINITE ARTICLE.
21.
The
indefinite
en,
from which
numeral
It is
article
it
derived
is
from
the
singular;
indefinite
its
pronoun no gen:
mcsnd) som
vil tale
indefinite article
med
Her
dig.
may
er
be
en
It is also
filled
mand
by the
{no gen
common
is,
stances.
The use of
profession
(2)
Han
er IcErer,
denote nationality;
Han
er amerikaner.
(The predicate
28l
in 2
adjectives
in
det
taalte
som en mor.
thought
of,
member
the article
is
omitted
is
when an
thought
is
individual
used.
amerikaner,
etc.
DEFINITE ARTICLE.
22.
According
spoken of as prepositive
and
postpositive.
For
is
con-
definite articles.
is in reality one
to make
Whether one or the other form of the
be used depends generally upon the syn-
a noun definite.
article is to
tactical relation
is
While the
The
article
may
signify that a
noun designates
The
from the
case the
article
may
noun
is
meaning),
in
which
282
c.
The
The
may
article
may
article
Han
a distributive sense:
H est en
er et nyttig dyr.
tjener to dollars
(om) dagen
By
(i.e.,
each day).
come
to be used in
already definite.
article
the
definite
does
not:
is
short).
article.
Postpositive Article.
The
23.
postpositive article
derived
is
from
the
definite
use
suffix.
ticle
In course of time
is
article
naturally
than in
This
article is principally
article
is
very
common
(i)
in
med den
sidste hit
munden; (3)
body:
in re-
Han
in referring to things
about a
given
place:
Heggen
vendte
strffdde
sig,
blomster
tok
paa
283
lived).
With
c.
session:
hatten min;
taket
d.
of which a
common noun
is
a component part:
Telemarken,
dene,
Sprlandet.
0stlandet,
Vestlandet,
article
Sogne-
Heidegaar-
(But
other
England, Tysk-
land, Nordland.)
e.
With
diseases,
in
names of materials
and
guldet, gigten.
livet,
f.
abstract nouns,
when used
With
common noun
H esten
used to
represent
er et nyttig dyr.
the
Ulven er
et rovdyr.
sense:
With a noun used a
om uken.
modified
the
adjectives
by
With nouns
in
g.
distributive
fire
hel, halv,
samme, begge,
gangene,
samme
selv:
stedet,
begge
giittene,
selve
alle
kongen.
gutten dengang.
284
i.
The
postpositive article
is
also
om
tcenker
Hvad
tror
commonly used
article and de-
du nu den
lille
bukken
The
24.
prepositive article
is
in not
that are to be
(except selv,
made
al,
This
article is
it
differs
definite,
begge).
Per.
Brevet
may
the
precede
til
lam.
NOUNS.
GENDER.
25.
From
noun requires
certain
signifies
that the
inflected
forms of the
articles,
adjectives,
Thus mand
and demonstrative pronouns.
and kvinde are said to be common gender nouns, while
barn and menneske are said to be neuter. As many of
the modifying words have a final -n when used with a
common gender noun and -t when used with a neuter
noun, some grammarians prefer to call the former nnouns and the latter f-nouns. The genders of nouns
can best be learned by associating each noun with an
possessive
article,
tion
definite or indefinite.
may
be of some
help.
The following
classifica-
:;
285
Common
Gender.
a.
en
0rn,
flue.
trees
b.
rose.
ek.
c,
sj0,
0,
en
fjord.
d.
solen,
en
stjerne.
minut.
f.
A great many
having
the suffixes -dom, -else, -het, -ing, -sel: barndom, skabelse, kjcerlighet, Icesning, advarsel.
Neuter Gender.
Italien.
h.
spiv.
et a, et b;
letters
c.
et adjektiv, et
ja.
et slag, et
e.
-maal:
frieri,
-dpmme,
The
26.
nominative.
possessive case
If a
286
The
2^.
in
possessive case
is
relations for
English:
a.
Logical subject for the action implied in the
modified word: en IcErers arbeide, a teacher's work, the
work of a teacher
b.
Logical
modified word
(i.
e.,
object
the
for the
action
implied
the
in
pressed by av:
c.
The
the waves.
many
In
28.
instances
a.
til
gutten.
b.
Husets
tak, taket
c.
B ok ens
blad,
d.
paa huset.
bladene
bo ken.
RELATIVE PRONOUNS.
29.
ken,
a.
The
relative
and hvad.
Som
is
The
possessive
the
relative
is
hvil-
hzns.
generally
used.
When
med.
b.
quite
Der
language.
when
is
common
This relative is
used as subject only.
seldom used in spoken
in literature, but
Der
is
som
:
;
287
sentence:
Han
talte
som
(like)
Icert
sproget.
Hvilken
c.
is
inflected
for
number
and
This relative
is
gender:
used with
a predicate as antecedent:
Han
(also
kunst er vanskelig at
after a preposition,
Icere.
har
Icest
As som can
hvilken takes
its
mange
bpker,
not be used
place
when
the
hvilket.
d.
only.
may come
Han
Han
to persons
preposition
er en
er en
infinitive:
Han kan
a predicate complement:
dit.
is
by a relative clause:
Det som er
ret,
Den
bpr ske.
(de)
som
vil,
kan komme;
288
STRONG VERBS.
Strong verbs usually have change of vowel in
and in the perfect participle. In some verbs
31.
past tense
has
lost
its
original vowel
and
weak
a.
On
verbs.
verbs
may
the basis of
First
class
vowel
series a
y)
{(E,
bundet
binde
bandt
briste
brast
brustet
drikke
drak
iinde
fandt
drukket
fundet
hjcelpe
hjalp.
klinge
rinde
klang
randt
rak
skalv
skvat
rakke
skjcelve
skvcette
hjulpet
klinget (weak)
rundet
riikket
skjcelvet
skvcBttet
slippe
slap
sluppet
spinde
springe
spandt
sprang
spundet
sprunget
stikke
stak
stukket
svinge
svang
sang
sank
svunget
traf
trak
truffet
synge
synke
trcEife
trcekke
b.
Second
class:
i,
e,
(weak)
(weak)
siinget
sunket
trukket
<^
(aa)
i,
e,
ce
be{de)
bad
bed(e)t
bcere
bar
baaret
gi(ve)
gav
gi{ve)t
ligge
se
laa
ligget
saa
set
sitte
sat
sittet
stjcele
stjal
stjaalet
u.
vceret
(aa).
29
c.
Third
class
a (aa, e)
(aa,
e,
o).
dra(ge)
drog
dra(ge)t
fare
for
faret
grave
grov
gravet
la(te)
lot
latt
le
lo
ledd (weak)
staa
stod
staat
ta(ge)
tok
ta(ge)t
d.
Fourth
class:
vowel
series
(weak)
e.
bli(ve)
drive
gli(de)
blev
blevet (blit)
drev
gled
drei-et
gni(de)
gned
gripe
grep
gnedet (gnidd)
grepet
lide
led
ledet (lidt)
rive
skrike
skrive
rev
skrek
skrev
revet
skreket
skrevet
gledet (glidd)
(weak)
slite
slet
slitt
stige
steg
trive
trev
steget
trevet
e.
Fifth
class:
vowel
series
y0u
(0).
(weak)
bryte
br0t
brutt
by{de)
bpd
budefltHbudt)
(weak)
flyte
fl0t
flytt
fyke
f0k
f0ket
kl0vet
klyve
kl0V
krype
kr0p
kr0pet
skyte
Skj0t
skutt (weak)
smyge
sm0g
sm0get
stryke
strpk
str0ket
f.
l1
The
same vowel
in all
parts.
falde
faldt
faldt
graate
graat
het (hette)
graat t (grcedt)
hete
hett
290
g.
holdt
holde
holdt
komme
kom
kommet
Ippe
Ipp
Ippet
sove
sov
sovet
The
faa
fik
gaa
gik
gaat
flyve
lyve
flffi
fl0iet
Ui
Ipiet
Some
tense endings.
32.
verbs
bringe
fplge
gj0re
Icegge
rcekke
bragte
hragt
fulgte
fulgt
gjort
gjorde
la(gde)
scelge
rakte
solgte
scEtte
satte
trcB(de)
traadte
lagt
rakt
solgt
sat
traadt
tcelle
talte
talt
vcskke
vakte
vakt
vcelg^
valgte
zmlgt
NORSE-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
A.
aa,
er, c.
aabenbar,
small stream.
g.,
revealed; plain.
r,
aandedrag
aftensbord [af'tensbor],
g., supper (table).
[nn],
n.
g.,
agronom
r, c.
r,
c.
oar.
r,
er,
e(r),
n. g.,
c.
g.,
aatte,
cen-
season
year's
g.,
c.
g.,
owned;
an
hill.
visage.
imperfect
c.
c.
ad'jektiv,
all.
elbow,
g.,
a'len,
quite,
never.
measure of length
ale'^ne, alone.
of
conduct;
g.,
be-
er,
n.
g.,
adjec-
verb.
allerhelst, preferably,
allermindst,
smallest of
of
least
r,
all;
all.
all
(together),
nevertheless,
almin'delig,
usual;
,
e,
almaegtig [almek'ti]
c.
g.,
er, c. g.,
affair.
evening.
e,
almighty.
alt, all; everything; adv., already,
af'ten,
(=
adv.: usually.
tive.
adver'bium,
adverb
intensive
all),
alli'^kevel,
havior.
affae're,
le,
r,
allesam'men,
at.
adfaerd,
g., field,
allerede, already,
ridge;
tense of at eie.
ad,
t,
al'ler,
n. g., face;
g.,
(2 feet),
c.
aldrig,
growth (crop).
aa^syn,
c.
alde'les, entirely;
fireplace.
g.,
aars'vekst,
c.
aas,
a'ker, a^kre,
al,
g.,
aars'tid,
openness;
year.
aarhun^drede,
tury.
breath.
ne, open.
g.,
n. g.,
n. g.,
^ter,
aapenhet, c.
frankness.
aare,
aare,
r,
coast.
aar,
skole,
agricultural school.
ake, II (or akte
aket), to
breath.
aandedraet,
aapen,
t,
'
n.
alter,
alt 'for,
e, n. g.,
too.
altar.
292
altid
arbei'de,
always.
[al'ti],
consequently;
alt'saa,
so;
me,
trious.
alv6r, n.
everything.
all,
e(r),
arm,
sober;
e,
c.
architec-
g.,
ture.
earnest.
g.,
alvor'lig,
indus-
t,
arkitektur',
there.
altsammen,
work.
to
I,
arbeidsom,
al'ting, everything.
art,
c.
g.,
arm.
kind; sort.
er, c. g.,
amts agronom,
after, again.
c.
'
agri-
g.,
anden
c.
devotion.
g.,
annen],
or
[an
sec-
of anden.
angaat
to
regret;
to
I,
be
dread; apprehen-
g.,
sion.
anled'ning,
er, c. g.,
ansaa
ansigt,
an'se
chance;
anset,
an'strenge,
n. g.,
to
II,
to
c.
r,
g.,
an'strengelse,
r,
avis', ^-er,
av'laegge,
c.
c. g.,
g.,
abyss.
paper (news-
lagt, to
la,
g.,
to
ef-
avreise,
c.
departure.
g.,
way.
un-souled.
av'spraette,
to
I,
cut
n.
av'staa, to desist.
exertion.
g.,
responsi-
B.
bility.
an'tyde,
I,
ar^beide,
to apply.
work.
baat,
to indicate.
an'vende [nn],
r,
IT,
n. g.,
put
to quit.
face.
c.
deci-
sion; close.
av'sjaelet,
exert;
av-
to decide.
off.
strain.
ansvar,
av'gj0relse,
avsides,
consider; to esteem.
er,
avbr0t
brutt, to interrupt.
off;
opportunity; occasion.
fort;
av'bryte
paper).
sorry for.
c.
august, August.
avgrund [nn],
late to.
angst,
certificate; tes-
er,
gjort,
angik
infini-
angre,
anderledes, otherwise.
andet [ant or annet], n. g.
of
timonial.
ond; other.
an'gaa
(sign
to
[aa],
tive).
attest',
andagt,
at
er, c. g.,
boat.
(rip)
393
baats'mand
boat-
nn],
[ss
swain.
bedr0'velse,
c.
r,
bak, behind,
bake,
bedstefa(de)r,
bak
'
to bake,
II,
bakhodet,
back part ot
n. g.,
r,
c.
baklomme,
hill,
g.,
hip-pocket,
r,
c.
g.,
secret
clear a way.
et),
r,
c.
g.,
bange, afraid.
banke, I, to thrash; to pound,
r,
bas,
c.
bassin
g.,
e,
n.
^r,
g.,
bebo elseshus,
'
n.
n.
g.,
c.
be-
g.,
n. g., desire.
[11]
holdt, to keep.
'
ve,
to need.
beklem'me,
.c, known.
II, to
oppress.
me,
bekvem',
t,
convenient.
bekyrn're [bekjym're],
com-
fortable;
pray;
to ask.
I,
to
trouble; to be concerned.
n.
g.,
deception;
swindle.
I,
to
grieve;
belei're,
I,
bemer'ke,
mark.
bedr0've,
sadden.
r,
dwelling house.
be(de) bad bedt, to
bedrag',
begjaer',
bekjendt',
er,
begyn'delse,
ginning.
beh0
bass (voice),
reservoir.
g.,
understand; to comprehend,
[bejyn'ne], II, to
begynde
keeping.
child-like,
[bassaeng'],
popula-
ede, gifted.
begri'pe, grep, grepet, to
beholde
childhood memory,
barnslig,
g.,
beha'ge, I, to please.
behold [behol'], n. g., safety;
c.
bega'vet,
t,
begge, both.
behag*,
bare,
bameminde
command.
to
II,
begin.
way; path;
track.
bar,
tion.
to
bane,
befolk'ning,
c(r),
bedsteforaeldre, grandparents.
befa'le,
baklaengs, backward,
bak 'over, backward,
bakvei,
grand-
g.,
bcdstemo(de)r,
m0dre,
g., grandmother.
the head,
c.
father.
afterward,
cf ter,
bakke,
grief;
g.,
affliction.
to
ben,
ben,
r,
n.
to besiege.
I,
to notice; to re-
g.,
straight.
294
beregne
rei'ne],
to fig-
I,
n.
moun-
cliff;
g.,
nify.
bety'delig,
berge, I, to save.
bergkant,
er, c.
betaenke
edge
a
ber0mt', e, famous.
besid'de, sad,
of
g.,
to
siddet,
tect.
possession.
skrevet,
skrev,
to describe.
r,
c.
de-
g.,
scription.
II,
to
beslutning,
er,
c.
deci-
g.,
bestemt',
con-
definite.
e,
bibliotek',
e,
c.
g.,
bible.
g.,
c. g.,
birkehei,
mana-
n.
picture.
g.,
volume.
bandt bunn.
bind;
to
det,
Biblical
r,
g.,
to
tie.
birch.
c(r),
c.
g.,
ger.
bes0k',
bes0k'e,
bit,
betaling,
pay.
bi'tid,
accent; to em-
bjelke,
beto'ne,
g.,
II, to
betrag'te [kt],
at.
n.
I,
to view; to
to coerce;
^tvang,
tvunget,
sig,
or control oneself.
g.,
sub-
to
calm
bite.
g.,
c.
r,
log.
g.,
r,
c.
g.,
log
house.
bjergpraeken,
c.
secondary tense.
bjelkestue,
phasize.
betving'e,
er,
ordinate clause.
II, to visit.
c.
bi'saetning,
n. g., visit.
look
move-
g.,
r,
bind [nn],
binde [nn]
birk,
c.
c.
bibelhistorie,
always;
r,
ler,
billede,
stantly.
history.
move.
to
I,
sion; resolve.
bestan'dig,
(with
to decide, to re-
I,
solve.
bevae'ge,
bi'bel,
to protect.
I,
proof.
g.,
covered
bevok'set,
bevae'gelse,
[ sjylle],
beskyl'de
n.
beskri'velse,
to admire.
I,
bevis',
possess.
beskri've,
e,
c, g.,
sig-
beun'dre,
cliff.
besid'delse,
to
considtaeng'ke], to
,
erable.
tain.
mean;
bety', III, to
c.
g..
on the Mount.
blaa,
t,
blue.
Sermon
295
bluish
blaaternet,
e, bluecheckered.
blad [bla],
blaasort,
e,
black.
leaf.
blade,
page;
to
I,
turn
to
over leaves.
blande [nn], I, to mix.
blank,
blek,
sot,
blendende, dazzling.
bli
blev ^blit, to become; to
remain.
blik,
mild; gentle.
[bli], r,
n. g.,
blind [nn],
look; glance.
blind.
r,
men;
lit.,
blind
illusions.
to gleam; to wink.
blod [bio], n. g., blood.
'er, c. g., flower.
blomst,
I,
blot, only.
bluse,
blazing; (a
bly'vindu,
er, n. g.,
window
into.
I,
to
lit,
promise away.
aWay
-f over,
good; worthy.
crash; rumble.
brat, te, steep.
brev,
glasses.
bringe bragte bragt, to
bring.
briste brast brustet, to
burst; to break.
bro,
bridge.
bra,
brake,
I,
briller
n.
letter.
g.,
(pi.),
c. g.,
broth-
er.
ede,
broget,
motley;
many-colored.
brudefolk,
g.,
bruk,
brake,
of lead-glass.
black [blek], n.
r,
servants'
n.
bridal
g.,
couple.
cil.
bl0t,
over
bort'love,
bro(de)r, br0dre,
blouse.
g.,
made
after-
g.,
er, c. g.,
r, c.
blussende,
c.
r,
blindmaend [nn-nn],
blinke,
dinner speech.
borgestue,
bordtale,
bort 'over,
sickness; anemia.
blid
bort'i,
pale
blek,
dwelling;
g.,
bort, away.
pale.
bleksot,
c.
hall.
bright.
r,
r,
er,
house.
r, c. g.,
among.
blandt,
bolig,
c.
g.,
brunsort,
ink.
use.
II, to use.
,
e,
brownish
black.
soft.
bok, ^er,
brusten,
c.
g.,
book.
case.
bokstav,
bokskap,
er,
n.
g.,
book-
the alphabet).
ne,
^t,
broken;
cracked.
bry. III, to bother.
290
bryderi, n.
ble.
to brew.
I,
c.
r,
g.,
bryte
n.
g.,
br0t
wedding.
eye-
n. g.,
breast.
brutt,
to
c.
[also
n.
er,
br0],
n.
g.,
g.,
g.,
c.
er,
c.
g.,
curve.
bu'havn,
c,
[nn],
g.,
parish,
e(r),
g.,
n.
r,
bytte,
burden,
g.,
to
I,
jump,
g.
c.
trade,
bot-
baek,
ke(r), c.
baekkebrink, c.
g.,
g.,
brook,
the brink
of a stream (brook).
e(r),
bench,
berry.
baere bar baaret, to
bear; to carry; sig ad,
baenk,
basr,
c.
n.
g.,
g.,
baevre,
quake.
to
I,
to quiver.
I,
b0ide b0id (
capable of being
b0ining,
b0lge,
billow;
wave.
b0n, net,
prayer; enb0ie
bukser, trousers.
bul'der, n.
I
g.,
(pres.
rumble,
b0r), ought.
e(r),
bush.
e, bushy.
bust(e),
but,
stubby; adv.,
snappish.
butik', ker,
store;
shop.
by,
town.
busk,
c.
g.,
(e)r,
c.
g.,
te,
c.
er, c. g.,
et),
to bend; to inflect.
b0ielig
,
e, b e n d a b
e;
inflected.
79.
busket,
ex-
to
change.
baeve,
c.
to behave,
pasture.
tom.
burde,
the
g.,
district or
hygge, I, to build,
bygning,
er, c. g., building,
by'kake,
c. g.,
(sweet)
r,
byrde,
command,
See
c(r),
highway of the
byks,
glacier,
g.,
bund
to
cake,
c.
bud,
budt,
neighborhood.
trict;
break,
brae, ^-er,
br0d
b0d
pier,
g.,
bryn [brynn],
brow.
by(de),
offer; to invite,
^me, trouble-
t,
bryllup, ^-cr, n.
bryst,
trou-
brydsom,
some.
brygge,
brygge,
bother;
g.,
hair,
r,
c.
g.,
c.
g.,
treaty.
b0rste,
b0rste,
I,
b0nlig,
r,
c.
e,
g.,
pleading.
brush.
to brush.
g,,
C.
cellulo^se,
c.
g.,
cellulose.
297
therein;
der'i,
D.
when.
daap,
c.
baptism,
g.,
poor; bad.
day.
loafer.
dagdriver,
dale; valley.
c,
valley.
dalf0re,
lady.
dame,
daarlig,
dag,
e,
c.
e,
g.,
c.
c,
dal,
c.
n.
r,
c.
r,
danne,
g.,
g.,
form;
to
I,
g.,
g.,
educate,
refine.
c.
culture.
g.,
ede, cultured.
dance.
dannet,
er, c.
g.,
danse,
II,
datter,
d0t're,
to dance.
c.
der'imot, against
the contrary.
derinde
der'med
(that).
on
that;
in
in'^ne],
there.
therewith;
[-mae],
with that.
next place.
der'naest, in the
up
derop'^pe,
there.
(place);
that
to
der'til,
der'som,
the case.
in
if;
der'steds
there;
[stes],
at
that place.
des
daugh-
g.,
des, the
the.
dessert [dessaer'],
c.
g.,
des-
sert.
ter.
granddaughter.
de [di], 3rd pers. pi., they;
dem. pro. pi., those; pre-
datterdatter,
pos. art.
the.
pi.,
formal
g.,
part.
dem, objective of
de.
pos. art.,
denne
c.
c.
g.,
adv.,
der,
the.
g.,
there;
who, which,
g., it;
c.
that; pre-
(dette, disse),
[dae,
sing.,
over
3d pers.
dem. pro.,
n],
11,
3,
n.
it;
g.,
pre-pos.
art., n.
the.
digte,
compose.
to
I,
rel.
pro.,
that.
there;
yon-
der,
I,
c.
g.,
er,
c.
g.
(voice).
dit, n.
this.
sorry to say.
din
dem.
am
beautiful.
e,
e, c.
n. g., that;
desvaer're, unfortunately;
g.,
decem'ber, December.
deilig,
des'uten, besides.
det
in
address.
deb'et, debit.
del,
that.
sides.
dannelse,
dans,
in
from there
der'ifra,
dit,
g.
of din.
thither.
dom'kirke,
d6mnier,
dol'lar,
doven
lazy.
s,
c.
c.
e,
g.,
g.,
c.
[dSven],
still.
dollar.
cathedral.
g.,
judge.
^t,
^ne,
298
draape,
c.
r,
feather-bed.
deep.
animal.
dyne,
drop.
g.,
^r,
dra'ma,
er, c. g., drama.
drog
draget,
dra(ge)
to draw; to go.
dyp,
dreie,
dyrkbar, r, tillable.
dyrke, I, to cultivate,
dyrkning, c. g., cultivation.
to turn.
I,
agement;
way
r,
c.
g.,
of
man-
(farm-
drak drukket,
drink.
drive drey drevet,
drikke
me(r),
dream.
dr0mte dr0mt,
c.
to cover.
d0d,
to drip.
I,
II,
to
d0d
dryppe,
or
daemme, I, to dam.
d0de
(d0dt), to
60
motive power.
c. g.,
g.,
dear; high-priced.
to
drive.
drivkraft,
n.
r,
daekke,
ing).
dr0m,
dyr,
dyr,
r,
c.
[d0],
dead.
r,
d08ig,
d0r,
die.
death.
g.,
door.
e(r),
c.
g.,
c,
drowsy.
g.,
dr0mme
E.
to dream.
due. III, to be
duer
good.
det
to be able;
fit;
ikke,
it
no
is
I,
duge,
I,
see due.
dugelig,
able;
e,
capa-
ble.
e(r),
cloth.
dukke,
duk,
^r,
dukkespil,
c. g.,
cloth; table-
n.
doll-
g.,
game.
n. g.;
eg^ne,
pi.,
egenskap,
erty;
egentlig,
egg,
egg.
not.
eide eid
n.
c.
g.,
g.,
proper
prop-
e, real.
n.
g.,
ei,
dulgt, hidden,
me,
dum [domm],
t,
stu-
eie
(^-et), to
own.
pid.
dundre,
I,
dun'kel,
make
to
t,
racket.
^le,
dark;
dim.
dure, II, to rumble.
dusk,
own.
egennavn,
name.
little.
quality.
doll.
g.,
by
little
eftersom, as.
e'gen, c. g.; eget,
er,
c.
to.
efterhaan'den, gradually.
efterhvert',
dufte,
next
efterat, after,
dygtig,
e(r), c.
plenty.
e,
gT
eieform,
c.
able; capable;
genitive case.
c.
t,
tassel.
g.,
me,
property; possession.
loathsome,
ek'kel,
ekorn, squirrel.
eksa'men,
exameiendom,
g.,
^le,
er,
ination.
c.
g.,
299
eksamine're,
examine;
II, to
eksem'pel,
ple.
elev',
ler, n. g.,
exam-
er,
c.
elske,
I,
love.
elv,
e(r), river.
to
emne,
experi-
g.,
n.
r,
er,
c.
g.,
recol-
remembrance.
nourish;
to
II,
to
feed; to support.
etage [eta'sje],
er,
c.
g.,
story; floor.
subject.
g.,
et, n.
g.;
remember.
to
I,
emae're,
otherwise.
indefinite
g.;
eventyr,
n.
fairy-tale;
g.,
story in folk-lore.
article.
en,
erin'dre,
lection;
pupil.
g.,
ellers, else;
c.
er, c.
erin'dring,
en,
erfa'ring,
ence.
to quiz.
(numeral)
evig,
eternal.
e,
one.
en
pronoun), one;
(indefinite
F.
they, people.
than; om,
naar, but when
end [enn],
what if:
faa,
faa
fik
faat [faatt], to
get.
(if).
ende [nn],
c.
r,
end.
g.,
ker,
fa(de)r,
c.
fag,
endelig, finally.
endnu [ennu],
fabrik',
yet;
falde
still.
g.,
faldt
[11]
falsk,
eneste, only
fami'lie,
fang, n.
g.,
fange,
to catch.
(one).
upon
a time.
eng'elsk, English.
simple;
single;
ental, singular
number.
.eller, either.
ter negative
eple,
erende,
r, c. g.,
whether...
^r,
c.
g.,
entry.
apple.
n. g.,
I,
errand.
r,
c.
g.,
family.
armful.
lap;
nothing.
fare,
r,
fark,
er, c.
farlig,
fart,
c.
c.
g.,
g.,
e,
g.,
danger.
a good-for-
dangerous.
speed.
boat; vesfarve,
color.
farvel', goodby.
firm;
try
ede,
fart0i,
.or; af-
or.
entre [angtre'],
false.
r,
(pi.), some.
ensom,
^me, lonely.
t,
ensomhet, c. g., loneliness.
enten.
faldt, to
fall.
factory.
subject of study.
n. g.,
c.
father.
g.,
er, n. g.,
sel.
r,
fast,
fast'
llet,
charmed.
c.
g.,
solid.
e,
300
fSt,
fat,
Det
Things
med
er gait fat
understand;
to
I,
to
catch; to comprehend.
fattig,
c.
g.,
fattigddm,
c.
g.,
favn,
c.
favne,
embrace; lap.
to embrace.
g.,
I,
fj0re =
fjaer,
fj0s,
fjaere.
n.
r,
flink,
c.
mistake;
g.,
error;
or
II
feld
to err.
I,
e, bed-cover made
[11],
of skins; a robe.
fele,
c.
r,
dollar
ke(r),
party.
to
c.
g.,
five-
r,
g.,
er,
c.
vacation.
figure;
g.,
fandt fundet,
finde [nn]
to find.
fin'ger,
flue,
r,
c.
''re,
c.
g.,
finger.
fl0t
flyve
move;
fl0te,
c.
folde
[11],
fl0i
fish.
g.,
c.
g.,
fisherman.
mountain;
mountain
mounmountain path;
tain plain; vidde, mounplateau; vand,
luft,
air;
sti,
slette,
tain
mountain
fjern,
r,
to remove.
fl0iet,
to
fly.
to fold.
I,
folkeoplysning,
c.
en-
g.,
n.
[11],
to flow;
cream.
g.,
fonn, ^-er,
c.
e,
shun.
flytt,
to float.
firskaaren, square-built.
fisker,
fly.
flee;
fisk,
e,
crowd;
g.,
talk; ru-
g.,
mor; gossip.
ar dog).
c.
g.,
III,
flytte, I, to
c.
shape.
fjeld
diligent.
e,
flyte
bill.
figur',
fe'rie,
r,
diligence.
smart; able.
r,
flittig,
fly.
fiddle.
g.,
fem'dalerseddel,
fn,
plain.
g.,
flok,
fault.
feile,
c.
flid, c. g.,
feil,
cow-barn.
g.,
to flap (wings).
I,
fegtc [fekte],
to fence.
g.,
beach; strand.
e.g.,
r,
februar, February.
I,
c.
feather.
e, c. g.,
fjaere,
flate,
alms-box.
poverty.
e(r),
[fjor],
flakse,
^-c, poor.
fattigblok,
fjord
lake.
distant.
c.
See
See
snowdrift.
g.,
56.
56,
7.
foran'dre,
I,
to change.
forbe'dre,
I,
forbe'dring,
provement.
to improve.
er,
c.
g.,
im-
301
forholdsvis
for 'ben, n.
g.,
fore-leg.
for'berede,
II,
to prepare.
over with.
bandt
forbin'de [nn],
bundet, to connect; to
combine.
budt, to
b0d,
forby'(dc),
forbi', past;
forbid.
forbau'se, I, to surprise.
fordi', because.
fordob'le,
fordob'ling, ^-cr,
ling.
foredrag,
c. g.,
forklae(de),
doub-
has
taken place.
er,
c.
g.,
course
of
lec-
in-
struction).
present;
the
for
meanwhile.
fore'ne
forente
forenet,
to unite.
forla'telse,
er,
c.
con-
g.,
troth;
compose; to
to
I,
ne, heedless.
t,
to refresh.
I,
forfaeng'elighet,
c.
g.,
vanity.
ede,
dreadforfaer'delig,
forfaer'dct,
terri-
fied.
e,
I,
sig,
forgjae'ves, in vain.
e,
red from
to
be-
become
engaged.
engagec.
g.,
ment.
form,
er, c. g., form; shape;
(gram.) voice, case.
forlo'velse,
formiddag, forenoon.
formaa', III, to be able (to
do).
c.
reason; sense.
g.,
fornuftig,
sensible.
e,
to please; to de-
I,
light; to gratify.
forsa'gelse,
orsam
ness.
^r,
c.
g.,
renun-
ciation.
.f
'
ling,
er, c. g.,
gath-
ering.
to sea'
e, carefulcautious.
different
forskjel'lig,
forsegle
sei'le],
forsig'tig,
ful.
weeping.
forgiveness;
c. g.,
forret'ning,
write (a story).
forgraedt',
to for-
latt,
la've],
to
forn0i'e,
cept; idea.
to imagine.
I,
forestilling,
forfrisk'e,
apron.
n. g.,
r,
lot,
fornuft',
forestiUe sig,
forfl0i'en,
forlove
kom, kom
forekomme,
forfat'te,
ex-
g.,
give; to leave.
which
that
forel0big,
c.
forkom'men,
t,
ne, overcome; exhausted.
forlan'ge, II, to demand.
forla'te,
n. g., lecture.
(in
er,
planation.
ture
forkla'ring,
pardon.
forefaldne,
to double.
I,
ccmparative-
[11],
ly.
forskraek'ke,
I,
I,
e,
to scare.
302
[-sjylf], deserved;
forskyldt
merited.
forstaa',
staat
stod
[sto],
forael'dre, parents.
g.,
under-
ffiss,
for0'ke,
c.
fosse,
standing.
forstand'
intellect;
[nn],
understanding.
sense;
forstyr're,
ede,
,
de-
ranged; crazy.
forsy'ne,
supply; pro-
II, to
ter, n.
g.,
purpose;
determination.
II, to
fors0r'ge,
c.
r,
sole of a
g.,
foot.
from.
itakke,
r, c.
coat; over-
g.,
fransk, French.
freidighet,
dauntless.
e,
c.
dauntless-
g.,
ness.
frelse, II, to save.
fast.
past tense.
frelse,
c.
salvation.
g.,
fremde'les,
fortje'neste,
c.
that which
g.,
earned or deserved.
fortol'ke,
I,
fortolk'ning,
to interpret.
er,
c.
g.,
to narrate.
forun'derlig,
fortael'le,
talte,
talt,
fremtid,
to
the
e,
frier,
wonder; to
I,
to
marvel.
forun'dre,
I,
to surprise;
e,
wonder; to marvel.
c.
g.,
foru^ten, without.
surprise;
frisk,
c.
r,
g.,
that
aim (for
toward
g.,
wooer.
courtship.
g.,
freedom.
well.
friste, I, to
fristelse,
n.
strives.
c.
frieri, n. g.,
fri'het,
future.
g.,
future)
free.
queer;
fonin'dre,
wonder.
c.
fri, r,
strange.
forun'dring,
which one
still.
fremtidsmaal,
tell;
fremmed,
e, strange.
frem 'over, forward.
fremskridt, progress.
in-
terpretation.
sig, to
foot.
g.,
freidig,
try.
to provide for;
I,
to care for.
is
fall.
for'tid,
water
g.,
coat.
vide.
fors0'ke,
fot, ''ter, c.
fra,
disturb.
forstyr'ret,
II, to increase.
c.
to flow in torrents.
I,
fotsaale,
to interrupt; to
I,
or
c(r),
cause.
II, to
[11],
under-
stand.
fort,
vance.
forvol'de
to
[staatt],
forstaa 'else,
forsxt,
tempt; to try.
c.
g., tempta-
r,
tion.
fri'stimd
[nn],
er,
c.
g.,
303
moment;
spare
which one
frd'kdst,
frugt,
c.
c.
frygt,
bird.
e(r),
fugl
fuld
perfuldkommen,
fuldvoksen,
grown.
furet, e, furrowed.
(tree); gren,
furu,
branch.
futu'rum, future tense;
eksaktum, future perfect.
fyke f0k f^ket, to
frygtelig,
e, fearful.
[ful],
c.
[11],
g.,
full.
r,
accompanying,
f0r, before.
to fear.
I,
to
fulgt,
following.
fruit.
g.,
fulgte
f0lgeskap,
breakfast.
g.,
f0lge
follow; to accompany.
g., fear.
c.
frygte,
time
free.
is
^ne,
t,
[nn], before.
f0r'end,
f0rlig,
corpulent.
e,
fect.
full-
^ne,
^t,
g., fir
c.
fly.
fylde, II, to
fyr,
light.
fill.
n.
light-
g.,
house.
fysik',
fae,
c.
drop;
to
down (trees).
common;
faelles,
mon
to
cut
kj0n, com-
gender.
faerdig,
e,
faa.
faet'ter,
c.
e,
cousin
g.,
(man).
f0de,
c.
f0dt, born.
f0le, II, to feel.
fjzilelse,
f0lge
[11],
r,
g.,
build-
ing.
gaardgut,
a gaard.
gaard.
gaards'bestyrer,
c.
c.
one
g.,
a gaard.
g.,
feeling.
^r.c. g.,
company;
crowd; consequence.
the
day of yesterday.
gaards'gut,
ter, c. g.,
hired
man.
gaffel,
gaf'ler,
c.
c.
g.,
goose.
g.,
table-
fork.
gal,
r,
gang,
g.,
Norway);
(in
gamling,
to fasten.
I,
c.
farm
ready; expert.
comp. of
faer're,
til,
gaars'dagen, yesterday;
beast.
II,
go;
who manages
physics.
g.,
n. g.,
faelde,
gaa
fyr'taam,
G.
e(r),
c. g.,
time; walk;
corridor.
curtain.
garn,
n. g.,
yarn; net.
304
gate,
general,
er, c. g.,
ge'nitiv, genitive.
ge'nus, voice.
gestikule're, II, to gesture,
gav
gi
gift,
married.
glitre,
to ring; to resound
I,
(as of a
gjemme
glubsk,
gljrtte,
e,
g.,
c.
restoraobject;
g.,
thing.
tok,
g.,
gladden;
to
I,
to
er,
c.
g.,
glow;
(pi.)
embers.
I,
glytte.
gnage, I, to gnaw.
gned
gni(de)
gnedet,
tat, to re-
gnistre,
I,
to sparkle; to shoot
fire.
rather.
gladly;
gjerne,
60, 3-
er, c.
er, c.
gjest,
See
g.,
g.,
act.
guest.
to herd.
II,
gjaeter,
e,
gnaeldre,
god
gjerning,
gjaete,
c.
r,
to rub.
peat.
gjet,
e,
gl0tte,
gjen'ta,
ferocious,
to peek,
gladness;
I,
joy.
gl0d,
restore.
gjenstand,
glitter.
cheer; to please.
gjennem, through,
c.
to
I,
glaede,
reproduce.
tion.
glit-
glaede,
to hide.
gjen'reisning,
glimmer; to
to
I,
ter,
marry,
gifte, I, to
gjalde,
glimre,
git, to give,
e,
slip-
te,
pery,
glide,
gun.
cr, n. g.,
gevaer',
smooth;
glemme glemte glemt,
to forget.
gli(de) gled gledet, to
glat,
street.
^r,
general',
c.
g.,
to whine.
I,
good.
god'het, c. g., goodness;
kindness.
goddag [godag'], a word of
[go],
r,
greeting.
godsnakke,
herdsman.
I,
to speak gently;
to reason; to coax,
gj0re
gj0re plads,
glad,
glad
e,
glad; happy.
fond
i,
make room.
of.
glans,
c.
g.,
splendor; lustre.
n. g., glass;
graa,
tumbler.
c,
t,
c.
glas,
Gothic,
gray.
graaben,
wolf;
nende, wolf-like.
graate graat g a a
go'tisk,
lig-
g.,
(graedt), to cry.
305
grad,
adj.
gran,
and
c.
spruce (tree).
grand
[nn],
n.
a
gravet, to
de, to get
particle; litet
grave
(small)
g.,
little.
grov
dig.
greie sig,
d,
along.
e(r),
gren,
branch.
grep grepet, to
grasp; to clutch; to grab.
hog.
c.
er, c.
gulv,
gut,
hearth; fire-
g.,
c.
^r,
gruesten,
e,
c.
hearth-
g.,
grund [nn],e,
e.g.,
reason;
cause;
n.
graense,
cruel;
r,
c.
graes [gres], n.
g.,
limit;
r,
g.,
grass.
luxuriant.
grsesk, Greek.
ne,
t,
gr0nsvaer,
green.
n. g.,
lawn; green-
c.
[nn], ^er,
haar,
g.,
n.
g.,
I,
,
gudin^de,
g.,
hand.
hard.
hardy.
r,
n.
r,
r,
hair.
r,
shot.
g.,
c.
g.,
chin.
c.
g.,
tail.
er, c.
e(r),
g.,
c.
a dance.
g.,
nee
halsbind [nn],
k;
neck-
n. g.,
halst0rklaede,
n.
neck-
g.,
(hand)kerchief.
halv [hall], r, half.
halvdel
[haldel],
-e,
c.
g,
(part).
halvh0it,
half-aloud;
half-
whisper.
halvkvalt, half-smothered.
ham, him.
Gud, God.
er,
c.
hope.
to hope.
n.
haardf0r,
hake,
hat, to have.
g.,
sward.
hadde
haalke,
half
gr0nsakcr, vegetables.
gud,
ha
tie.
boundary.
grsesrik,
boy's
r, c. g.,
th roat.
^me,
^t,
awful.
boy.
g.,
H.
hailing,
grusom,
to ponder.
rubbish; gravel;
g.,
ruin.
gr0n,
c.
soil.
I,
car-
g.,
voice.
hale,
grunde [nn],
c.
n. g., floor.
ter,
guttestemme,
hagl,
stone.
gold.
g.,
r0tter,
haard [haar],
place.
grus,
haap,
haape,
coarse.
r,
divine
g.,
rot.
haand
g.,
g.,
grov [gray],
n.
[11],
gulerot,
gripe
gris,
c.
service.
guld
adv.).
g.,
guds'tjeneste,
c.
r,
g.,
c.
god.
g.,
goddess.
han, he.
hane,
r,
c.
g.,
rooster.
3o6
han'del,
c.
trade;
g.,
busi-
mer-
hende [nn],
ness.
on.
han'delsflaate,
c.
g.,
chant marine.
handle,
to trade; to act.
I,
of.
act; achanske,
glove.
harme,
wrath; anger.
harpe,
harp.
hast,
hurry.
hat,
hat.
haug, e(r),
hauke,
to shout; to
hav,
ocean.
have,
garden.
havn, e(r),
harbor.
havre,
oats.
hefte,
to attach; blikket, to
one's gaze.
heftig,
violent; imhandling,
cr, c. g.,
tion.
c.
g.,
hensyn,
g.,
g.,
g.,
c.
g., hill.
call.
I,
n.
r,
g.,
c.
g.,
c.
c.
ness.
henrivende,
fascinating.
hensigt, ^-cr, c. g., purpose.
ter, c.
hente,
e,
hel,
kind of cherry.
g.,
to refer.
herlig,
e,
glorious.
her'paa, on (to)
this.
herre,
gentleman;
r,
c.
g.,
master; (hr.
hest,
het,
hete
e(r),
r,
c.
Mr.).
horse.
g.,
hot.
het(te) hett, to
be
called.
whole.
r,
II,
petuous.
c.
regard; con-
n. g.,
her, here.
g.,
to fetch.
I,
hen 'vise,
g.,
fix
sideration.
I,
hegg,
r, c. g.,
r, c.
c.
hen'gi (sig),
gav, git, to
devote oneself (to).
hengi'venhet, c. g., devoted-
helde
heldig,
c.
helle,
e,
heldning,
helg,
to lean.
II,
[11],
c.
g.,
r,
g.,
fortunate.
leaning.
festive time.
c.
g.,
stone;
flat
slab.
rather;
heller,
neither.
tive)
heller
nega-
(after
c.
g.,
than.
holiness;
yon.
each
hindre,
I,
to hindre.
hindring,
^-er,
c.
g.,
hin-
drance.
sanctity.
helse, c. g., health.
hemmelig,
^,
,
hemmelighet,
er,
cret.
that,
'
other.
end, rather
hellighet,
heaven.
hin (hint, hine),
hinanden [hinan
hist,
secret.
c.
g.,
se-
yonder.
histo'rie,
^r,
story; history.
hit, hither.
307
hivde hivd
hjem [jem],
hive
(^<t),
n. g.,
home.
hjemme, at home.
hjem' over, homeward.
hjaelpe
to help.
hj0me,
hode,
hjerte,
r, n.
hjul,
hjaelp,
c.
hjulpet,
hodetullen,
out
crazy;
of
[11]
c.
^r,
g.,
holdt,
to hold.
hver,
carriage (as
hop,
hop,
r, c. g.,
c.
g.,
e(r),
n.
hoppe,
c.
I,
small island.
jump.
jump.
main
build-
staeder,
n.
g.,
c.
hueskjerm,
visor.
hvis,
c.
g.,
hvit,
in
if;
r,
I,
skin; hide.
g.,
hvitne,
c.
g.,
case; whose.
white.
e,
white-
haired.
cap.
^(r),
hvilke),
to whisper.
hvithaaret,
g.,
r,
wheat.
rest.
hviske,
capital.
g.,
g.,
c,
c.
hvilken
(hvilket,
which,
principal parish.
hue,
t, each; every.
hverandre, one another.
hvergarn, home-spun yarn.
hvile,
'
c.
g.,
sharp.
r,
hvete,
hud,
c.
erybody.
at.
ing.
hovedstad,
whale.
g.,
hovedbygning,
c.
e(r),
hverdagslag, in reference to
every-day affairs.
hverken, neither.
honey.
g., crowd.
g.,
to
e(r),
of a person).
whelp;
puppy.
hvalpunge, young whelp.
holdning,
holme,
honning,
[va], what.
hvalp,
hvas,
g.,
4,
n. g., house.
huske, I, to remember.
hustru,
er, c. g., wife.
hval,
hip.
holdt
to sob.
I,
hvad
one's head.
holde
n. g.,
hund [nn],
e(r), c. g., dog.
husmand, see Lesson 38,
hus,
head.
n. g.,
^dre,hole.
note
r,
hugget, to
lore.
n. g., corner.
r,
hSfte,
hulke,
hjalp
hiig
wheel.
help.
g.,
hul,
hul'der,
heart.
g.,
n. g.,
hugge
chop; to cut.
to throw; to fling.
cap-
I,
to turn white.
how.
3o8
hvor'av, whereof; of what.
hvor'dan, how.
hvor'fra, from what; whence,
hvor'for, why.
hvor'ledcs, how.
hvor'med, wherewith,
hvor'om, about which,
hvor'til, to which; to what,
hvor'ved, whereby,
hvaelv,
hvaelve,
vault;
n. g.,
I,
to vault;
n.
g.,
dome,
cap-
to
size,
hyl,
howl.
[11],
c.
r,
hush.
hysse, I, to hu:h.
fist),
h0i,
to
I,
raise.
g.,
h0ide,
r,
h0imesse,
idag', today.
idet [id.-e'], just as.
c.
height.
g.,
c.
r,
to put
I,
on
(ar-
ticles of dress).
(side etc.).
^-cr,
c.
festival;
g.,
holiday.
komme
at
g.,
r,
re-
evening.
r,
n.
haying season.
c.
hay-cock.
g.,
c.
g.,
g.,
hay-sled.
favorable
[11
nn],
c.
6o,
i.
g., fire;
conflagration.
ildhjul,
ildsted
n.
g.,
r,
[ilste],
fire-wheel.
crimson.
n.
g.,
fire-
place.
il'ter,
t,
re, irritable.
imel'lem, between.
imid'lertid
imorgen
h0re,
II, to hear.
iinorges
h0st,
c.
autumn.
See
bad.
[ille],
ildebrand
^r,
h0ne,
c. g., hen.
hpns, poultry.
g.,
to
ihu,
this
[11],
ildr0d [ilr0],
h0islaede,
h0it0rke,
death.
to
ikveld
ilde
c.
igjen'nem, through.
ihjel',
ikke, not.
morning
g.,
h0isaate,
right
h0i6nn,
company;
to.
member.
h g hh0imodig,
e,
minded; magnanimous.
h0itid,
from.
if0lge [if0rie], in
ihu',
hay.
service.
h0ire,
among.
iblandt',
ihop', together.
high.
r,
ing.
igaar', yesterday.
h0i, n.
this year.
iaf ten or
if0re (sig),
(with
harvest.
g.,
according
threaten
to
I,
the
c.
m.
iaar',
ifra',
shelf.
g.,
hytte,
1,
harvest.
to
I,
h0stning,
hylde
hys(s)
h0ste,
'
meanwhile.
tomor-
[ima^ren],
row.
[ima^res],
morning.
this
309
'.mot', against.
insekt,
imper'ativ, imperative.
imperfek'tum, imperfect
intet, n. g. of ingen.
or
past tense.
indbildning,
tion;
c.
imagina-
g.,
something imagined.
indbildningskraft,
c. g.,
c.
g.,
ice.
ismark,
er, c. g., ice-field,
iste'denfor or istedetfor, in
the place of.
especially.
isaer',
power
of imagination.
J.
conceited.
ind'by(de), b0d, budt, to
indbildsk,
c,
invite.
indbygger, c,
c.
inhab-
g.,
yes.
ja,
jage,
I,
to chase.
jagt,
c.
g.,
jeg
[jei],
jente,
itant.
chase.
I.
c.
r,
jernbane,
jevn,
con-
g.,
tents.
indik'ativ, indicative
indre, inner.
indgang
[nn],
mode.
c.
g.,
entrance.
indsj0 [nn],
^r,
ind'r0mme
[nn],
c.
lake.
g.,
I,
to
ad-
mit; to concede.
industri',
er,
c.
railway.
the far-
ther.
jordbund
[jorbunn], c. g.,
ground.
jorddyrkning, c. g., farming.
jorden [jor'en], (the) earth.
soil;
to express joy.
I,
Jul,
g.,
c.
Christmas.
juleferie,
mas
jubilation; mirth.
c. g.,
juble,
c.
r,
g.,
Christ-
vacation.
julegodt, Christmas-dainties.
g.,
indus-
ju'li, July.
to.
jaegt,
ju'ni,
try.
g.,
yes; jo laenger,
jo,
ju'bel,
er,
c.
r,
even.
r,
inderlig, heartfelt.
indhold [inhol],
girl.
g.,
insect,
g.,
er, n.
up
June.
e(r),
c.
g.,
boat with
one mast.
kaas,
pression.
body.
See
66.
kafe',
c.
g.,
er,
taurant.
course,
c.
g.,
cafe;
res-
310
kaf'fe,
c.
g.,
kake,
r,
c.
kirkegang,
going.
coflFee.
cake.
g.,
c.
g.,
kiste,
calf.
compan-
chum.
ion;
g.,
t0rklaede,
(hand)kerchief.
er, c. g.,
church-
g.,
kirket0rklaede, n.
kalv, c(r),
kamerat',
c.
c.
r,
kjede,
kjelder
trunk.
g.,
c.
r,
[11],
chain.
g.,
c.
e,
cellar.
g.,
know;
kjende [nn],
kamp'plads,
c.
place
g.,
of
See
acquaintance.
kjolebukse,
kant,
er,
c.
direction;
g.,
edge.
n. g.,
^ler,
chapter.
n. g., race.
kar,
er,
karaf fel,
c.
captain.
g.,
man.
g.,
karafier,
c.
de-
ka'sus,
kat,
c.
c.
kate'ter,
g.,
cat.
c.
g.,
hill
r,
to fight.
I,
dear.
^,
kjaerlighet,
c.
kind; loving.
love.
g.,
c.
g.,
love-
sex.
n.
(in-
g.,
kemi [kjemi'],
c.
g.,
[kjinn],
^-er,
cheek.
chem-
[kjirke],
r,
n.
c.
kj0re,
g.,
g.,
church.
I,
klang,
c.
bell;
church-going
ride;
to
sound.
dull-toned.
klanglds,
r,
klappe,
to pat; to palpitate.
r,
I,
clear.
klarveir, n.
g.,
clear weather.
klask, smack.
(adj.).
c. g.,
churchyard.
drive.
meat.
to complain.
g., clang; ring of a
g.,
klage,
klar,
kirkefarende,
to
II,
kj0t, n.
istry.
kirkegaard,
sled.
r,
kj0k'ken,
er, n. g., kitchen.
kj0kkend0rsklinken, the knob
on the kitchen-door.
kj0n [kj0nn], n. g., gender;
case.
g.,
katekis'mus,
chism.
kirke
kjaer,
song.
to throw.
te(r),
kind
kjaelkebakke,
g.,
kjaerlighetsvise,
r, c.
kjaerlig,
g.,
canter.
kaste,
manly.
r,
kjaempe,
er, c.
a boy's gar-
g.,
for coasting.
kap^l0pe, to race.
kaptein',
kjaek [kjek],
kjaelke,
kap'l0p,
kapit'el,
c.
ment.
perhaps.
sje],
to
feel.
battle.
kanske
II, to
klasse,
r,
c.
g.,
class.
311
classic(al).
pinch.
klemte klemt,
klas'sisk,
klemme,
klemme
ft,
c.
r,
pinch;
to
g.,
(to-
press
to
gether).
klang klinget,
to ring; to sound.
klippe,
wise.
kick,
watch;
klokke,
a sexton;
klokker,
klinge
c.
r,
cliff.
g.,
r,
bell.
r, c. g.,
e, c.
an assistant
g.,
in
church serv-
ice.
klokkesnor, c,
c.
bell-
g.,
rope.
klop,
c. g.,
a log-bridge
ground to
the hay-mow.
the
floor of
klunk,
n.
g.,
the
word
klump, ^-er,
klunger,
klynge,
c.
klyve
c. g.,
r,
c.
g.,
kljzfv
cluster.
kl0vet, to
climb.
klae(de), II or III, to dress.
klaedesklaer, clothes
cloth.
klaedestr0ie,
r,
c.
made
g.,
of
tr0ie,
coat or jacket.
knake, I or II, to creak.
per, c. g., button.
knap,
knegt,
er, c. g., lit. a young
man, but used as a term of
contempt.
knitre,
kniv,
I,
knurre,
I,
knytte,
I,
fist).
to crackle.
a lady cook.
cold.
r,
[11],
komme
cook.
g.,
to cook.
II,
kold
kom
kommet,
be
derived
to come.
komme
to
av,
from; to be due
komme
to.
recover;
to
sig,
improve.
kommo'^de,
c.
r,
g.,
to
com-
mode.
c.
r,
wife.
g.,
konfirmant',
c.
g.,
candidate
for confirmation.
sjon'],
c.
g.,
confirmation.
konge,
kongle,
to confirm.
II,
c.
r,
king.
g.,
r,
c.
konjugation'
g.,
large
spider.
sjon],
con-
jugation.
konjuge're,
klae(de)r, clothes.
fine
koke,
konfirme're,
lump; clod.
brier; thorns.
g.,
c.
r, c. g.,
konfirmation
to
knee.
r, n. g.,
knaebukser, knee-pants.
kone,
per,
from
kok, ke(r),
kokke,
knae,
to conjugate.
II,
kon'junktiv, subjunctive.
konsonant',
er, c. g., con-
sonant.
kontor',
er, c.
kon'trabok, ^er,
book.
kop,
per,
c. g.,
g.,
c.
office.
g.,
pass-
cup; kitchen
utensil.
kor, n.
korn,
g.,
n.
kors, n.
g.,
grain.
cross.
to snarl; growl.
kort,
to tie; to double (a
kostbar,
kSste,
chancel; choir.
g.,
e,
I,
r,
shor*.
costly; expensive.
to cost.
312
kraakerede,
kSstelig,
r,
c.
amusing.
crow.
n. g., crow's
e,
kue,
I,
g.,
kul,
kraake,
r,
"er,
c.
power;
g.,
ker,
krave,
krak,
krambod,
c. g.,
low
g.,
store,
c.
r,
c.
stool.
shop.
kredit',
kreds
c.
g.,
one's
chalk.
g.,
c.
e,
krlgs'mand,
-^j
ship.
kringle,
g.,
warrior.
battle-
g.,
c.
g.,
cake
speech.
c.
g.,
Christian-
Christian teaching.
e(r), c. g., corner;
nook; hook.
per,
c.
g.,
body;
fel-
kultur',
n.
krushode,
g.,
mug;
r,
n.
dish.
c.
g.,
curly-
c.
g.,
kun-
know.
kvart,
n. g.,
course,
g.,
cousin
c.
to
quarter (as of an
g.,
hour),
kveld [kvel],
e(r), c. g.,
evening.
kveldsmat, c. g., supper,
kvern, --e(r), c. g., mill.
kvernhus,
n. g., mill-house.
ke,
kvinde [nn],
,
t,
quick; lively;
woman,
woman; pi.,
r, c. g.,
n.
g.,
kvaege,
I,
to refresh.
II,
to
quench;
to
er,
g.,
smother.
to offend
(or kj0r),
a quarter (of a
g.,
dollar),
kvaele,
e(r),
^77.
kvit, rid.
I,
See
e,
creep.
kraenke,
g.,
women-folk,
ripple.
curly.
kry, proud.
krype kr0p kr0pet,
,
c.
kvindfolk,
kruset,
culture,
g.,
alert.
head.
krusning,
bullet.
g.,
kun, only,
kvik,
low.
c.
kvarter',
krist'endom,
r,
kvart, n.
r,
shaped
c.
n.
(lady),
war.
g.,
krigsskib,
cow.
kule,
to
clear
to
I,
kridt, n.
ku,
cold,
c.
e,
circle.
kremte,
krus,
coal,
g.,
g.,
credit
g.,
[krets],
krop,
c.
kund'skap [nn],
er,
knowledge.
kunne
kunde [nn]
collar.
g.,
kreatur'vei, cow-path.
krok,
kulde,
kulgl0r, embers.
might; strength.
ity;
n.
nest.
kraft,
krig,
subdue,
to
,
c.
g.,
kylling
chick.
[kjy ],
c.
313
kyllingh0ne,
c.
g., hen
r,
with a brood of chicks.
kysse [kjy ], I or II, to
kyst [kjyst],
cr,
c. g.,
coast.
L.
or
laas, c. g.
n.
r,
c.
lock.
g.,
barn-bridge.
g.,
lage,
lam,
,
I,
g.,
to
make.
n.
agricultural
n. g.,
long.
legged.
slow; te-
t,
dious.
laste,
leie,
leg.
g.,
n.
r,
n.
n. g.,
load.
blame;
to
hired
g.,
c.
r,
leilighet,
help
hired
g.,
occasion.
er, c. g.,
lek,
e(r),
c.
g.,
play; game.
lekekamerat,
er, c. g.,
play-
mate.
lekse,
plass],
c(t),
playground.
g.,
lem,
I,
super-
idle;
troublesome; unpleas-
r,
c.
me,
langsom,
lei,
to laugh.
c,
lekeplads
langs, along.
to prepare.
woman.
landscape.
landskap,
lass,
to make.
leiekone,
school.
r,
til,
(people).
lamb.
g.,
landbruksskole,
lang,
lave
leiefolk,
party.
n.
I,
case, of
see late.
lag,
bird
ant.
c.
See klop.
la,
pro-
low.
r,
lave,
c.
barn-floor;
g.,
hay-mow.
laaveklop,
lav,
laave,
g.,
(shrike).
lo ledd,
ledig,
fluous.
legg, e(r),
n. g., thigh,
c.
for
le
r,
name
vincial
lattertak, laughing-spell.
kiss.
laar,
latterskrike,
mer,
r,
c.
g.,
c.
lesson.
loft;
g.,
up-
stairs.
to
load
lempelig,
(a ship).
e,
gentle; le-
nient.
lat,
late
to
r,
lazy.
lot
latt,
to
lens, devoid.
let;
let,
seem; to pretend.
latin',
c.
latinsk',
g.,
lete
Latin.
e,
Latin
(as
lat'ter,
c.
lat'terlyst,
laugh.
to
te, light.
lett,
to hunt;
search.
lette, I, to lighten; to
adjective).
latin 'skole,
lette
grammar
g.,
c.
school.
desire
d
de,
Ievebr0d
laughter.
g.,
leve,
to
brjzJ],
lift.
et), to live.
n. g., live-
lihood.
levedage,
(life)
born days.
314
le'ven,
ligge
led 'den,
laa
ligget, to lie
(recline).
U,
mountain slope
to liken; to
I,
til,
same, just
the
just
as well.
like,
to like.
II,
indiffer-
e,
er,
c.
in-
g.,
if.
r, c. g., line.
g.,
linnedkrave,
c.
^r,
linen
g.,
move
stealthily; to
sneak.
liste,
liten,
n.
c.
r,
g.,
molding.
litet,
g.
pi.
smaa;
er, n. g.,
loco-
c.
^r,
pocket.
g.,
unload (a boat).
lot,
see late.
lov flav], c.
permission;
g.,
love, II or
lue,
I,
e,
c.
r,
g.,
to promise.
lawful; legal.
blaze; flame.
c.
hair; forelock.
g.,
lugte,
I,
to smell.
lukke,
I,
to close.
cozy.
r,
lund [nn], e,
c.
lime,
mood.
c.
r,
g.,
g.,
grove.
lum'mer,
t,
re,
sultry.
1yd,
c.
lydig,
er,
c.
g.,
liter-
lykke,
c.
lykkelig,
n. g., life.
livkjole,
livs'gnist,
c.
c.
livs'vilkaar,
g.,
bodice.
e, lively.
livs'maal, n.
e,
c.
g.,
sound.
obedient.
obedience.
luck; happiness.
g.,
fortunate;
e,
lucky; happy.
r,
g.,
ature.
livlig,
to
I,
lydighet,
little.
litteratur',
liv,
tail).
(the
to call; to coax.
cunning.
g.,
losse,
lun,
linen.
collar.
c.
wag
to
lomme,
lugi
likesom, (just) as
liste, I, to
I,
diflference.
likesaa, also.
list,
I,
lokke,
upstairs.
logical.
e,
logre,
lovlig,
ent.
linje,
lo'gisk,
loft;
g.,
leave.
likegyldighet,
likegyldig,
linned, n.
furry.
t,
motive.
ings: like
godt,
ne,
n.
lokomotiv',
resemble.
lik, r, like.
like, adv.
15ft,
er, c, g.,
II,
to resound.
g.,
g.,
dition (s) of
life.
life-aim.
life.
good
of
spark of
n.
lyk0nsk'ning,
g.,
g.,
wishing
congratula-
tion.
Ij^,
con-
c.
luck;
n. g., lightning.
lyng,
c.
g.,
heather.
315
lys,
lys,
r,
n. g., light;
lyslet,
lysning,
c.
c.
lystighet,
lytte,
light
c.
laegge la
merriment.
lagt, to lay.
t,
laerer,
lacs
c.
II,
l0fte,
I0fte,
I,
n. g., load,
to read.
n.
r,
l0ierlig,
teach.
to
teacher.
g.,
[laess],
laese,
learned; erudite.
e,
to learn;
II,
laere,
promise.
g.,
to
lift.
c,
funny.
reward.
I0n [l^nn],
c.
I0nne,
pay (wages).
I0nne
to
I,
I0p,
l0pe
l0s,
g.,
c.
g.,
lunch-box.
run.
l0p I0pet,
,
t",
n.
g.,
to run.
loose.
g.,
leaves; foliage.
I0vski{tning,
c.
g.,
change of
tnaate,
g.,
leafing;
shooting of leaves.
n.
c.
r,
make,
r,
g.,
c.
g.,
g.,
way; man-
^t,
to.
See
might; power.
g.,
r,
c.
g.,
mate; coun-
terpart.
makel0s, r, matchless.
male, II, to grind; to paint.
man, ind. pro., man; one;
they.
See 63.
mand [mann], ", c. g., man.
man'dag, Monday.
mange, many.
mangle, I, to lack.
mangt, much; many things.
ground;
mark,
er,
c.
g.,
field.
maski'ne,
budding.
maskineri',
mas'siv,
foliage,
I0vspring, n.
l0vspraet,
month.
sig, to pay.
I0p, ^-cr,
er, c. g.,
mai, May.
to long,
I,
moon.
(sea) gull.
ma'ger,
magt, c.
laengst, longest.
g.,
(maage),
78.
laeng'er, longer,
meal.
cr, n. g.,
r, c.
maatte, to be obliged
laenge, long.
laerd,
maane,
maaned,
ner.
laengte,
maase
l0iet, to lie.
l0i
maaltid,
c, jolly.
g.,
to listen.
I,
lyve
blonde.
(as of
desire.
g.,
lystig,
fair;
te,
g.,
the distance).
fire in
lyst,
M.
candle,
machine.
machinery.
r, c. g.,
n. g.,
r, massive.
mat, c. g., food.
matematik', c. g., mathemat-
ics.
316
matrSs',
matvare,
mid'del, mid'^ler,
c.
c.
g.,
article of
g.,
mil,
food.
mazur'ka,
med
med'dele,
II,
impart.
me 'dens,
see mens,
megen,
n.
mel,
g.,
n.
meget, much,
meal; flour,
g.
g.,
c.
n.
mile.
g.,
mit,
g.
sion.
minespil,
melkehylde
hylle],
^r,
n. g.,
c.
forstod, for-
mis'forstaa,
to misunderstand.
staat,
mellem, between,
mellemtid, c. g., interval; the
intervening time,
misforstaaelse,
men, but.
mene, II, to mean; to express
mistaenkelig,
skene,
man
opinion,
menne-
def.
(in general).
,
menneskelig,
e, human,
mens, while; meanwhile.
mer(e), more.
merke, r, n. g., mark; notice.
merke, I, to mark; to notice;
sig, to take note of.
e, remarkamerkelig,
,
ble;
meto'^de,
mid 'dag,
r,
g.,
mass,
c.
g.,
c.
g.,
e, c. g.,
mid'dagshvil,
c.
master;
method,
dinner.
g.,
g.,
misun-
miste,
I,
to lose.
g.,
suspiun'nelse],
e,
cious.
[
c.
envy.
mjauende, mewing.
mo,
er, c.
g.,
heath; plain.
(mother's father).
[maaren],
morgen
c.
g.,
morning.
strange.
messe,
^r,
c.
mest, most,
mest'er,
e,
champion.
c.
derstanding.
misundelse
play of facial
expressions.
mik-shelf.
mening, ^-er, c.
menneske,
r,
means.
to report,
[11],
n. g.,
[mei], me.
pi. mine, my
or mine.
minde,
n. g., memory;
r,
memorial.
mindre, less; smaller.
mindst, least; smallest.
mine,
r, c. g., facial expres-
min,
a dance,
[mae], with.
melde
mig
noon
rest.
c.
r,
g., opposicontrariness (on the
part of others).
tion;
muldet,
e,
soiled.
317
possible.
mouth.
cheerful.
mun'ter,
mur, e,
(stone) wall.
mus.
mouse.
musik',
music.
myr,
marsh.
myr (or maur),
ant.
mighty.
maegtig,
satiated.
maet [maett],
mulig,
mund
[nn],
e, c. g.,
re,
t,
c, g.,
c. g.,
c.
g.,
c.
e,
g.,
c.
g.,
e,
te,
m0'bel, m0bler,
n. g.,
(piece
furniture.
of)
m0blement'
niture.
ni0isom,
mang],
^me,
^t,
fur-
trouble-
some.
m0lle,
m0ne,
m0te
r,
ned
or], n. g.,
g.,
noun,
down,
down-
ne'derst, nethermost.
nedfor [ne'for], down,
nedre, nether,
neg,
negl
n. g., sheaf.
[neil],
e(r),
(finger)
g.,
mill.
nei, no.
c.
g.,
ridge of a
n.
g.,
m0tte
g.,
e(r),
r,
meeting.
m0tt, to
net, neatly,
Norse
niste,
to stare,
g.,
n.
needle.
g.,
needle's
folk-tales,
c. g.,
nistekop,
c.
g.,
utensil
c.
g.,
lunch-box.
neighbor.
for
carrying lunch.
nistel0p.
I,
to nod.
^r,
c. g.,
hobgoblin;
an imaginary character in
mercy.
c.
I,
nisse,
eye.
naar, when.
nabo,
er, c.
(to
learn),
neppe, hardly.
dark.
r,
naal0ie,
c.
N.
c.
[ne],
nidstirre,
name.
navnord
nikke,
naal,
natural,
e,
r,
meet.
naade,
nature,
g.,
^r,
roof.
m0te,
c.
natur'lig,
nail,
m0n'ster,
m0rk,
natur',
one. See
65.
narre,
nabobgyd,
borhood.
er,
c.
g.,
t,
^r,
c.
g.,
I,
to fool.
nat, ""tcr,
c.
g.,
night.
ever.
nok, enough,
no'minativ, nominative,
p,
m)
3i8
nordenvind
[norenvinn],
north wind.
g.,
nordlig,
[nor'mann],
msend,
c.
Norseman;
g.,
present (tense).
g.,
new.
nybygger,
r,
e, c.
g.,
pioneer.
nylig, recently.
nynne,
nytte,
make use
to
I,
of; to
be of use.
naer, near.
e(r),
naeringsvei,
of
earning
g.,
way
living;
in-
c.
dustry.
naerme
naese,
(sig),
naeste,
c.
r,
c.
to
I,
g.,
draw
near.
nose.
neighbor;
g.,
fel-
low-man.
naevne,
r,
c.
II, to
g.,
hand;
fist.
name; to men-
tion.
(case).
c.
r,
om [omm
sary.
lar.
t,
6mm]
or
c.
about.
g.,
en-
virons.
omgi'velser,
surroundings;
environment.
om' handle, I, to treat of.
c.
care.
g.,
omhyg'gelig,
e, careful.
omkring', (a)round; about.
om'ringe, I, to surround.
,
omstaen'dighet,
er,
c.
g.,
circumstances.
omtanke,
c.
discretion;
g.,
forethought.
omtrent', about; nearly.
end [onn], r, bad; evil.
onkel [ong'kel],
ler, c.
ons'dag, Wednesday.
op [op or opp], up.
op'ad, upward.
g.,
c,
neces-
II,
to
keep;
to
preserve.
I,
opdagelse,
precise; particun^ken,
ne, naked.
,
ox.
g.,
See 53.
omegn [omein],
op'dage,
reluctantly.
n0dven'dig,
n0ie,
op'bevare,
nominative
naevneform,
n0dig,
6k'saa],
or
uncle.
nsesten, nearly.
naeve,
[os'saa
okto'ber, October.
omhu,
hum.
to
I,
okse,
ber.
ny,
public.
e,
also.
novem'ber, November.
nu, now.
num'mer, numre, n. g., numc.
og
ogsaa
northern.
nu'tid,
6fte, often.
Norwegian.
nordre,
5f' fentlig,
northerly.
e,
nordmand
O.
c.
to discover.
^r,
c.
g.,
discov-
ery.
op'drage,
dreg,
draget,
to bring up; to educate.
opdrager,
e, c. g., educator;
319
op'daekning, c. g., used in
speaking of a set table.
op'fatte, I, to understand; to
construe.
op'fatning,
cr, c. g., understanding; construction.
op'f0re,
to
build;
to
II,
erect.
gav,
opgj0r,
(of
ophSld
op'gi,
n.
c.
optrin,
op'ta,
to
git,
give
settlement
g.,
opvar'te,
opvar'ter,
ordne,
ordre,
opholde
(at
g.,
cessatijon.
ne, overgrown.
^me,
opmerk'som,
t,
at-
^t,
n. g., word.
order (in things).
,
to arrange.
r,
c.
g.,
e(r),
c.
order;
com-
mand.
snake;
g.,
worm.
ost,
place).
oph0r, n.
op'l0pen,
I,
orm,
stay
to
sig,
^holdt, to
c, c. g., waiter.
take
(on a
wait
to
I,
c. g.,
port.
to
scene.
n. g.,
orden,
n. g.,
^tat,
stay;
[11],
^tok,
up.
ord [or],
affairs).
arrange-
g.,
ment.
table).
up.
op 'stilling,
c.
g.,
cheese.
See
6'ver, over.
overende
down.
overens',
54.
en'^ne],
komme
at
over,
to
agree.
tentive.
opmerk'somhet,
c.
g.,
atten-
tion.
op'muntre, I, to encourage.
op'muntring, c. g., encouragement.
op'mure, II, to build up (of
stone).
op 'pi (oppe
i),
op'reist,
op'rette,
I,
up
in.
e, erect.
to erect; to estab-
lish.
oprin'delig,
to roll up.
opsitter, ^-e,
op'stille^ I
c,
c. g.,
or
o'verf0re,
ive;
to
II,
transfer.
overhaendig,
e,
excess-
tremendous.
o'verh0re,
amine.
to hear; to ex-
II,
the
body.
o'verlate,
to
superior;
lot,
latt,
op'rulle,
I,
original.
land-owner.
II,
to place.
overlegen,
t,
^ne,
supercilious.
o'verraske,
o'vertyde,
I,
I,
to surprise.
to convincCt
320
o'vervegt,
balance.
c. g.,
o'verveie,
I,
over-weight;
to consider; to
(something) over,
o'vervaelde, I, to overwhelm.
fivn,
e(r),
c.
oven;
g.,
think
stove.
pen,
fine; nice.
r,
penge(r), money.
pepper, c. g., pepper,
e(r),
pepperkvem,
c.
g..
pepper-mill,
perm,
er,
book),
c.
cover (of a
g.,
person', ^-er,
c.
person,
g.,
pigger, pegs,
P.
paa, on.
See
paafaerde
pike,
57.
going on.
c.
dress-
g.,
ing.
'
claim;
to
[staatt],
to
as-
sert.
er, c.
pakke,
I,
pakke
pakke
ut,
covenant.
g.,
to pack.
sig, to
pande [nn],
papir', n.
forehead.
paper.
paperr,
g.,
papir'ruUe,
r,
c.
g.,
n.
ier,
passager
c.
g.,
[passasjer'],
er,
plads
r,
to watch; to be ap-
paviljong',
c.
pioneer,
g.,
pipe.
g.,
[plass],
er,
c.
plage,
I,
trouble,
plan,
planke,
er,
c.
g.,
c.
c.
r,
pleie,
c.
torment;
g.,
I,
plank,
d (et),
-de,
wont to.
pleie,
plette,
g.,
care; tending.
g.,
to be
to stain; to mar.
to
II,
blink;
wink
to
rapidly.
pa-
g.,
to pick,
I,
pluskvampe rf ek tum,
'
poesi',
c.
g.,
pol'ka,
c.
g.,
pose,
r,
c.
potet',
pen.
e,
sudden.
po'sitiv,
villion.
ne(r),
g.,
torment,
to
r,
past
perfect tense.
er,
c.
plukke,
passenger.
I,
propriate.
pen,
pludselig [plutselig],
participle.
passe,
pioner',
plire,
n. g., couple.
some-
(at
thing).
pligt,
roll.
particip'(ium),
swiftly.
to unpack.
be gone; to get
(oneself) gone.
par,
pick
I,
plage,
pagt,
girl.
g.,
to
pipe,
paa
c.
r,
move
pille,
fae ''re],
paa'klaedning,
pile, II, to
r,
er,
prent, print.
poetry,
polka.
g.,
bag.
positive,
c.
g.,
potato,
321
^r,
present [presang'],
g., present; gift,
pastor.
g parish.
privat', c, private.
procent sent'], per cent.
produkt', ^r,
product.
profes'sor, so'rer,
prest,
er, c. g.,
prestegjeld,
pris,
n.
n. g.,
c.
g.,
professor.
profet',
er,
c.
noun.
praedikat',
prophet.
g.,
prono'men,
er,
c.
g.,
pro-
n.
predi-
g.,
attribute)
praegtig,
predicate
(or
praekestol,
e,
c.
grand;
sjon],
er,
-de,
pr0ve,
pudsig
(et),
to
test;
g.,
trial.
[pussig],
e,
to
if.
er,
c.
g.,
pute,
putre,
pynt,
paere,
p^lse,
n.
(writing)
g.,
point.
breath.
to breathe.
c.
r,
g.,
n. g.,
pillow.
bubble; to cry.
to
I,
pear.
^r,
c.
^r,
sausage.
g.,
c.
g.,
brim;
edge; streak.
rar,
straight.
r,
strange;
r,
remarkable.
furious.
rask,
r, quick; brisk.
rask'het, c. g., briskness.
c.
e,
real'kursus,
raven.
g.,
course.
to save.
I,
n. g., nest.
rede, II, to put in order.
r,
r,
reflexive.
re 'gel, reg^ler,
regelmaes'sig,
c.
g.,
rule.
regu-
e,
regnbaek
n. g., puff;
I,
to repeat hurriedly.
I,
c.
[reinbek],
ke(r),
rivulet.
g.,
regne
^r,
puste,
ramse,
regn
push.
desk.
past,
r, erect; straight.
rake, II, to rake.
lar.
push.
g.,
I,
he-goat's
rak,
re'fleksiv,
c.
r,
the
g.,
"whiskers."
rede,
queer; comical,
punkt,
n.
redde,
try.
pr0ve,
to rise; to tower.
I,
ragg,
entific
preposition.
g.,
pult,
rage,
ravn,
pulpit.
g.,
praeposition'
means.
bewildered.
rad, ^-er, c. g., row.
rasende,
complement.
splendid.
puf,
g.,
r,
rank,
cate.
puffe,
raad, n.
raadl0s,
er,
praedikatsord,
c.
R.
c.
[reine],
or
II,
to
rain.
regne,
or
II,
to reckon; to
figure.
reise,
leave.
^r,
II,
c.
g.,
journey;
trip,
to
travel;
to
322
reiseplag,
article of cloth-
ren,
run; running
n. g.,
c.
praise.
g.,
rotte,
rug,
(about).
c.
r,
c.
ruUe,
to roll.
rum [romm],
water-wheel.
restaurant [ rang'],
rundt, around,
ruske, I, to muss,
er, c.
dish (of
fond); (dinner) course.
right; correct.
direction.
retning,
me(r),
rigdom,
ret,
ter,
ret,
c.
g.,
^te,
er, c. g.,
c.
g.,
wealth.
rik,
g.,
c.
^r,
rutet,
c.
to flow;
c.
^r,
risbundt,
ringe,
small;
insig-
c.
g.,
er,
c.
g.,
bundle
to purl; to ripple.
I,
r,
c.
ro, III, to
rake.
g.,
revet, to tear.
rest; quiet.
g.,
row.
^ke(r),
c.
g.,
spinning-
rokkesnor,
e(r), c. g., belt
on a spinningwheel.
,
r0be,
I,
to
railing.
g.,
g.,
betray;
to
dis-
t,
red.
wheel.
c.
close.
rive rev
rive,
n.
raev,
of fagots.
rolig,
g.,
to
nificant.
rok,
g.,
to
to ring.
ringe, II
c.
g.,
I,
r,
ro,
g.,
e,
t,
run(of time) to
ran(dt)
pass.
risle,
room,
I,
correct; right.
e,
[nn],
det,
n. g.,
route,
checkered.
ryg, ge(r),
back,
rykke,
to jerk,
rynke,
wrinkle,
rynke,
to wrinkle,
rype.
grouse,
ryste,
to shake.
raed [red], de, timid;
scared.
raedsom, me, fearsome;
dreadful.
raekke,
row, rank,
raekke rakte rakt,
extend (the hand),
reach;
raek'verk,
c(r),
iox.
rute,
r. c.
c.
rich.
r,
rinde
saunter.
to
I,
I,
^-er,
rigdomskilde,
source of wealth.
rigtig,
I,
rusle,
restaurant.
g.,
rat.
g.,
rye.
g.,
rende [nn],
r, c. g., pipe;
channel conducting water
to the
novel;
g.,
ros,
pure.
r,
rend [nn],
c.
rop,
relative.
r,
religion',
roman', ^-er,
romance.
quiet.
r0k,
c. g.,
smoke.
r0mme, I, to skip;
"hum and haw."
r0re,
II,
to
stir;
(emotionally).
sig, to
to
move
323
8.
saa. III, to sow.
r,
saakaldt, so-called.
man-
ner.
long
as
(as);
n.
wound.
g.,
see.
c.
custom;
g.,
8agm0lle,
<iagbruk,
n.
selv
r,
sawmill.
g.,
c.
sawmill.
g.,
dare
salme,
r,
c.
salmebok,
n.
should
c.
samf0lelse,
ay.
hymn
g.,
c.
book.
sympathy.
g.,
collec-
samraad,
n.
sende [nn],
c.
g.,
conversa-
tion.
consent.
n. g.,
r,
true; real.
sandelig, certainly.
sand'het,
sang, e,
c.
cr,
c.
c.
sense.
te,
^t,
remember.
g.,
truth.
song.
g.,
g.,
e(r),
seng,
II, to
c.
sengekammer,
sem-
send.
bed.
g.,
n.
g.,
bed-
room.
napkin.
sa(gde) sagt, to
serviet',
to notice; to
ter,
say; pres.
side,
sam'tykke,
sand [nn],
n. g.,
^ier,
joint consid-
g.,
r,
si(ge)
semes-
re, n. g.,
eration.
samtale,
semes 'ter,
samme,
same.
sam'men, together.
,
self.
semina'rium,
hymn.
g.,
samle, I, to gather.
samling,
er, c. g.,
tion.
g.,
salt.
g.,
n.
selvf0rgelig, of course.
selvpr0velse,
r, c. g., selfexamination.
ter.
case; matter.
g.,
(ly).
e,
[sell],
as.
usual
sekund' [nn],
second.
selskap,
company;
sedvan'lig,
er, n. g.,
saasnart', as soon.
sanse,
set, to
party.
saavel'som, as well
sans,
sedvane,
er,
sorely.
saare,
salt,
sheep.
er, c. g.,
while.
saa'pas, about.
sak,
se
saa
sed'del,
sensuous.
c,
I,
habit.
saalaen^ge,
saar,
to miss; to lack.
sau,
saa'dan,
sanselig,
savne,
^r,
c.
siden, later;
c.
sier or siger
sir,
side; page.
g.,
since.
sidst
[sist],
sigte,
sight; view.
sik'ker,
g.,
last.
^re,
^t,
sure; cer-
tain; safe.
sildestim,
c.
g.,
shoal of her-
ring.
silke, c.
g.,
silk.
324
Me,
sim'pel,
sponding
pro.
the
to
ske,
simple,
t,
possessive
sin,
corre-
reflexive
mind,
of
angry.
of
sat
to
ne, rare; adv.
sjelden,
seldom.
soul.
sea; wave.
seaman;
8J0mand,
sj0mandstr0ie,
jacket.
sj0r0ver,
e(r),
sj0fugl [
sea-bird.
e(r),
bowl;
skaal,
sint,
sin.
e,
n.
n. g.,
sine, pi.
sit,
sin.
g.
sittet,
sitte
sit.
t,
sjael,
e,
c.
g.,
er, c. g.,
sj0,
sailor.
c. g.,
er,
c.
g.,
sailor's
c.
e,
g.,
pirate.
ful],
c.
c.
skade,
c.
ke,
t,
See
e,
c.
g.,
full],r,
c.
g.,
II,
act
to
up,
to
make
n.
skarp,
cut; glen.
g.,
r, c. g.,
crowd; host.
c.
sharpness;
g.,
keenness.
skarv,
skarvunger,
unge, child,
skavl,
g.,
c.
staff
in skiing.
ke(r),
to part.
skirling,
skik,
c.
skikkelig,
custom.
g.,
decent.
e,
skille, I,
er,
c.
shilling,
g.,
skin, n.
g.,
skind [nn],
skindpose,
light; shine.
r,
n. g., skin.
c.
leather-
g.,
bag,
skingre,
I,
to ring
sound).
(with
skinte skint, to
skive,
skjeg [sjeg],
beard.
skjelm, e(r),
rogue.
skjorte,
skjorteaerm, e(r),
shirt-sleeve.
cover; hidingplace.
skjaelve skalv
shine.
c.
r,
c.
g.,
g.,
shirt.
n.
skjul,
g.,
n. g.,
er, c.
[sje],
g.,
^r,
to quiver.
skerry.
skar skaaret, to
skj0n [sj^nn], ne, beauskjaer,
sharp.
r,
skarp'het,
ske
er,
ski'stav,
er, c. g.,
skjaelvet,
faces.
skare,
n. g.,
76.
bald,
shame,
skam,
ashamed,
skamfuld
stool.
skam'mel,
skape,
to make; sig
skaldet,
'gar],
[sji
fence.
used
ski.
g.,
ship.
to change.
I,
skigard
c.
g.,
skinne
damage.
g.,
n.
shrill
skuUe.
skar,
g.,
bent; awry.
skal, shall; pres. tense of at
til,
skib,
g.,
saucer.
skak,
to
skifte,
sig.
sind [nn],
happen.
III,
ski [sji],
c.
n.
g.,
cut.
scamp;
t,
tiful.
snow-drift.
g.,
skjaere
spoon.
skj0n'litteratur,
skj0nne
c.
g.,
fiction.
skj0nte skj0nt,
325
to understand; to compre-
hend; to surmise.
skj0nt, though.
c.
c.
g.,
g.,
n.
g.,
fight.
r,
c.
g.,
c. g.,
e, c. g.,
c.
c,
g.,
maker.
skotte,
edge of
step; pace.
skrike skrek skreket,
scream.
skrive skrev skrevet,
write.
skraedder,
skraek [skrek],
skraemme skraemte
skraemt, to scare.
8kr0pelig,
er,
c.
g.,
cliff.
skridt,
n. g.,
to
to
c.
e,
g.,
c.
feeble;
I,
skul'der,
der
skuUe
let,
skure,
bad
tailor.
fright.
g.,
fragile;
e,
skuffe,
(condition).
to disappoint.
c.
convey-
g.,
ance,
skyld
c.
[11],
skylle,
fault;
g.,
guilt.
to wash,
I,
skjmde [nn],
hurry,
II, to
skyte
skj0t
skutt, to
shoot; to push (aside).
sk0i'erfant,
slaa
[slaatt],
sladre,
er, c. g.,
slog
[slo]
rogue,
slaat
to strike.
to slander; to tell
I,
n.
strike
g.,
(of a
clock),
slags, kinds of.
frail.
skrent,
skyds [sjyss],
slag,
skotsk, schottish.
skral,
tales.
to glance.
I,
[sjy],
(or skor),
shoe.
skog, c(r),
forest;
woods.
skogslag,
forestskole,
school.
skolekasse,
school fund.
skolemester,
school
master.
skoma'ker,
shoesko,
sky
^re,
c.
g.,
shoul-
slags'maal [gs
g; fight.
pe,
slap,
t,
slap'het,
c.
ks],
n.
slack; dull,
slackness;
g.,
apathy.
relative,
me, bad; horrid,
bad; wicked,
slegtning,
slem,
slet,
er,
c. g.,
t,
te,
slet ikke,
not at
all.
plain,
such;
that; thus,
slippe slap sluppet, to
go; to pass,
slette,
slik,
r,
c.
g.,
like
r,
let
slite
slet
slitet
to pull (off); to
(slitt),
wear out;
to drudge.
skulde [11]
skulto be obliged. See 76.
II,
skvaette
to scour.
skvat skvaettet,
to jump, to start.
slot,
te(r),
slukke,
I,
n. g., palace,
to quench; to put
out.
sliit,
c.
g.,
end; close.
326
slaenge,
throw (care-
to
II,
slaepe,
to drag;
II,
work
to
used
as diminutive prefix with
nouns and verbs.
smaaklukke, I, to chuckle.
smaakruset, slightly curly.
smaaskjende [nn], skjende,
of
liten;
to scold.
smake,
II,
smelte,
I,
n.
g.,
nice.
r,
particle; tri-
r, c. g.
fle.
to slink; to sneak.
of
sm0rkringle,
r, a kind
pastry in the shape of a
figure
I,
snar,
quick.
quick
(of
e,
soldat',
c.
par-
sun.
g.,
sunshine.
g.,
who; which;
pro.)
(rel.
that.
som,
(conj.)
as;
oftest,
usually.
somme, some.
sommer,
re,
c.
summer.
g.,
sommetider, sometimes.
sondre,
sorg,
to sunder; to part.
I,
^-er,
c.
sorrow;
g.,
grief.
c,
black.
sov
sovet,
ker, c.
snesok,
sock; legging.
e(r),
r,
n.
g.,
bed-
room.
sovne,
g., snow.
sne, III, to snow.
to
I,
go to
sleep.
c.
spark,
g.,
c. g.,
n. g., kick.
snow-
spas,
snow-
storm.
c.
g.,
jest.
ing.
snild [snill],
g.,
g.,
bed-room.
thought).
c.
sol,
sovevaerelse,
snestorm,
n.
to talk.
snartsenkt,
ish.
to sleep.
talk.
g.,
snart, soon.
sno,
sogn [songn],
sove [save]
8.
r,
to stumble.
I,
so 'fa,
sort,
snak, n.
snakke,
string;
g.,
c.
som,
smile.
smuk,
pretty;
smule,
smyge sm0g smjiget,
,
e(r),
solskin, n.
to taste.
to melt.
^r, c. g., pain; smart.
smerte,
sne,
rope.
snuble,
hard.
amaa, plural
smil,
lessly).
r,
kind, good.
biting wind.
speide,
speil,
I,
g.,
mirror.
327
^r,
staur,
spilde
to waste;
II,
[11],
to
spill.
c.
fiddler.
g.,
spinde [nn]
spandt
spundet, to spin,
spise,
stav,
steil,
spillemand,
c.
g.,
n. g.,
guage.
sprute,
squirt;
to
I,
to
stemme,
r,
c.
voice,
g.,
stamp,
n. g.,
e(r),
stone;
mur, stone wall,
stenet,
stony,
sterk,
strong.
stevne,
stevnem0te,
stige steg steget, to
to
stikke stak stukket, to
quiet; adv. also
c.
g.,
e,
r,
n. g., tryst.
r,
^r,
n. g., tryst,
step,
stille,
to
I,
stilling,
spaendt, intently.
joke.
to joke.
sp0rre spurte spurt
(pres. sp0r), to ask.
staa stod [sto] staat
to stand.
stabbe,
block;
sp0k,
c.
g.,
II,
[staatt],
^r,
c.
g.,
stump,
house
n.
built
I,
s t
g.,
on
r e-
pillars.
to stake,
stamme,
r,
c.
g.,
stem;
to stop.
stanste
stanset,
place,
er,
c.
position,
g.,
to stare,
I,
stiv, r, stiff.
stok, ke(r),
c(r),
stjerne,
er, c.
stjaele
star.
g.,
stjal
stjaalet, to
steal,
c.
stol,
c.
g.,
cane,
chair.
stagger;
to
I,
g.,
to
walk awkwardly,
stolt,
^-e, proud,
stoppe,
I,
stor,
large; great,
r,
to stuff; to stop.
ledd, to laugh
storm, e(r),
storm,
storme,
to storm,
storslagen,
grand.
storle,
stirre,
stSlpre,
stabbur,
II, to strain; to
kick.
stanse
place,
stilt,
spaende [nn],
stake,
staflf.
g.,
stemme
stille,
to spit,
I,
sp0ke,
n.
stick,
surge.
spytte,
statue,
cane;
g.,
steep,
r,
rise;
to spurt.
I,
spr0ite,
er, c.
g.,
sten,
springe
e,
c.
violin).
spread.
to
II,
pole,
c. g,.
r,
stem 'pel,
to eat.
II,
sprede,
statu 'e,
lo,
boisterously,
c.
g.,
I,
t,
^ne,
328
straale,
straale,
beam;
beam; to
c.
r,
g.,
to
II,
ray.
ra-
punishment.
fe, c. g.,
immediately.
strand
c.
g.,
strand; shore,
streng,
streng,
r,
strid,
e(r),
c.
strid [stri],
rigorous,
r,
coarse; bristly,
stryke
str0k
str^ket, to
stroke; to sweep,
strakte strakt,
to stretch; to extend.
straekke strak strukket,
(intransitive), to reach.
straekning,
stretch,
straekke
er, c. g.,
-de,
st0ie,
noise.
make
to
I,
racket.
st^rrelse,
st0tte,
to support; to sus-
(or I), to
c.
size.
g.,
tain.
dust.
g.,
st0vle,
subjekt',
r,
c.
g.,
er,
n.
boot.
g.,
subject
(of a sentence).
sub'stantiv,
er,
n.
g.,
sub-
stantive; noun.
suk,
r,
I,
st0v, n.
sug,
straeve,
steady.
r,
st0i, c. g.,
st0rre, larger.
strife,
strim'mel,
string.
g.,
strict;
g.,
c.
^, c. g.,
a ship).
e(r),
[nn],
manage.
mate (on
styre, II, to
styr'mand,
strafFe, I, to punish,
straks,
piece; short
r, n. g.,
distance.
diate.
straf,
stykke,
n.
sukke,
g.,
gasp.
n. g., sigh.
to sigh.
I,
toil.
suk'ker, n.
str0, III, to strew.
str0m, me(r),
str0mpe,
r,
c.
c. g.,
g.,
str0mpebaand [nn],
garter.
student',
stream.
stocking.
n. g.,
c.
g.,
student
stu'dium,
study;
ier, n. g.,
room;
me,
stund [nn],
stum,
r,
e.g.,
parlor,
mute.
er, c. g.,
time;
while,
stunde [nn],
I,
styg [stygg],
ge,
styggeveir,
sour.
r,
n. g.,
to yearn.
t,
c.
g.,
murmuring;
whizzing.
svak,
sval,
weak.
r,
r,
cool.
er,
c.
g.,
the
entry
silent;
^t,
sugar.
sval,
subject of study,
stue,
sur,
susning,
er,
g.,
ugly.
bad weather.
answer.
answer; svare
til, correspond to.
svelge [11], I, to swallow.
svar,
n.
svare, II,
svette,
c.
g.,
to
g.,
sweat; perspira-
tion.
svi, III, to
burn; to smart.
329
svinge
svang
svunget,
to swing,
svaer, r, huge; ponderous,
syd,
c.
sydlig,
syk,
sick.
e,
r,
syltet0i,
n.
c.
e,
synderegister,
c.
g.,
n. g.,
view,
g.,
sad; sor-
c,
ter(s).
sinner,
n.
g.,
cousin.
catalogue
sjmtes syntes, to
^om, to
sang sunget,
sing.
synke sank sunket, to
s0ster,
^re,
c.
s0vnig,
sister.
c. g.,
sleep.
g.,
e,
sleepy.
like,
to
sink.
T.
taa,
taer,
c.
g.,
toe.
saelet0i,
n.
[11]
harness,
g.,
solgte solgt,
plain for
saerlig,
cially,
saerskilt,
seat.
n. g.,
r,
sae'ter,
distinct,
c,
^re,
c.
s0ke,
s0lv
s0n,
saette
tok
tabel',
er, c. g.,
satte
II,
r,
to
patieni^.
g.,
tear.
g.,
to take.
tat,
er,
c.
peg.
g.,
tak, thanks.
tak,
n.
g.,
something).
the
sentence,
sat, to set.
takke,
thank.
to
I,
taknem'melig,
c,
grate
g.,
grati
ful.
taknem'melighet,
c.
tude.
seek.
takt,
c.
patient.
c,
c.
c.
r,
ta
tagg,
g.,
grazing
up
among
mountains; chalet,
saetning,
taalmo'dig,
taalmodighet,
taare,
to sell,
s0lje,
S0skendebarn,
sin.
s0vn,
synes
seem;
synge
saete,
mourn.
sweet-meats;
of sins.
saelge
rowful.
g.,
to grieve; to
I,
80rgmodig,
n. g., sight;
s0ndre, southern.
southerly,
preserves.
S3m,
to break (to
II,
pieces).
s0rge,
south,
g.,
s0nderknuse,
brooch.
g.,
[11], n. g.,
silver.
^ner, c. g.,
son.
s0n'dag, Sunday.
s0n'der, to pieces, asunder.
S0nderreven,
ct,
^ne, torn
(to pieces).
c.
tale,
tale,
II,
taler,
time; rhythm.
g.,
tal,
number.
n. g.,
c.
^r,
g.,
speech.
to speak.
c,
taller 'ken,
c.
g.,
er,
speaker.
c.
g, plat-
ter.
c.
g.,
tooth.
330
tanke,
tante,
r, c.
g.,
thought.
tillid, c. g.,
c.
g.,
aunt.
tillidsfuld,
r,
tap' per,
t,
^re, brave.
be
to
tie,
tavle,
te,
g.,
c.
c.
g.,
c.
r,
tilsidst', to
the
tilsj0s', to
sea.
slate.
til'skrive, to ascribe.
g.,
n.
sign;
g.,
cover; car-
g.,
termin', ^-cr,
terskel,
ternet,
g., term.
checkered.
c. g., thresh-
c.
e,
let,
[ti],
til,
c.
time.
g.,
c, early.
maining.
tilbringe,
(those)
re-
bragte, bragt,
[11], lit.
to mountain.
frets],
isfied.
tilfaelde,
r,
tilfaeldig,
n.
g.,
e,
latt,
in the air.
c.
r,
hour.
g.,
(moun-
er, c. g.,
peak.
to sparkle.
I,
tirs'dag, Tuesday.
ti'tel,
often.
work
in-
tjener,
e,
for
c.
g.,
hos
servant.
tjeneste, service.
tjor,
n.
tjore,
I,
tobak',
tog
g.,
picket-rope.
to tether.
g.,
tobacco.
[tog or tag]
c.
g.,
train.
toilet
[toalet'],
tollekniv,
er,
n.
c.
g.,
g.,
toilet.
sheath
knife.
mit.
'lave,
up
to
sat
case;
stance.
incidental.
tilgaards'
gaars], to the
gaardtiria(tc), lot,
to per-
tilfreds
to address.
supervision.
g.,
II,
tind [tinn],
titt,
n. g., offer.
to.
tin'dren, sparkling.
spend (time).
tilbud,
til
n.
tindre,
back (again).
tilbakestaaende,
to
tilsyn,
tain)
to.
tilba^ke,
suffi-
e,
tilsvarende, corresponding.
time,
to beg.
I,
answer
til'svare, to
tilveirs',
er,
tidlig [ti'li],
tigge,
the
at
tilstraek'kelig,
til'tale,
because.
tid
present;
tilste^de,
cient.
old.
ti,
admit.
place.
n.
r,
theater.
g.,
tapestry.
pet;
last.
til'staa, to confess; to
n.
tegn [tein],
mark.
teppe,
to seal.
I,
aright.
silence.
tea.
e,
tca'ter,
til'lukke,
tilret'^te,
silent; reticent.
r,
taus'het,
confident.
tilli^ke, nlso.
silent.
taus,
confidence.
r,
I,
to prepare.
tom'melfinger,
c.
g.,
thumb.
331
tomt, er,
c.
lot;
g.,
ground
for building.
pe(r),
tone,
tone; tune.
r, c. g.,
to
drag; to pull.
traelle, I, to drudge.
c.
top.
g.,
traenge,
trang,
c.
tran'sitiv,
tra'vel,
c.
t,
tra'velhet,
trille,
trille,
I,
c.
r,
c.
to
n.
g.,
tiring.
r,
step.
g.,
c.
g.,
r,
to roll,
trippe,
to mince.
trive trev trevet,
snatch.
des, to thrive.
trin,
n.
trill.
g.,
g.,
t,
bustle.
trill;
tired.
te,
c.
r,
busy.
le,
g.,
r,
collar.
stair.
g.,
tr0ie,
transitive.
r,
wood-
g.,
coat; jacket.
tr0iekrave,
coattr0isam,
me,
tun,
farm-yard.
tung [tong],
heavy.
tunge,
tongue.
tungsindig,
e, melan[tret],
traet
need; desire.
trap(pe),
c.
carving.
hum.
g.,
need.
to
II,
traeskjaering,
tSrs'dag, Thursday.
tralle, I, to
truffet,
to find; to meet.
hit;
traf
to
traekke trak trukket,
traeffe
c.
g.,
,
choly.
I,
to
turist',
er, c.
g.,
tourist.
tvang,
trives,
tro,
c.
to believe.
tro,
III,
tro,
tvile,
trold
[ss],
[trol],
elf.
trolig,
tromme,
n.
defiant.
g.,
troll;
],
e,
unsuspecting.
true,
tryg [trygg],
trykke,
I,
trykkeri',
ge,
t,
safe.
trae(de)
thick.
t,
weigh;
to
be
tysk,
c.
g.,
burden.
German.
hushed;
e,
talte
quiet.
talt,
to
count.
er, n. g.,
printing-
nite.
oflfice.
trae,
clear.
ke,
to
I,
tyng'sel,
taelle
to press.
e,
to chew.
tyk [tykk],
tyst,
to threaten.
I,
I.
heavy.
sjy
tygge,
t3mge,
credible,
to doubt.
II,
tydelig,
e,
to drum.
I,
troskyldig
e,
doubt.
tvil, c. g.,
true.
restraint.
g.,
faith.
g.,
c.
r,
n.
g.,
tree;
traadte
to tread; to step.
wood.
traadt,
taet
[taett],
t0f' fel,
^ler,
c.
^te,
g.,
close.
slipper.
trash.
332
t0ie,
foolery.
t0m'mer,
g.,
turde.
t0r
n.
dare;
t0r,
tion.
r,
dry.
und'gaa,
t0rklae(de),
n,
g,,
hand-
to dry; to wipe.
I,
(sig),
instruc-
g.,
gaat
gik,
avoid.
wonder; to
to
I,
marvel.
kerchief.
t0rre,
undre
c.
to
[gaatt],
r,
to instruct.
II,
undervisning,
80.
to dry.
I,
undervi'se,
See
[tjzSrr],
t0rke,
queer;
e,
strange.
timber.
tense of at
pres.
underlig,
to stretch.
I,
t^i'^eri, n. g.,
thawing weather.
t0veir, n. g.,
undres
undredes
un-
to wonder.
dres,
undse'lig,
bashful;
^-e,
embarrassed.
undse'else,
uncommon; extremely.
continuavla'delig,
ual;
u'avvendt, unaverted.
inopporubelei'lig,
tune.
udmerket, ede, splen-
ualmin'delig,
e,
e,
ly.
e,
c.
bashfulness.
g.,
undta'gelse,
r, c.
excep-
g.,
tion.
undta'gen, except.
ung [ong],
ungdom, c.
young.
youth; young
r,
g.,
people.
unge,
child; youngster.
r,
ung'kar,
c.
ungtrae,
n.
g.,
g.,
young man.
young tree;
did.
uen'delig,
u'fravendt,
sapling.
e,
endless.
intent;
fixed;
-ly.
enormous;
r,
c.
ulei'Ughet,
week.
g.,
c.
g.,
that which
c.
g.,
ulykke, r,
c.
umu'lig,
g.,
us'sel,
noise.
misfortune.
e, unhappy,
impossible.
,
g., dislike.
,
e,
c.
"sams,
c. g.,
ulyk'kelig,
"^o,
uro'lig,
inopportune.
ulyst,
er,
n.
g.,
uni-
uorden, disorder.
ulike, unequal.
ulyd,
uoph0r'lig,
less.
huge
is
'
versity.
uhy're,
uke,
universitet
n.
uneasmess; unrest.
restless.
unfriendly.
usMe, poor;
e,
t,
wretched,
ut,
out.
utaalmo'dig,
utaalmo'dighet,
g.,
won-
c,
impa-
g.,
impa-
tient.
tience.
utal'Iig,
e,
c.
numberless.
333
uventet,
ute, out.
uviss,
ede,
br0t,
bnitt, to
ut'bryte,
break out; to exclaim.
unex-
pected,
uncertain.
r,
uten, without.
mem-
V.
ory.
utenom, outside
utfald
utenfra,
(of).
outcome;
[11], n. g.,
re-
sult
down.
utfor, off;
utfaerd,
c.
utholdenhet,
ut'rette,
endurance.
c. g.,
rakte, rakt,
ut'raekke,
to
c.
satte,
sat,
to
postpone.
tok,
c.
vagt,
cr,
tat, to
select;
express;
to
pronounce.
ut'trykke,
c.
vak'ker,
vals,
or
II,
to
ex-
press.
uttryksmaate,
c.
r, c.
g.,
mode
canal
vandskille,
n.
g.,
c.
g.,
dif-
e,
external;
uvant, ^-c, unaccustomed;
unusual:
,
ly.
storm.
ly.
c.
warm.
g., warmth; fire.
let, n. g., omen.
to
varsom, me,
var'sel,
g.,
difficult.
disbelieving.
varsle,
extend
velop.
uvcir, n.
divide.
e,
er,
to explain; to de-
aquesupplying
c. g.,
for
vanskelighet,
vant,
accustomed.
van'tro, incredulous;
(a
to
surface).
utvortes,
sur-
water or draining.
I, to wander.
varm,
varme,
I,
I,
water
vandledning, er,
ut'vikle,
water.
g.,
face.
ut'vi(de),
to waltz.
et,
n. g.,
ficulty.
of expression.
ut'st0telse,
watch;
g.,
vak're, beauti-
t,
vanskelig,
homespun.
g.,
vandre,
to
II,
duct;
to pick out.
ut'tale,
vadmel,
vandflate,
to decorate.
I,
ut'saette,
spring.
vand [nn],
view.
g.,
ut'smykke,
ut'ta,
wet.
valse,
extend.
utsigt,
g.,
r,
ful.
to accomplish.
I,
c.
vaat,
guard.
trip.
g.,
vaar,
signal.
I,
^t,
careful.
334
vedhugger,
e,
c.
g.,
wood-
vei,
e(r),
veikant,
veir
c.
way; road.
g.,
road
er, c. g.,
or
[veir
vaer],
side.
n.
g.,
weather.
veirbitt,
e,
g.,
growth.
weather-
c.
vel, n.
vel,
60,
n.
g.,
delight,
good deed.
well dressed.
vellyd, euphony.
to
velsigne
sing'^ne],
er,
velklaedt,
e,
I,
(of
vemodig,
e,
net,
c.
vcnde [nn],
wood).
friend.
to turn.
r,
c.
g.,
c.
trip
g.,
e,
to expect; to wait.
I,
ventelig, presumably.
ver'bum,
ber,
n.
er, c.
er,
n.
an author,
g.,
g.,
verb.
world.
works
g.,
(of
etc.).
verse.
vers, verse; poetry.
host.
vert,
hostess.
vertin^de,
vers,
n.
g.,
er, c. g.,
r,
vest,
c.
g.,
vest'enveir,
c.
g,
west.
n. g.,
storm from
e,
westerly.
exsci-
e,
further.
to wed.
I,
important;
e,
smart.
vigtighet,
c.
g.,
importance.
vilje,
c.
g.,
will.
vilde
to
See
willing.
wine.
wind.
vind [nn], ^-e,
vinde [nn] vandt vundet, to win.
vindu,
window.
^r,
ville
villet,
[11]
will.
^76.
villig,
e,
c.
e,
g.,
g.,
er,
n. g.,
vinduskarm,
er,
dow
to
vin'ter,
vinge,
vinke,
r,
g., wing.
wave.
'^re,
virkning,
n.
vis,
r,
vise,
c.
g.,
er, c.
g.,
winter.
eflFect.
manner; way.
g.,
wise.
r,
c.
visestump,
g.,
c. g.,
vise, II, to
viss,
win-
g.,
c.
I,
vis,
c.
sill.
(folk-)
song.
a short song.
show.
certain.
r,
visst, certainly.
vist,
adv.
expressing
possi-
bility.
vistnok, no doubt.
visste
visst (pres.
vite
vet), to
the west.
vestlig,
plain;
g.,
c.
sad.
g.,
II,
vendereise,
c.
entific.
vin,
bless.
verk,
r,
panse.
videnska'belig,
vigtig,
5.
pleasure.
velgjerning,
ver'den,
vidde,
vie,
See
vel'behag,
vente,
sense.
g.,
videre,
welfare.
g.,
well.
ven,
n.
we.
vi,
vi'denskap,
beaten.
vekst,
vestre, western.
vet,
cutter.
vitug,
r,
know.
sensible.
335
vogn
e(r),
[vongn],
v5g^e,
car-
vowel.
vdkse vokste vokset,
grow,
grown
voksen,
er,
c.
g.,
to
ne,
t,
c.
ss],
fa-
yngre, younger,
yngst,
e, youngest,
ypperlig,
ytre,
excellent
e,
most
yppcrste,
excellent,
outer,
yt'terst,
(-up).
[11],
[nn
vorite place,
to watch.
I,
vokal',
v61d
yndlingsplads
wagon.
riage;
outmost.
e,
sward; green
g.,
plain.
ter, c.
vred,
angry.
r,
vrede,
c.
vuggc,
vugge,
vaeg
mitten.
g.,
c.
r,
cradle.
g.,
ge(r),
c.
g.,
er,
c.
r,
g.,
black-
board.
mighty.
e,
vaelte, I, to tip.
vaenne,
or
vaerdighet,
c.
dignity.
g.,
var vaeret
er),to
vaerd(t), worth.
(pres.
vaerelse,
sense
aergjer'rig,
ambitious.
e, honest,
aerme,
sleeve,
family
I,
c.
g.,
aerlig,
e,
act
n. g.,
ter,
[et],
c.
g.,
(including ancestors).
setled,
n.
g.,
generation.
0.
0de, desolate.
0delaBgge, la,
vaerst, worst.
r,
rf honor.
room.
vaerre, worse.
vac 'sen,
respect,
g.,
be.
n. g.,
r,
[vaert],
respectful.
honor.
acre, c. g.,
^r,
accustom.
II, to
duckling,
g.,
e,
oldest,
c.
aeresf0lelse,
vaeldig,
vaeve,
c.
noble,
aed'^le,
wall.
vaegtavle,
vaere
serb0dighet,
older,
selling,
to rock.
I,
[veg],
e,
t,
seldre,
aeldst,
anger.
g.,
aerb^'dig,
ae'del,
er, n. g.,
being.
to weave.
to
lagt,
destroy.
0ie, 0ine, n. g., eye.
0ieblik,
^ke,
n.
moment.
g.,
0ieblik'kelig, immediately.
0iel6k
Y.
lak],
lid.
y'derst, outmost.
ydmyg, r, humble,
ydmyghet, c. g., humility.
3mdig,
charming.
0iemerke, at ta
n. g.,
up; to judge.
0iensynlig. evidently.
0ks,
e(r),
c, g.,
ax.
to
eyesize
336
01,
n.
g.,
0n8ke,
0nske,
I,
0re,
n,
08t,
c.
ale; beer.
r,
n. g.,
wish.
0stlig,
to wish.
0ve,
n. g., ear.
0'ver8t,
g.,
east.
c,
easterly.
08tre, eastern.
I,
to train; to practise.
0vre, upper.
e,
uppermost.
an, en,
n. g.
et,
g.;
paa.
(med)
e.
om; omtrent;
about,
accompany, f0lge
fulgte
fulgt.
bange,
any, nogen, c.
nogen, pi.
noget,
g.;
n. g.;
anybody, nogen.
anyhow, allikevel.
anywhere, nogensteds.
apple, eple,
r,
n.
apply, anvende,
after, efter.
afternoon,
eftermiddag,
g.
g.
architecture, arkitektur,
arrive,
siden.
komme overens.
agricultural school, agronomskole,
almost,
c.
g.
t,
komme, ankomme,
I.
be
g.
som;
er,
n.
g.
isfivn.
always, altid.
ambition, asrgjerrighet,
blandt.
I.
n. g.
aunt, tante,
r,
c.
er,
c.
g.
g.
autumn, hjzfst, c. g.
awake, vaakne, I; (adj.) vaa-
also, ogsaa.
amuse, more,
saa.
spurte spurt;
bad bedt.
auction, auktion,
g.
August, august,
langs.
alphabet, alfabet,
already, alt.
c.
ask, spj^rre
at,
along, med;
aloud, hjz(it.
c.
asleep,
nassten.
animal, dyr,
g.
e(r),
kunst,
art,
le.
alone, alene.
among,
c.
arm, arm,
agree,
all, al,
II,
April, april.
e,
again, igjen.
ago,
c.
svar,
g.
anything, noget.
I.
de;
afraid, raed,
n.
ne.
at vite av
visste visst).
ken,
c.
g.
t,
aware,
(vite
338
bright, blank,
B.
back, (adv.) tilbake.
bare, bar,
er,
c.
dre,
g.
n. g.
vaeret.
taale,
II.
t,
skj(5n,
ne.
t,
fordi.
bli
blit.
before, (adv.)
med
h^re
c.
build, bygge,
I.
building, bygning,
er, c. g.
ut.
r,
c.
g.
c.
g.
men;
but,
bare,
(adv.)
g.,
II.
between, (i)mellem.
beyond, bakenfor; bak.
stor,
budt.
vaegtavle,
c.
r,
call,
can, kan.
capital,
blackboard,
e.
c.
r,
c.
car,
care,
g.
blow, blaase,
II.
er,
c.
case
g.
g.
n.
and,
g.
breakfast, frokost,
c.
staeder,
vogn,
e(r), c. g.
bry (sig), III or bry
(in
g.
c.
gram.), kasus,
form,
er, c. g.
er, c. g.
r, c.
aarhundrede,
S-
chair, stol,
g.
I.
g.
ceremony,
g.
brydt.
catch, fange,
century,
boy, gut,
ter, c.
bread, br^d, n. g.
bridge, bro,
g.
cathedral, domkirke,
begge both
baade
eg.
both,
See kunne.
hovedstad,
brjzid
g.; kringle,
hfid
r, c.
g.
r.
sort,
boat, baat,
cake, kake,
better, bedre.
black,
n.
(til);
best, bedst.
by
broderskap,
g-
big,
g.
II.
tilh5zJre,
bid,
c.
r,
g.
brotherhood,
buy, kjVpe,
by, ved.
II.
(broder), br0-
butter, sm^r, n.
fj^rend.
fjzJr;
begin, begynde,
belong
r.
brother, bror
n.
bragte
broom, sopelime,
g.
r.
barn, fj>s,
bragt.
broad, bred,
bad, ond, r.
bank, bank,
r.
bringe
bring,
festlighet,
e(r),
g.
c.
r,
cr, c.
339
chalk, kridt, n. g.
chapter, kapitel,
chase, jage,
cheap,
tnunter,
t,
cheese, ost,
c,
child, barn,
c.
Christmas,
city,
er,
class,
c.
g.
r,
c.
classic(al), klassisk,
classify,
ficere,
c.
r,
inddele,
c.
II;
e.
klassi-
r,
clear, klar, r;
ly, klart.
berg,
cliff,
c.
r,
n.
g.;
klippe,
clock, klokke,
er,
c.
g.
akte
coast, kyst,
c.
g.
met.
common
n.
constantly, stadig.
converse, konversere,
could, kunde.
country, land,
n.
,
cover, daekke,
cream,
g.
n. g.
n. g.
I.
fl^te, c. g.
cry, graate
graat graatt;
culture, dannelse,
c.
g.
cultured, dannet,
ede.
c.
n. g.
cut, skjaere
g.
er, c. g.
skar
or
skaa-
ret.
gender, faelleskj^n,
D.
communion, altergang; go to
gaa til alters.
compare,
sammenligne,
I;
komparere, II.
comparison,
komparation,
,
er,
II.
courage, mot, n. g.
course, kursus, kurser,
g.
konsonant,
g.
curtain, gardin,
r.
collection, samling,
come,
aket.
er, c. g.
coffee, kaffe,
cold, kold,
c.
rope, II.
clothes, klse(de)r.
coast, ake
consonant,
cousin, sjz<skendebarn,
g.
^r,
forvirring,
g.
g.
II.
g.
er, c.
er, c. g.
confusion,
g.
classroom, klassevaerelse,
n.
g.
jul, c. g.
by,
klasse,
kompo-
I;
g-
children, barn.
church, kirke,
digte,
complain, klage, I.
concept, forestilHng,
re.
g.
c.
gradb}z(ining,
g.;
g.
nere, II.
g.
chemistry, kemi,
c.
c.
compose,
e.
r.
r,
comparative, komparativ.
ler, n. g.
I.
billig,
cheerful,
I.
dance,
danse
danset; dans,
dark, m^rk, r.
danste
daughter, datter,
e,
c.
dfitrt,
g.
g.
340
day, dag,
decide,
(sig)
E.
g.
c.
c,
bestemme
beslutte, I;
bestemte
stemt.
decision, beslutning,
be-
er,
c.
g-
each, hver,
deep, dyp,
I.
east, 0st,
er, c. g.
departure, reise,
c.
easy,
g.
komme
depend on,
an paa;
eat,
let,
edge (of
kate
g
dessert, dessert,
d^de part, not
used),
diligent,
dinner, middag,
egg, egg,
disappoint, skuife,
entrance,
desk, pult,
ter,
er,
g.;
c.
n.
re,
c.
die, df^
(p.
flittig,
e; flink,
e, c.
g.
I.
gjorde
dog, hund,
door,
doubled
knyttede haand.
doubt,
down, ned; nede.
drama, drama,
draw, drage drog dradream, dr^mme drj^mte
dr^mt; (noun) dr0m,
me(r),
dress,
drink, drikke drak druk-
gjort.
gjjzfre
e(r),
e(r),
c.
c.
g.
g.
fist,
tvil,
c.
er, n.
get.
c.
klje
ket
te.
II.
g.
er,
c.
n.
g.
bergkant.
cliff),
g.
enten. .eller;
not
ellers;
anything else,
noget andet.
end (v.), ende, II; slutte, I.
engineer, togfjzJrer; lokomoelse,
tivf^rer,
c.
e,
g.
entirely, aldeles.
c.
dj^r,
e.
g.
either.. or,
g.
r.
do,
c.
spise,
or ^ren,
jrfre(r)
edge, kant,
paa.
stole
pi.
g.
c.
early, tidlig,
r.
degree, grad,
hvert, n. g.
g.;
hverandre.
ear, fire,
decorate, (ut)smykke,
c.
indgang,
e(r),
g.
erect, opf^re,
especially,
II.
isser.
evening, kveld,
aften,
(=
(= any
er,
ever,
c.
c.
g.;
g.
time),
all
time),
every, hver,
e(r),
c.
altid;
nogen gang,
g.;
hvert, n. g.
F.
g.
(sig),
III.
faldt
fairytale, eventyr,
fall,
hj^st,
fall,
falde
c.
n.
g.
g.
faldt
341
Q.
far, langt.
farewell, farvel.
farm, farm,
e,
farmer, farmer,
gender,
g.
c.
genitive,
farther, laenger(e).
(fader),
father, far
f0le,
feel,
supl.
faerre,
faerrest).
skj^nlitteratur,
fiction,
figure,
regne,
re, c. g.
varme,
c. g.
aare,
c.
r,
floor,
peis,
g.;
c.
c.
g.
g.;
n.
g.
fl^t
for;
for today,
idag.
til
e(r),
glemme glemte
c.
g.
free, fri,
danne,
lost,
c.
g.
c.
r,
g.
faat.
tulle
sig vaek.
bli kvit.
gav
glacier, (sne)bra5,
glide, gli(de) gled gleglove, hanske,
go, gaa gik gaat.
goal, maal,
goat (he-goat), bukk, e(r),
god, gud,
give, gi
git.
er,
c.
g.
det.
c.
r,
n.
g.
g.
g.
c.
g.
gold, guld, n. g.
gold watch, guldur, n. g.
good, god,
r.
Greek, graesk;
ner
(masc.)
(fern."),
r,
t,
II.
grind, male,
II.
V*.
fruit, frugt, c. g.
(adj.)
ksen,
ne.
r,
er,
e-
futu-
rum.
future perfect, futurum eks-
aktum; f^rfremtid.
g.
H.
j!^
half,
g.;
c.
(adv.)
ment.
c.
up,
t,
rart.
furniture, mj^bler;
fremtid,
grown
vokse;
guest, gjest,
rar,
graesk,
(adj.)
greet, hilse,
grow,
future,
fik
I.
r.
ven,
veninde,
funny,
get
eie-
g.;
c.
ne.
glemt.
friend,
faa
er,
forest, skog,
form
get,
c.
flytt.
flytende.
fluently,
genitiv,
g.
flyte
n.
er,
g.;
e, c.
forget,
g.
I.
finger, finger,
for,
c.
fandt fundet.
find, finde
net),
(def.
form, c. g.
gentleman, herre,
g.
c.
II.
kj^n,
g.
c.
e,
halv,
r.
342
hard, haard,
vanskelig,
r;
in,
om;
i;
ind(e).
indicative,
hat, hat,
ter, c.
head, hode,
heart,
n.
r,
hjerte,
know by
inflect,
g.
hfiid
g.
to
r,
n.
g.,
heart,
at
kunne
utenad.
indikativ.
b0ie
inflection, brining,
er,
g.
c.
indbygger,
inhabitant,
c.
(-et)
bjzJide
(-et).
e,
g.
ink, blaek,
inside, inde;
indenfor.
heavy, tung,
instruction,
undervisning,
r.
heights, h^ider
(pi.)-
c.
here, her.
c.
r,
c.
i.
bad budt.
indby
indbudt; be
invite,
ta fat.
n.
interessant,
interrogative, spjzfrgende.
g.
ta
g.
g.
r.
hjzfi,
hill,
g.
interesting,
e(r),
high,
bakke,
hire out,
tjenestc.
hold, take
home, hjem,
hero, belt,
n.
g.;
at
indbjzJd
island, ^,
er,
c.
g.
home, hjemme.
honor,
sere,
c.
hotel, hotel,
hour, time,
house, bus,
horse, best,
g.
e(r),
r,
,
g.
g.
c.
n.
c.
J.
n. g.
ler,
jump, boppe,
r,
c.
I.
g.
g.
K.
keep, bebolde
beboldt
beboldt.
c.
e,
g.
(adj.)
om; dersom.
if,
ill,
syk,
important, vigtig,
snild,
knife, kniv,
e.
slags;
r.
e(r),
r,
c.
g.
er,
c.
kjende,
II;
kunne
kunde
(pres.
kan).
visste
n.
g.
g.
vite
visst (pres.
t.
many
g.;
kitchen, kjjzikken,
know,
pet.
immediately, straks.
imperative, imperativ.
n.
mange
of,
king, konge,
r.
slag,
(n.),
kinds
t.
vet);
kunnet
343
literature, litteratur, c. g.
(ad.)
little,
lad, gut,
ter, c. g.
dame,
lady,
vand,
er, c. g.;
land, land, n. g.
large, stor, r.
,
noget),
c.
set.
r.
M.
g.
(e), n. g.
mindst.
least,
gaa
leave, (v.)
gik gaat;
reise, II.
igjen.
venstre;
leg, ben,
(adv.)
r,
lot
c.
g.
er,
brev,
n.
g.
bibliotek,
er,
n.
g,
lie
ligget.
lie,
I0iet;
IjzJi
e,
c.
lighthouse, fyrtaarn,
like,
(v.) like,
te;
r.
line, linje,
(n.)
g.
let,
(color), lys,
II;
(n.)
g.
mathematics, matematik, c.
may, kan. See kunne.
er, n. g.
meal, maaltid,
(adj.)
me.
meat, kj^t,
m^tte
meet,
traf
meeting, m^te,
melody, melodi,
g.
slem,
g.
n. g.
II;(adj.)lik,r.
r, c.
g.
m(i<tt;
truffet.
trasffe
r,
correspondence),
lyve
l^gn,
light (weight),
library,
ere,
c.
mjz(te
g.
c.
(of
er,
n.
latt.
letter
t,
lesson, lekse,
mar sj
mind re.
la
march,
g.
c.
n. g.
man, mand, *,
many, mange.
marsj,
(adj.)
left,
saa
looks, utseende, n. g.
lose, miste, I.
latter,
lo
leaf,
let,
r.
I.
low, lav,
e.
le
c.
la-
(adj.)
g.;
ledd;
laugh,
blad,
tinsk,
lille.
look, se
e.
late, sen, r.
Latin, latin,
litet,
last, sidst,
g.;
def.
c.
pi.;
long, lang,
n. g.
liten,
smaa,
g.;
live, leve
c. g.
r,
lake, indsjj?(,
n.
n.
g.
er, c. g.
melt, smelte,
I.
memory, hukommelse,
read from memory,
c.
g.;
laese
utenad.
merely, bare.
middle
(of),
midt
(i
might, magt, c. g.
milk, melk, c. g.
ter,
minute, minut,
n.
mirror, speil,
or paa).
c.
g.
g.
344
mon^,
p6nger,
gene.
pen-
(def.)
g.
(adj.)
merke
e.
av.
g.
c.
m(z(-
motley, broget,
ede.
mountain, fjeld,
n. g.
much, meget.
maatmust, maa
maatte
,
g.;
c.
not, ikke.
g.
c.
tiorsk,
norsk,
month, maaned,
er, c.
moon, maane,
r, c. g
more, mere; flere.
morning, morgen,
er,
mother, mor (moder),
dre,
Nors6,
noted, bekjendt,
nothing, ingen ting;
ikke noget.
e.
merke
til.
til.
noun, substantiv,
navnord,
n.
tet.
er,
N.
n.
n.
g.;
g.
name, navn,
narrow, smal,
intet;
now, nu.
number, nummer, numre,
g.
n.
g.; antal.
r.
near, naer.
nearly, naesten.
necessary, n^dvendig,
needle, naal,
e(r),
g.;
neighborhood,
c.
byg
d,
er,
ocean, hav,
bygd,
district,
nabo-
them,
neither
av dem;
hverken el-
ingen
nor,
ler.
ofte;
or,
naeste;
(adv.)
night, nat,
"ter,
c.
g.
g.
man;
en.
eller.
other, anden,
andre,
c.
g.;
andet, n.
pi.
ought, burde.
no, nei.
noise, st0i,
n.
gamle.
t,
(indef. pro.),
g.;
nsest.
er,
r.
titt.
gammel,
old,
one
(adj.)
g.
oldest, aeldst.
never, aldrig.
next,
n.
i.
new, ny,
office, kontor,
often,
er, c. g.
g.
neighboring
of
O.
e.
c.
c.
g.
345
vandt,
vundet.
own,
egen, eget, egne;
eie eide eid (or
overcome, overvinde,
(adj.)
brygge,
pier,
place, sted,
e(r),
c.
r,
g.
c.
g.
(v.)
plate, tallerken,
eiet).
play, sKuespil,
er, c. g.
n. g.
c.
er,
c.
c.
r,
avis,
g.;
er,
c.
e,
c.
e.
ier,
er,
c.
del,
g.;
n. g.
er,
slap
passager,
sluppet.
daarlig,
e;
positive, positiv,
r.
er,
c.
utsatte
utsat.
potato, potet,
g.
passenger,
vers,
g.;
postpone, utsaette
part,
^-e.
c.
poorly, daarlig.
particip,
party, selskap,
er, c. g.
poverty, fattigdom,
praise, ros,
c.
praise, rose,
predicate,
c.
g.
g.
II.
praedikat,
n.
er,
g-
g-
tum.
pay, betale, II; pay attention
merke
r,
g.
c.
g.
c.
g.
c.
g.
r,
II.
c.
r.
er,
g.
praesens;
nu-
perf ektum ;
perfect,
f^rnutid.
lot
er, c. g.
g.
present, gave,
price, pris,
ske.
c.
prae-
g.
preposition, praeposition,
present
people, folk, n. g.
perhaps, kan hsende, II; kan-
picture, billede,
n.
tid.
c.
er,
physics, fysik,
present tense,
til.
pear, paere,
dikatsord,
prepare, forberede,
tum; f^rfortid.
past tense, fortid, imperfek-
laegge
complement,
predicate
past, fortid, c. g.
to,
n. g.
g.; salon,
c.
r,
hjiJflig,
poor, fattig,
er, c. g.
g.
n. g.
part,
er,
ents, bedsteforaeldre.
digt,
poetic, poetisk,
poetry, poesi,
participle,
g.
poem,
g.
n.
g.
park, park,
parlor, stue,
playmate, lekekamerat,
P.
pain, smerte,
paper, papir,
spilte
spilt.
n.
g.
private, privat,
e.
346
production, verk,
responsibility,
er, n. g.
n.
return,
g-
pronounce, uttale,
property, gods,
komme
(v.)
rich, rik,
n. g.
r.
get rid
I.
'rid,
proud, stolt,
proove, bevise,
e.
pupil, elev,
c.
road, vei,
Q.
roof, tak,
dollar), kvart,
of a
room,
row,
ro,
n.
n. g.
n. g.
r,
III.
n. g.
r,
springe
sprunget.
rush, storme,
I.
g.
c.
g.
run,
er,
e(r), c. g.
e(r), c. g.
vaerelse,
rug, teppe,
g.
c.
r.
question, sp^rsmaal,
quit, slutte,
red
krusning,
ripple,
g.
river, elv,
queer, rar,
redet.
II.
er,
tilbake;
bli kvit
protect, beskytte,
n.
hjemkomst.
(n.)
II.
ansvar,
g-
sprang
I.
R.
railway, jernbane,
raise,
Ijz^fte,
c.
r,
g.
I.
(gerund)
at
laese;
egentlig.
reason, grund,
receive, faa
ready, faerdig,
really,
e,
c.
c.
II.
remember, huske,
komme
e.
skolemester,
er,
seat, basnk,
c.
11.
de,
et.
g.
e(r),
c.
g.
er, n. g.
or
g.
secondary tense,
c.
g.
c.
sci-
realkursus.
c.
season, aarstid,
second, sekund,
ihu.
n. g.
at
g.;
scientific, videnskabelig;
sea, sjV,
remarkable, merkelig,
I;
c.
g.
g.
entific course,
relative, relativ.
e.
c.
schoolmaster,
g.
faat.
r,
e(r),
say, si(ge) sa sagt.
school, skole,
saucer, skaal,
reflexive, refleksiv.
remind, minde,
g.
r,
e.
virkeli
fik
c.
satisfied, tilfreds,
reading,
salmon, laks,
same, samme.
g.
see, se
saa
bitid,
set.
er,
347
eem, syncs
tes.
solgt.
sell,
II.
er,
c. g.
mange;
flere.
severe, streng,
skulle.
ship, skib,
n. g.
skjorteaermer.
shirt-sleeves,
e(r),
shore, strand,
short, kort,
g.
c.
vise, II.
sick, syk,
sukket.
sign, tegn,
simple, simpel,
sing, synge sang sunr,
sigh, suk,
c.
g.
(def.)
n. g.
le.
skerry,
sat
sittet.
skjasr,
sled, kjaelke,
(n.)
n.
r,
c.
g.
g.
sfivn.
slink,
s.mjrfg
get.
c.
smaa
litet,
(pi.),
sne,
(n.)
g.
er, c. g.
snakke,
speed, fart,
c.
c.
e,
I.
g.
g.
splendid, prsegtig,
spoon, ske,
e(r),
c. g.
e.
er, c. g.
spring, vaar,
c.
g.
per,
stand, staa stod
stand (to bear),
erne,
stare,
blev
stay,
stairway, trap,
r,
c.
blit.
dampbaat,
step, trin,
still,
c.
g.
II.
I.
steamer, damper,
stille;
er,
c.
e,
c.
g.;
g.
n. g.
still
more, endnu
mer.
a building), etage,
sting, stikke
ket.
g.;
c.
g.
I;
g.
,
in
r,
g.
er,
g.
staat.
g.
c.
bli
jord(bund),
soldier, soldat,
c.
taale,
star, St j
fortaelling,
so, saa.
til'
tilbragt.
c.
snowstorm, snestorm,
soil,
g.
c.
small, liten,
snow,
c.
stirre,
get,
sister, sj^ster, s^stre, c. g.
sit,
ner,
sfin,
soon, snart.
sorrow, sorg,
speak, tale, II;
speaker, taler,
r.
side, side,
someone, nogen.
something, noget.
sometimes, sommetider.
bragte
show,
anden
eller
maate.
e.
noget, n.
g.;
c.
nogen (pL).
somehow, paa en
g.;
son,
r.
See
shall, skal.
some, nogen,
c.
g.
straight, ben,
r.
n. g.
er, c.
g.;
,,
348
str^m, me,
e(r),
ke(r),
street, gate,
slaa slog
stream,
elv,
c.
g.;
baek,
g.;
c.
strike,
fortaelle
slaat.
struggle, kjaempe,
test,
dent,
er,
c.
c.
stil,
subject, fag,
subjekt,
writing,
(gram.)
n. g.;
sun, sol,
sommer,
n.
c.
e,
c.
g.
n.
g.
supper, aftensmat,
c.
t,
17.
there, der.
ke;
thing, ting,
think, taenke, II; think of
holde av
thick, tyk,
taet,
t,
te.
g.
c.
till,
superlative, superlativ.
c.
See
sunshine, solskin,
til;
re.
tired,
r,
g.
to,
g.
indtil.
timber, tjz$mmer, n. g.
time, tid, c. g.; gang,
g.
overraskelse,
surprise,
(conj.)
through, (i)gjennem.
thought, tanke,
r, c.
g.
Sunday, s0ndag.
sure, sikker,
som;
g.
re,
taknemmelig,
then, da.
g.
subjunctive, konjunktiv.
succeed, he would succeed,
summer,
g.
at.
er, n.
sugar, sukker,
c.
than, end.
II.
laese,
g.
,
er, c. g.
r,
thankful,
II;
building,
(of
etc.),
g.; stu-
g.
study, studere,
style
I.
er, c.
g.
g.
er, c. g.
term, termin,
c.
e,
c.
pr^ve,
tense, tid,
student, elev,
fortalte
r,
fortalt.
g.
c.
tear, taare,
tell,
c. g.
er,
teacher, laerer,
traet,
c.
g.
te.
til.
today, idag.
omgivelser
surroundings,
(pl.).
swallow, svelge,
swear, bande, II.
sweet, s0t, r.
together,
sammen.
ke(r),
I.
torch, tyrispik,
e(r),
tog,
town, by,
er,
track, spor,
T.
c.
c.
g.
n. g.;
sporvei,
c. g.
tat; take
tok
dinner, spise middag.
taste, smake, II.
take,
ta
tea, te,
teach,
c.
train,
tree, trae,
trip, tur,
trout,
g.
laere,
g.
n. g.
n.
r,
e,
(Z<rret,
c.
c.
truth, sandhet,
g.
g.
g.
er,
c.
349
try,
pr^vde pr^vd
pr^ve
(or -et).
tumble, tumle,
ler,
g.
c.
U.
ler,
c.
no
It is of
nytter ikke.
usual, almindelig,
usually,
som
Det
use,
e.
Hg.
V.
f^re,
r,
e(r),
c.
c.
g.; dal-
c.
g.
voice
n.
g.
g.
(gram.), genus;
passive
passiv
wild, vild,
lideform; active
aktiv
genus; handleform.
volume (of books), bind,
n.
g.
vowel, vokal,
er, c.
I.
I;
g.
)2(nske,
n.
er,
re,
I;
on
table,
n.
c.
g.
g.
(n.)
fin
g.
without, uten.
wonder, undre
sig, I;
undres
imdredes.
wood-carving,
g.
beide,
opvarte,
c.
traeskjaering,
word, ord,
n. g.
work, (v.) arbeide,
W.
wait, vente,
r,
g.
with, med.
c.
er, c. g.
eller.
r.
winter, vinter,
ske,
form.
genus;
why, hvorfor.
wish, (v.)
r, c.
30.
r.
wind, vind,
60, 5.
r.
hel,
window, vindu,
syn,
See
where, hvor.
vegetables, grji;isaker.
stemme,
g.;
g.
c.
e,
g.
n.
wife, hustru,
vanity, forfaengelighet,
voice,
c.
whole,
g.
n. g.
r,
vil
n. g.
water, vand,
white, hvit,
valley, dal,
",
to,
g.
of test; alminde-
vacation, ferie,
c.
e,
g.
until, indtil.
g.;
gaat.
want
kriger,
krigsmand,
watch, ur,
c.
war, krig,
warrior,
uncle, onkel,
gik
ha;
(plus infinitive).
I.
tunnel, tunnel,
walk, gaa
want, vil
works
n. g.
r,
n.
(books),
I; (n.) ar-
g.
verk,
er,
3SO
worse, vaerre.
Y.
worst, vaerst.
would,
See ville.
write, skrive
skrev
skrevilde.
vet.
n. g.
yell,
(n.)
n. g.
yesterday, igaar.
wrong,
year, aar,
gait.
ungdom.
r;
c.
young people,
g.
**
lOT-f^S"